Logistics Management Software

Logi360

Streamline Smarter, Deliver Faster

Logi360 is a cutting-edge, cloud-based logistics management platform designed for small to medium-sized transportation companies. It streamlines fleet operations by providing an intuitive dashboard with real-time data on vehicle locations, route optimizations, and delivery statuses. Seamlessly integrating with GPS and telematics systems, Logi360 offers automated updates and predictive analytics for smarter decision-making. Its unique features include automated route optimization and a robust reporting system with actionable insights. With mobile accessibility and a user-friendly interface, Logi360 empowers logistics teams to enhance operational efficiency, reduce costs, and drive sustainable growth, revolutionizing logistics management.

Subscribe to get amazing product ideas like this one delivered daily to your inbox!

Logi360

Product Details

Explore this AI-generated product idea in detail. Each aspect has been thoughtfully created to inspire your next venture.

Vision & Mission

Vision
Driving sustainable logistics for a smarter, more connected future.
Long Term Goal
In the coming years, Logi360 aims to redefine logistics management by being at the forefront of innovation, empowering small to medium-sized enterprises worldwide with cutting-edge, AI-driven solutions that seamlessly integrate IoT technologies. Our aspiration is to create a future where logistics operations are not only optimized for efficiency and cost-effectiveness but also contribute significantly to environmental sustainability, positioning Logi360 as an indispensable partner in the journey towards smarter, greener logistics across the globe.
Impact
Logi360 revolutionizes logistics management for small to medium-sized companies by enhancing operational efficiency, resulting in a 30% reduction in logistical costs and a 25% improvement in delivery times. Through its intuitive, cloud-based platform, it enables real-time fleet tracking and predictive analytics, allowing businesses to optimize routes and streamline operations effectively. The seamless integration with GPS and telematics ensures automatic updates, facilitating informed decision-making. Users benefit from reduced operational bottlenecks and higher customer satisfaction, achieving a competitive edge in the market. Its mobile accessibility and robust reporting deliver actionable insights, supporting sustainable growth and resource optimization, setting Logi360 apart as a transformative solution in the logistics industry.

Problem & Solution

Problem Statement
Small to medium-sized logistics companies often struggle with managing the complexities of fleet operations and deliveries, leading to inefficiencies, increased costs, and delayed services, which hinder their ability to remain competitive in a rapidly evolving market.
Solution Overview
Logi360 addresses the complexities of logistics management by providing a centralized, cloud-based platform that streamlines fleet and delivery operations. It offers real-time data access through an intuitive dashboard, enabling logistics professionals to monitor vehicle locations, optimize routes, and track deliveries with precision. The platform seamlessly integrates with GPS and telematics systems to ensure automated updates and facilitate intelligent decision-making. Logi360's predictive analytics and automated route optimization enhance operational efficiency and reduce costs, while the robust reporting system delivers actionable insights for continuous improvement. Its user-friendly interface and mobile accessibility empower logistics teams to manage operations efficiently, making it a transformative solution for small to medium-sized logistics companies seeking to optimize resources and drive sustainable growth.

Details & Audience

Description
Logi360 is a state-of-the-art, cloud-based logistics management platform tailored for small to medium-sized transportation companies. It masterfully streamlines the complexities of managing fleets, drivers, and deliveries, ensuring an efficient and cost-effective operation. Targeting fleet managers, logistics coordinators, and operations teams, Logi360 serves as a comprehensive solution for entities looking to enhance operational efficiency, reduce logistical costs, and deliver superior service. The platform offers an intuitive dashboard with real-time data access on vehicle locations, route optimizations, and delivery statuses, enabling users to maintain precision in logistics planning. It stands out with its seamless integration capabilities that connect with GPS systems and telematics devices, facilitating automatic updates and intelligent decision-making processes. Logi360 empowers logistics firms by providing a centralized hub that covers every facet of transportation management, from meticulous scheduling to precise delivery tracking. What sets Logi360 apart is its suite of unique features including predictive analytics capabilities, automated route optimization, and a robust reporting system packed with actionable insights. The user-friendly interface and mobile accessibility further add to its appeal, allowing logistics professionals to manage operations on-the-go, perfect for dynamic working environments. Logi360 does not merely manage logistics; it revolutionizes it, aligning with its vision to redefine logistics management by optimizing resources and driving sustainable growth.
Target Audience
Small to medium-sized logistics companies (10-200 employees) seeking to optimize fleet management and reduce operational costs through technology.
Inspiration
The inception of Logi360 was driven by a firsthand observation of the daily struggles faced by small to medium-sized logistics companies. The founders recognized a significant gap in the market for a comprehensive tool that could simplify fleet management and enhance operational efficiency. Conversations with logistics professionals consistently highlighted frustrations with existing systems that were either too complex or lacked scalability for growing businesses. This clarity became the catalyst for Logi360, envisioning a solution that would address these pain points through technology. The mission was to create an intuitive platform that could integrate seamlessly with current systems, providing real-time insights and predictive capabilities for smarter decision-making. Logi360 aims to empower logistics teams, giving them the tools to operate efficiently, reduce costs, and enhance service delivery. This dedication to transforming logistics operations for small and medium enterprises and promoting sustainability forms the foundation of Logi360's journey, positioning it as a transformative force in the logistics industry.

User Personas

Detailed profiles of the target users who would benefit most from this product.

L

Logistics Innovator

Age: 35-50, Gender: Male/Female, Education: Bachelor's degree in Business Administration or Logistics, Occupation: Operations Manager, Income Level: $70,000 - $90,000 annually.

Background

Growing up in a family business that involved shipping, this persona developed an early fascination with logistics. After completing their degree in business, they initially took on a role in customer service before swiftly moving into operations management. They enjoy staying updated with industry trends and believe in continuous professional development through workshops and technology seminars.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

They need real-time data to make informed decisions, automated solutions for routine tasks, and tools that enhance collaboration between teams. They seek ways to integrate technology to improve service delivery and maintain competitive advantage.

Pain Points

Common pain points include overburdened workflows due to manual tasks, difficulty tracking delivery statuses, and challenges in maintaining communication with drivers. They are also frustrated by outdated software that lacks integration with other tools they use.

Psychographics

The Logistics Innovator values efficiency and sustainability, seeking to implement eco-friendly practices in their operations. They are motivated by the idea of keeping costs low while enhancing service efficiency. Their interests include technology, data analytics, and sustainable business practices, often sharing insights in professional forums.

Channels

They primarily engage through industry-specific online platforms, social media, email newsletters, and logistics forums. They also participate in webinars and attend logistics conventions for the latest updates and networking opportunities.

D

Delivery Optimizer

Age: 30-45, Gender: Male, Education: Bachelor’s degree in Logistics or related field, Occupation: Dispatch Manager, Income Level: $60,000 - $80,000 annually.

Background

Hailing from a logistics-centric background, this persona transitioned from a driver to a dispatch role, gaining insights at every level. This experience bred a deep understanding of both the logistical and customer service aspects of the business, motivating him to seek impactful ways to improve delivery processes.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

They need intuitive tools that allow them to quickly adapt to fluctuating schedules, real-time communication tools for coordinating with drivers, and informative dashboards to track all deliveries currently in the pipeline.

Pain Points

Frustrations include frequent route disruptions due to traffic, unclear communication channels with drivers regarding delays, and pressure to meet customer deadlines. They struggle with managing multiple shipments and optimizing each route efficiently.

Psychographics

The Delivery Optimizer values prompt service and customer satisfaction above all. They believe that technology is paramount in achieving timely deliveries and often prioritize solutions that streamline communication with drivers and customers. Their interests also include innovations in supply chain management.

Channels

They primarily engage via mobile applications for immediate updates and prefer communication through Slack or email. They also rely on GPS and telematics software for precise tracking and route adjustments.

F

Fleet Technician

Age: 25-40, Gender: Male, Education: Technical diploma in Automotive Service or Logistics Management, Occupation: Fleet Maintenance Supervisor, Income Level: $50,000 - $70,000 annually.

Background

Raised in a family of mechanics, this persona naturally gravitated toward automotive repair and maintenance. With years of hands-on experience in vehicle maintenance and management, they shifted to a supervisory role in a logistics company to oversee fleet operations more comprehensively.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

They require efficient scheduling tools for proactive vehicle maintenance, easy access to vehicle maintenance history, and alerts for upcoming services or repairs to keep the fleet operational without disruptions.

Pain Points

Common frustrations include insufficient data on vehicle health status, delays in receiving updates about needed repairs, and lack of integration with other logistics management systems that complicate maintenance tracking.

Psychographics

The Fleet Technician values reliability and preventative maintenance to minimize the chances of unplanned repairs. They believe in using technology as a tool for enhancing maintenance operations and are keen on innovative automotive solutions. They enjoy DIY automotive projects and troubleshooting challenges proficiently.

Channels

They frequently use technical forums, trade shows, and automotive blogs to stay up-to-date on maintenance practices. Logi360 serves as their main platform for vehicle management activities, supplemented by manufacturer websites for specific vehicle models.

D

Data Analyst

Age: 28-42, Gender: Male/Female, Education: Master's degree in Data Science or Supply Chain Management, Occupation: Data Analyst, Income Level: $65,000 - $85,000 annually.

Background

With a knack for numbers and data analysis, this persona has built a career on research and strategic planning. After completing their master’s degree, they joined a logistics firm, where they have since helped streamline operations through effective data interpretation and reporting.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

They require access to detailed analytics, user-friendly reporting tools, and integrations with other databases to ensure comprehensive data analysis. They need to be able to quickly retrieve information for reporting and strategic meetings.

Pain Points

Challenges faced often include dealing with poorly formatted data from different sources, limitations in real-time reporting capabilities, and difficulty in collaborating with non-technical stakeholders to implement data-driven strategies effectively.

Psychographics

The Data Analyst values insights-driven decision-making and enjoys translating complex data sets into understandable formats. They are motivated by the impact of data on business strategy and have a passion for using analytics to solve problems. Their lifestyle leans towards accuracy, thoroughness, and a focus on continuous learning in data trends.

Channels

They engage primarily through data analytics platforms, internal dashboards, email for reporting, and industry webinars for continuing education on the latest data trends and software.

C

Customer Success Specialist

Age: 25-35, Gender: Female, Education: Bachelor's degree in Marketing or Communications, Occupation: Customer Success Manager, Income Level: $50,000 - $65,000 annually.

Background

This persona started their career in customer service, where they honed their skills in relationship management and problem-solving. They transitioned into the logistics sector, motivated by their desire to create seamless experiences for customers, leading to a role in customer success.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

They need robust customer relationship management tools, real-time updates on shipments to relay to clients, and collaborative tools that allow them to work closely with logistics and operations team members.

Pain Points

Frustrations include dealing with communication breakdowns regarding shipment delays, insufficient data to answer customer questions promptly, and having to manage multiple cases without visibility into the status of deliveries.

Psychographics

The Customer Success Specialist values empathy and proactive communication, believing that strong customer relationships are key to retention. They are motivated by customer satisfaction metrics and enjoy helping clients navigate complex logistics processes. Outside work, they are interested in role-playing games and community service.

Channels

They interact with clients mainly via email and phone calls, rely on internal messaging systems for quick communication with team members, and engage on social media platforms to connect and build brand loyalty.

Product Features

Key capabilities that make this product valuable to its target users.

Dynamic Route Adjustment

Dynamic Route Adjustment leverages real-time data to recalibrate routes on-the-fly, responding to unexpected traffic patterns, accidents, or road conditions. This feature ensures drivers are always on the most efficient path to their destination, enhancing delivery speed and reducing downtime, ultimately leading to improved customer satisfaction.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Integration
"As a logistics manager, I want real-time data integration so that I can dynamically adjust routes and ensure timely deliveries even in changing traffic conditions."
Description

This requirement ensures that the Dynamic Route Adjustment feature is fully integrated with real-time data sources such as GPS systems, traffic condition feeds, and weather updates. By continuously monitoring these variables, the system can make immediate adjustments to routes for optimal efficiency. This integration significantly improves delivery times, minimizes delays, and enhances overall operational efficiency. Furthermore, it empowers users to focus on strategic decisions rather than manual monitoring, thereby facilitating quick responses to unforeseen circumstances in logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time traffic updates are integrated into the route optimization algorithm for dynamic route adjustments.
Given that the system receives real-time traffic data, when a traffic jam is detected on the originally planned route, then the system must automatically calculate and suggest an alternate route that reduces expected travel time by at least 15%.
Integration of GPS tracking to monitor vehicle locations in real-time during deliveries.
Given that a delivery truck is on the route, when the vehicle is tracked via GPS, then the system should display the vehicle's current location on the dashboard within a 5-meter accuracy margin.
Integration of weather updates to impact route adjustments significantly.
Given that the system receives a severe weather warning in the vicinity of a delivery route, when this data is processed, then the system must notify the driver and suggest an alternate route that avoids the affected area, aiming for a travel time that is no more than 10% longer than the original route.
System response to unexpected road conditions such as accidents.
Given that an accident is reported on the active delivery route, when the system is alerted, then it must dynamically reroute the vehicle within 2 minutes of detection to ensure minimal delay.
User accessibility to route adjustments via mobile devices.
Given that the logistics team is using the mobile app, when they access the route adjustment feature, then they should receive real-time notifications of any changes and have the ability to confirm or modify the suggested route within 30 seconds.
User interfaces reflecting real-time data for strategic decision-making.
Given that the logistics manager is viewing the dashboard, when real-time data updates occur, then the dashboard must refresh automatically without manual intervention and accurately display all relevant metrics within 5 seconds.
Feedback loop for users on completed route adjustments.
Given that a route has been dynamically adjusted due to external conditions, when the delivery is completed, then the system must provide a summary report detailing the changes made and the time saved compared to the original route.
User-Friendly Dashboard
"As a delivery driver, I want an easy-to-use dashboard so that I can quickly see my current route and any adjustments I need to make."
Description

The requirement focuses on the development of a user-friendly dashboard that displays real-time updates regarding route adjustments, traffic conditions, and estimated delivery times. The dashboard must be intuitive and visually appealing, allowing users to easily interpret data and understand the status of their deliveries at a glance. This feature enhances user experience by providing quick access to critical information, fostering informed decision-making and ultimately boosting customer satisfaction through improved service reliability.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-Time Route Adjustment Visibility for Drivers
Given a driver is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when an unexpected traffic situation occurs, then the dashboard should display an updated route with an estimated time of arrival reflecting real-time conditions within 2 minutes.
User-Friendly Interface for Enhanced Decision-Making
Given the user accesses the Logi360 dashboard, when they view the dashboard, then it should clearly present key metrics such as traffic conditions, delivery status, and route optimization in an easily interpretable format, with no more than three clicks required to access detailed information.
Notifications for Route Changes
Given a driver is using the Logi360 dashboard, when a dynamic route change is made due to traffic conditions, then the driver should receive an immediate, clear notification on the dashboard and via mobile app alert.
Visual Representation of Route Adjustments
Given the user is on the Logi360 dashboard, when the routes are adjusted due to real-time data, then the updated routes should be visually represented on the map with clear indicators labeled with expected delivery times.
Integration with GPS and Telematics Systems
Given the Logi360 dashboard is in use by a logistics team, when a vehicle is on the route, then the dashboard should show the vehicle's real-time location updating every 30 seconds, ensuring integration with the GPS system is seamless and reliable.
User Feedback Mechanism for Dashboard Improvements
Given the user is utilizing the Logi360 dashboard, when they finish a delivery, then they should have the option to provide feedback on dashboard usability and features, and the feedback collection should be easy to access and submit within 3 clicks.
Automated Alert System
"As a driver, I want to receive automated alerts about route changes so that I can reroute quickly and avoid delays."
Description

This requirement mandates the creation of an automated alert system that notifies drivers and logistics managers of significant changes to routes due to traffic issues, accidents, or other delays. Alerts should be sent via mobile notifications or in-dashboard messages, enabling immediate action to be taken to maintain schedule adherence. The automated alerts enhance communication transparency within the logistics team and ensure all parties are informed of critical changes, leading to swift decision-making and enhanced overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Automated Alert Delivery for Traffic Disruptions
Given a traffic disruption occurs on a route, When the system detects the disruption, Then an automated alert is sent to all affected drivers and logistics managers within 2 minutes of detection.
In-Dashboard Message Notifications
Given a route change occurs, When a driver logs into their dashboard, Then they should see an in-dashboard message indicating the new route and reason for change.
Mobile Notification Timeliness
Given an unexpected road condition arises, When the condition is confirmed, Then drivers should receive a mobile notification alert within 3 minutes, ensuring timely information.
Multiple Alert Types for Varying Situations
Given a significant change in route due to various disruptions, When the system generates alerts, Then it should send both mobile notifications and in-dashboard messages to ensure all channels are utilized.
User Preference Settings for Alerts
Given a driver or manager wants to customize their alert settings, When they access the preferences section, Then they should be able to enable or disable mobile and in-dashboard notifications individually.
Alert Acknowledgment and Tracking
Given a driver receives an alert about a route change, When they view the alert, Then they should be able to acknowledge the alert, and the system should log this acknowledgment for tracking purposes.
Feedback Loop for Alert Effectiveness
Given the alert system has been in use for 30 days, When users receive alerts, Then there should be a mechanism for users to provide feedback on the relevance and timeliness of alerts, allowing for continuous improvement.
Analytics and Reporting
"As a logistics manager, I want detailed analytics and reporting so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of our route adjustments and make data-driven decisions."
Description

The requirement involves implementing robust analytics and reporting functionalities that track route performance and delivery metrics over time. Users should be able to generate reports to analyze the effectiveness of dynamic route adjustments, including delivery times, customer satisfaction metrics, and operational costs. This feature enables logistics managers to identify trends and areas for improvement, ultimately aiding strategic planning and operational refinement for increased efficiency and cost savings.

Acceptance Criteria
Dynamic Route Adjustment Reporting Scenario
Given a logistics manager views the analytics dashboard, when they select a specific time period for report generation, then they should be able to see delivery times, customer satisfaction metrics, and operational costs displayed in a generated report.
Efficiency Trend Analysis Scenario
Given that the system has tracked route performance over the past month, when the logistics manager analyzes the report, then they can identify at least three areas where dynamic route adjustments improved delivery efficiency.
Customer Satisfaction Insights Scenario
Given the customer satisfaction metrics are being collected, when the logistics manager generates a report for the last quarter, then they should be able to see a percentage increase in customer satisfaction related to timely deliveries.
Cost Savings Evaluation Scenario
Given the operational cost data is recorded over time, when the logistics manager produces an analysis report, then they should find a reduction of at least 10% in delivery operational costs following the implementation of dynamic route adjustments.
Real-Time Data Impact Reporting Scenario
Given that real-time data is accessible during delivery, when the logistics manager reviews the report for dynamic route adjustments, then they should observe a correlation between updated routes and a decrease in delivery delays.
Comprehensive Reporting Metrics Scenario
Given the robust analytics capabilities, when any custom report is generated by the logistics manager, then it should include key performance indicators such as delivery times, cost efficiency, and customer satisfaction for the selected routes.
User-Friendly Report Generation Scenario
Given that the logistics manager is using the system, when they attempt to generate a report, then they should be able to do so within three clicks and receive the report in under five minutes.
Mobile Accessibility for Drivers
"As a delivery driver, I want mobile access to route updates so that I can receive crucial information while I'm on the road without being tied to the desktop system."
Description

This requirement ensures the Dynamic Route Adjustment feature is easily accessible via a mobile application for drivers on the road. The mobile interface should provide drivers with real-time updates and allow them to communicate back any feedback or issues encountered on their routes. Mobile accessibility improves the responsiveness of the logistics team, ensures seamless communication, and allows drivers to operate efficiently, even while on the go.

Acceptance Criteria
Mobile Accessibility for Drivers accessing Dynamic Route Adjustment feature to receive real-time notifications about route changes while on the road.
Given that the driver has the Logi360 mobile application installed, when the driver is on a route and a traffic issue occurs, then the driver should receive a push notification within 3 seconds of the change being made to the route.
Drivers using the mobile application to submit feedback regarding route performance or issues encountered during delivery.
Given that the mobile application has a feedback submission feature, when the driver encounters an issue on the route, then they should be able to submit feedback within 5 taps on the mobile app.
Ensuring drivers have seamless access to updated route information via the mobile app during their operations.
Given that the driver is actively receiving route updates, when they refresh their route information, then the app must display the updated route within 10 seconds of the change being processed.
Drivers need an intuitive user interface to navigate the mobile application effectively while driving.
Given that the driver is using the mobile application, when they navigate through the interface, then they should be able to access real-time data on routes and notifications in no more than 3 taps.
The mobile application must work optimally even when internet connectivity is weak or fluctuating.
Given that the driver is in an area with poor connectivity, when they are on the route and the network fluctuates, then the mobile application should continue to display the last known route updates and notify the driver of any connection loss within 5 seconds.
Drivers should be able to communicate any roadblocks or issues directly through the mobile app.
Given that the driver is facing a roadblock, when they use the app to report it, then the feedback should be sent in real time to the logistics team, with a confirmation message displayed within 10 seconds of submission.
Traffic Pattern Prediction
"As a logistics manager, I want the system to predict traffic patterns so that I can preemptively alter routes and maintain our delivery schedules."
Description

This requirement focuses on developing algorithms that utilize historical data and machine learning to predict potential traffic patterns and incidents. By anticipating heavy traffic or road closures, the system can proactively adjust routes before drivers encounter delays. This prediction capability enhances operational efficiency and customer satisfaction by further reducing unexpected downtimes and ensuring that deliveries remain on schedule.

Acceptance Criteria
Traffic Pattern Prediction for Route Adjustment
Given historical traffic data, when the algorithm is triggered, then it should successfully predict traffic patterns with at least 85% accuracy based on previous occurrences.
Real-time Adjustment of Routes
Given a current traffic incident, when the algorithm receives live data, then it should recalibrate the route for affected drivers within 5 minutes to ensure optimal path selection.
User Notification for Route Changes
Given a route has been adjusted due to predicted traffic patterns, when the driver is affected, then the system should automatically send a notification to the driver’s mobile app with the new route details.
Impact Analysis of Route Adjustments
Given a series of adjusted routes, when the delivery outcomes are analyzed, then the average delivery time should decrease by at least 15% compared to traditional routing methods.
User Feedback Collection Post-Delivery
Given deliveries completed using adjusted routes, when drivers submit feedback through the app, then at least 80% of responses should indicate satisfaction with the route adjustments.
Integration with GPS Systems for Real-Time Updates
Given integration with GPS systems, when a route adjustment occurs, then the GPS system should reflect the new route within 1 minute for all drivers affected.
Continuous Learning from Traffic Data
Given the system is in operation, when new traffic data is received, then the algorithm should learn from this data and improve its predictive accuracy by at least 5% over the course of a month.

Predictive Traffic Insights

Predictive Traffic Insights utilizes machine learning algorithms to anticipate traffic trends based on historical data and current events. By providing fleet managers with foresight into potential delays, this feature enables preemptive route modifications and strategic planning, minimizing disruptions and optimizing delivery times.

Requirements

Traffic Trend Analysis
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive alerts about predicted traffic conditions so that I can proactively adjust routes and minimize delivery delays."
Description

The Traffic Trend Analysis requirement entails the integration of machine learning algorithms to analyze historical traffic data alongside current event information. The objective is to identify patterns and predict traffic conditions that could impact fleet operations. This functionality will not only provide fleet managers with insights into potential delays but also allow for automated alerts when certain thresholds are reached, ensuring timely route adjustments and reducing waiting times. The implementation of this requirement aims to enhance delivery performance significantly, leading to improved customer satisfaction and reduced operational costs.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers utilize the Traffic Trend Analysis feature during the morning rush hour to assess potential delays on delivery routes.
Given historical traffic patterns and current events data, when fleet managers access the Traffic Trend Analysis, then the system should display predicted traffic conditions for the next four hours with potential delays highlighted. Accuracy of predictions should be at least 80% compared to actual conditions within that timeframe.
A fleet manager receives automated alerts when traffic congestion meets predefined thresholds, requiring route adjustments for optimal performance.
Given predefined traffic congestion thresholds, when traffic conditions reach the set level, then the system should send an automated alert to the fleet manager within five minutes, detailing suggested route changes based on optimized predictions.
Fleet managers analyze weekly traffic data to evaluate the system's predictive accuracy and identify trends for future route planning.
Given the historical data of the past week, when the fleet manager reviews the Traffic Trend Analysis reporting dashboard, then the dashboard should show a comparison of predicted versus actual traffic conditions, with an accuracy report that meets or exceeds 75%.
During a delivery planning meeting, the logistics team reviews predictive analytics to make strategic decisions on delivery routes and times.
Given access to the Traffic Trend Analysis tool during the meeting, when users initiate a traffic trend review for a selected region, then the system should enable filtering by time, allowing the team to analyze data for the next three days with intuitive visualizations.
To proactively minimize delays, fleet managers make use of the Traffic Trend Analysis insights to adjust routes for upcoming deliveries.
Given the predicted traffic conditions for the next delivery schedule, when the fleet manager implements recommended route adjustments, then actual delivery times should reflect a reduction in delay by at least 20% compared to the previous week’s baseline data.
Route Adjustment Recommendations
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to receive alternative route options in real-time to optimize our delivery schedules and avoid traffic congestion."
Description

The Route Adjustment Recommendations requirement focuses on automatically generating alternative route suggestions based on predicted traffic conditions and current road statuses. This feature will leverage data inputs from the Traffic Trend Analysis, assessing multiple parameters such as distance, estimated travel time, and potential obstacles. The expected outcome of this requirement is to equip logistics teams with real-time, data-driven recommendations to optimize delivery routes proactively, leading to enhanced efficiency and lower costs.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager receives live updates about traffic changes and needs to view alternative routes for a delivery due in the next hour.
Given a traffic update indicating a significant delay on the primary route, When the fleet manager accesses the Route Adjustment Recommendations, Then the system should display at least three alternative routes with adjusted estimated travel times that improve upon the original route.
A logistic team is planning a series of deliveries and wants to ensure optimal routes using predictive analytics for traffic.
Given multiple planned deliveries with varying destinations, When the team inputs the delivery data into the system, Then the Route Adjustment Recommendations should automatically generate a list of recommended routes for each delivery within five minutes, considering potential traffic conditions.
A driver is on their way to a destination and receives a notification about a traffic jam ahead.
Given a traffic alert that indicates an unforeseen roadblock, When the driver opens the Logi360 app, Then the app should present a recommended alternative route with additional details on travel time and distance, and allow the driver to select the new route.
The operations manager reviews the performance of the Route Adjustment Recommendations feature during a weekly meeting.
Given the last week’s delivery data, When the operations manager accesses the analytics reports on the Route Adjustment Recommendations, Then the system should show metrics indicating at least a 20% reduction in average delivery times due to route adjustments.
A fleet manager wants to adjust routes based on predicted traffic for a series of upcoming deliveries.
Given the future delivery schedule and current traffic data, When the fleet manager requests route recommendations for the next day, Then the system should return optimized routes that factor in predicted traffic disruptions, displayed clearly in the interface.
The system is in a testing phase and needs to ensure it can handle various data inputs correctly for traffic predictions.
Given varying data inputs such as time of day, historical traffic patterns, and current events, When the system processes the data, Then it should generate accurate route adjustment recommendations at least 95% of the time, confirming the machine learning model's reliability.
User Notification System
"As a driver, I want to receive notifications about traffic updates so that I can take alternative routes to stay on schedule."
Description

The User Notification System requirement includes building a robust notification mechanism to inform users of predictive traffic insights and any necessary route changes. This system aims to deliver timely alerts via multiple channels (e.g., push notifications, emails, SMS) to ensure all relevant personnel are aware of traffic conditions and can act swiftly. The implementation of this requirement will lead to improved communication within the logistics team and facilitate quicker decision-making, resulting in enhanced operational effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria
Notification system alerts fleet managers of potential traffic delays based on predictive traffic insights during peak hours.
Given that a traffic delay is predicted, when the system processes the data, then it sends an alert via push notification, email, and SMS to the relevant fleet managers.
Users receive timely notifications about route changes due to newly predicted traffic conditions.
Given that a route change is required due to new traffic insights, when the system initiates the notification, then the user receives a notification within 5 minutes of the change being made.
The user notification system integrates with external GPS systems to ensure real-time actionability of alerts.
Given that the external GPS system receives a notification, when the traffic insights indicate a potential delay, then the GPS system must automatically update the route without manual intervention.
Fleet managers can customize their notification preferences to only receive alerts relevant to their specific routes or vehicles.
Given that a fleet manager accesses the notification settings, when they customize their preferences, then the notification system must reflect these preferences and only deliver relevant alerts.
Automated testing verifies the reliability and performance of the notification system under high-load conditions.
Given a high-load scenario where multiple alerts are triggered simultaneously, when the system processes these alerts, then 95% of notifications must be delivered without failure within the expected timeframe of 10 minutes.
The notification system logs all sent messages to provide records for compliance and performance review.
Given that a notification is sent, when the system logs the message, then the log must include timestamp, message type, recipient, and status of delivery (successful or failed).
Performance Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want to visualize traffic data and route performance metrics, so I can analyze our operations and identify areas for improvement."
Description

The Performance Dashboard requirement involves creating a visual representation of traffic predictions, route adjustments, and their impact on delivery times within the Logi360 platform. This feature will integrate with existing reporting tools to display key metrics and trends, such as average delivery delays, route efficiency scores, and driver performance. The goal is to provide fleet managers with a comprehensive overview of operations related to traffic management, enabling data-driven decisions and performance improvements.

Acceptance Criteria
Performance Dashboard displays traffic predictions and route adjustments for fleet managers during scheduled delivery planning sessions.
Given that a fleet manager accesses the Performance Dashboard, when they view the traffic prediction section, then it should display real-time traffic data and predicted delays for upcoming routes.
Fleet managers utilize the Performance Dashboard to assess average delivery delays over the past month during a team review meeting.
Given that a fleet manager selects the 'Average Delivery Delays' metric, when they generate the report, then the dashboard should show average delays calculated accurately based on historical data for the selected period.
The Performance Dashboard integrates with existing reporting tools for a seamless user experience as fleet managers prepare monthly performance reports.
Given that the fleet manager requests a performance report, when they export the report, then the document should include all relevant metrics such as route efficiency scores, delivery times, and traffic predictions without any data loss.
Fleet managers adjust routes based on insights displayed on the Performance Dashboard to minimize delivery times during peak traffic hours.
Given that a fleet manager identifies a potential delay on the dashboard, when they modify the route based on the recommendation, then the system should show an updated delivery time and optimized route automatically.
During daily operations, fleet managers monitor driver performance metrics on the Performance Dashboard to ensure efficiency.
Given that the fleet manager is on the Performance Dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Driver Performance' section, then it should display individual driver metrics, including delivery times and completion rates for the past week.
Performance Dashboard is utilized by fleet managers to provide insights into the effectiveness of preemptive route adjustments in reducing delivery disruptions.
Given that a fleet manager reviews the impact of route adjustments on the dashboard, when they analyze data from the last month, then the dashboard should reflect a decrease in delivery disruptions due to timely route changes.
Historical Data Repository
"As a data analyst, I want access to historical traffic data so that I can refine our predictive algorithms and improve the accuracy of traffic predictions."
Description

The Historical Data Repository requirement focuses on the collection, storage, and analysis of historical traffic data to refine predictive algorithms and enhance the accuracy of traffic forecasts. This repository will allow for deep dives into past traffic patterns, enabling learning from previous miscalculations and facilitating more accurate predictions in the future. By maintaining a comprehensive historical dataset, this requirement ensures that the predictive traffic insights feature evolves and improves over time, enhancing the overall effectiveness of fleet management strategies.

Acceptance Criteria
Extracting Historical Traffic Data for Analysis
Given the user has access to the Historical Data Repository, when they request historical traffic data for the past year, then the system returns a complete set of data, including timestamps, traffic volume, and incident reports.
Data Integrity Validation in the Historical Data Repository
Given the historical traffic data is stored in the repository, when the user verifies the integrity of the data for the past two years, then at least 99% of records must consist of complete entries without missing information.
Predictive Insights Accuracy with Historical Data
Given the Historical Data Repository contains traffic data, when the predictive model is run using this data, then the model's forecasts should be at least 85% accurate when compared against actual traffic conditions over the next month.
User Access Control for Historical Data
Given the user roles are defined in the system, when a user requests access to the historical data repository, then the system must grant or deny access based on their defined role and permissions.
Regular Updates to Historical Data Repository
Given new traffic data is available, when there is a scheduled update, then the system must successfully incorporate the latest data into the repository within 24 hours and notify relevant users of the update completion.
Reporting Functionality for Historical Traffic Patterns
Given the user wants to analyze historical traffic patterns, when they generate a report, then the report should include visual representations of traffic trends, including peak and low traffic periods over selected timestamps.
Facilitating User Training for Historical Data Analysis
Given the implementation of the Historical Data Repository, when user training is conducted, then participants must demonstrate understanding of data extraction and analysis through a post-training assessment with a score of 80% or higher.

Weather Impact Forecasting

Weather Impact Forecasting analyzes weather predictions and its impact on travel conditions, offering alternative routes that avoid severe weather. By integrating this feature, fleet managers can better prepare their drivers, ensuring safer travel and maintaining delivery schedules without compromise.

Requirements

Real-time Weather Data Integration
"As a fleet manager, I want access to real-time weather updates so that I can make informed decisions about route adjustments for safety and efficiency."
Description

The Real-time Weather Data Integration requirement involves incorporating current weather information into the Logi360 platform. This integration will allow fleet managers to receive live updates about weather conditions, alerts for severe weather, and additional relevant data that could impact transportation. This feature will enhance the platform's functionality by providing users with timely insights to adjust routes and schedules accordingly, thereby ensuring the safety of drivers and the efficiency of deliveries. It will utilize APIs from reliable weather services to fetch data and push notifications to users within the system. Expanding the situational awareness of fleet managers, this feature is imperative for proactive decision-making in logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Weather Awareness for Fleet Managers on Dashboard
Given that the fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they access the dashboard, then they should see real-time weather data displayed prominently alongside vehicle locations and route information.
Alerts for Severe Weather Conditions
Given that severe weather warnings are issued within the area of their fleet operations, when the weather data is updated, then the system should send instant push notifications to the fleet managers’ mobile devices.
Integration of Reliable Weather APIs
Given that the Logi360 platform is utilizing external weather APIs, when the weather data is fetched, then it should accurately reflect current weather conditions without significant delays (within 5 minutes).
Alternative Route Suggestions Based on Weather Conditions
Given that adverse weather conditions are detected affecting a current delivery route, when the fleet manager views the route, then the system should provide at least two alternative routes that avoid severe weather.
User Training on Weather Data Features
Given that the Real-time Weather Data Integration feature is launched, when fleet managers receive training, then they should be able to demonstrate how to access weather data and interpret alerts effectively.
Historical Weather Data Access for Decision Making
Given that fleet managers require insights for future planning, when accessing the weather impact forecasting feature, then they should be able to view historical weather data for the last 12 months aligned with previous delivery routes.
Mobile Accessibility of Weather Data
Given that fleet managers are using the Logi360 mobile app, when they check for weather updates, then they should find that weather data is equally accessible and displayed in a user-friendly manner on mobile as it is on the desktop.
Automated Weather Impact Alerts
"As a driver, I want to receive automated alerts about severe weather conditions so that I can prepare accordingly and maintain safety during my deliveries."
Description

The Automated Weather Impact Alerts requirement focuses on developing a notification system within Logi360 that automatically informs fleet managers and drivers about adverse weather conditions impacting routes. This feature will analyze weather forecasts and identify significant impacts on travel conditions such as heavy rain, snow, or storms. Users will receive alerts via the Logi360 dashboard and mobile app, enabling them to take timely action to ensure safety and compliance with delivery schedules. This feature will not only enhance operational safety but also foster proactive communication between fleet managers and drivers, ultimately improving service reliability.

Acceptance Criteria
Automated Weather Impact Alerts for Route Management
Given the weather forecast includes severe weather conditions, when the forecast is analyzed, then fleet managers and drivers receive alerts on the Logi360 dashboard and mobile app about the adverse conditions affecting their routes.
Timely Delivery of Alerts
Given severe weather warnings, when alerts are generated, then fleet managers and drivers should receive the notifications within 5 minutes of the weather impact assessed to ensure timely decision-making.
User Settings for Alerts Customization
Given that fleet managers have specific preferences for alert types, when the alert system is accessed, then managers can customize the types of weather alerts received based on severity levels (e.g. low, medium, high).
Multi-Platform Alert Delivery
Given that fleet managers are using different devices, when an alert is triggered, then the system must provide notifications on both the desktop dashboard and mobile app simultaneously.
Historical Weather Data Integration
Given past weather incidents, when looking at delivery logs, then fleet managers can see historical data correlations between weather alerts and delivery success rates to evaluate the impact of alerts over time.
Feedback Loop for Alert Accuracy
Given that fleet managers are receiving alerts, when an alert is sent, then users can provide feedback on the alert accuracy and relevancy, allowing continuous improvement of the weather impact notification system.
Emergency Route Suggestion upon Severe Weather Alert
Given a significant weather impact occurs such as a storm, when an alert is received, then the system should automatically suggest alternative safe routes to ensure timely deliveries and driver safety.
Alternative Route Suggestion Engine
"As a fleet manager, I want the system to suggest alternative routes when severe weather is forecasted so that I can avoid delays and ensure timely deliveries."
Description

The Alternative Route Suggestion Engine requirement entails the creation of an intelligent algorithm that assesses weather conditions and provides alternative route options to avoid severe weather incidents. By leveraging GPS and real-time traffic data alongside weather forecasts, this feature will recommend the most efficient and safe routes for drivers, minimizing delays and ensuring timely deliveries. This capability will significantly improve the adaptability and responsiveness of fleet operations against unpredictable weather changes, enhancing customer satisfaction and maintaining operational integrity.

Acceptance Criteria
Weather conditions are forecasted to deteriorate during a scheduled delivery route for a fleet vehicle.
Given the delivery route has been established and weather forecasts indicate severe conditions, When the delivery is initiated, Then the system should automatically analyze the forecast and suggest alternative routes avoiding severe weather with estimated arrival times for each alternative route.
A fleet manager inputs a delivery route with potential weather disruptions into the Logi360 platform.
Given the fleet manager inputs delivery details, When the route submission is confirmed, Then the system should display a list of alternative routes that avoid severe weather, along with real-time traffic data and adjustments in travel times for each route.
A driver is on a delivery route when unexpected severe weather arises.
Given the driver is currently driving on a designated route, When severe weather alerts are issued, Then the system should provide instant notifications to the driver with recommended alternative routes that divert from the affected area and ensure timely delivery.
A fleet manager reviews the performance of the Alternative Route Suggestion Engine post-delivery.
Given the alternative routes were suggested during a recent delivery, When the fleet manager accesses the reporting dashboard, Then the report should detail the number of successful reroutes made due to weather, including metrics on time saved and on-time delivery rates compared to previous routes without weather considerations.
The Logi360 platform is compared against traditional route planning methods in a controlled environment using actual delivery data.
Given a set of deliveries processed with traditional planning methods, When a parallel set of deliveries is processed using the Alternative Route Suggestion Engine, Then the delivery completion times and customer satisfaction ratings should be compared to demonstrate efficiency improvements from using the new system.
A driver can access weather alerts and alternative route suggestions through the Logi360 mobile app.
Given the driver is logged into the Logi360 mobile app while on a delivery, When relevant weather alerts are issued, Then the driver should receive a push notification with recommended actions and alternative routes, ensuring accessibility to vital information during transit.
Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want a dashboard that visualizes the impact of weather on my fleet's deliveries so that I can strategize better for future operations."
Description

The Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard requirement aims to create a dedicated section within the Logi360 interface that visualizes the effects of weather on delivery schedules and fleet performance. This feature will provide analytical insights into past weather impacts, allowing fleet managers to identify patterns and adjust operational strategies accordingly. The dashboard will utilize graphical representations of data, including charts and maps, to present information clearly and effectively. This reporting tool will empower users to make data-driven decisions and improve strategic planning in logistics, ultimately enhancing overall efficiency and operational agility.

Acceptance Criteria
Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard displays real-time data on weather effects on delivery schedules for fleet managers to analyze.
Given the dashboard is accessed by a fleet manager, when they select the 'Weather Impacts' tab, then the dashboard should display a graphical representation of past weather impacts on delivery schedules, including at least five historical data points.
Fleet managers utilize the Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard to identify trends in delivery delays due to weather conditions.
Given the dashboard is populated with data, when a fleet manager views the 'Trends' section, then they should see a list of the top three weather conditions that caused delays, along with percentage impact on delivery times.
Users want to visualize the impact of current weather conditions on planned routes.
Given the dashboard is open to a specific delivery route, when the current weather data is processed, then the dashboard should indicate whether the route is affected by severe weather with alternative suggested routes shown clearly on the map interface.
The Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard is used to review fleet performance metrics in relation to weather conditions over the past month.
Given the dashboard is set to the past month view, when metrics are loaded, then the dashboard should display the average delivery time, percentage of on-time deliveries, and weather conditions during that time frame.
Fleet managers access the reporting features of the Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard to generate a report about weather impacts on deliveries.
Given the 'Generate Report' option is selected, when the fleet manager specifies the date range, then a report should be generated containing graphs and data that illustrate the weather impacts on fleet performance within the selected time period.
Users apply filters in the Weather Impact Reporting Dashboard to narrow down the analysis to specific delivery regions.
Given the filters are set for a specific region, when the dashboard is applied, then it should display relevant weather impact data specific to that region and adapt the visualizations accordingly.
The feature is tested for performance during peak usage times, ensuring it remains responsive and functional.
Given the dashboard is under review, when accessed by multiple fleet managers simultaneously, then the dashboard should load within five seconds and remain fully operational without data loss or crashes.
Driver Training Module for Weather Conditions
"As a driver, I want a training module that teaches me how to safely drive in various weather conditions so that I can protect myself and my cargo during deliveries."
Description

The Driver Training Module for Weather Conditions requirement addresses the need for an educational component within Logi360 that trains drivers on handling various weather scenarios. This feature will provide access to resources such as videos, best practices, and guidelines that prepare drivers for adverse weather conditions, improving safety and compliance. By incorporating this training module, Logi360 will enhance its value as a comprehensive logistics management tool, fostering a safety-first culture within the organization and ensuring drivers are well-equipped to operate responsibly in any weather.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver accesses the Driver Training Module from the Logi360 dashboard during inclement weather alerts for training on safe driving practices.
Given a driver is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the Driver Training Module, then they should see a list of training videos and resources specific to the current weather conditions they are facing.
Driver completes a training module on handling adverse weather conditions before being dispatched for a delivery.
Given a driver selects and completes a training module, when they finish watching the training video and reading the guidelines, then they should receive a confirmation message and a quiz shall be unlocked for validation.
Driver takes and submits a quiz after completing the training module on weather conditions to assess their understanding of safe driving practices.
Given a driver has completed the training module, when they take the quiz, then they should be able to submit their answers and receive a passing score that indicates comprehension of the material.
Fleet manager reviews training completion reports to ensure all drivers are educated on handling various weather scenarios.
Given the fleet manager accesses the report section, when they generate a report for training completions, then they should see a list of drivers who have completed the weather training module along with their scores.
Driver accesses guidelines for alternative routes during adverse weather conditions before starting their route.
Given a driver is preparing for a delivery in adverse weather, when they check the Driver Training Module, then they should see updated guidelines and alternative routes as suggested by the Weather Impact Forecasting feature.
System tracks and records completion of training modules over time for each driver to analyze safety performance trends.
Given the system maintains records of training completions, when the fleet manager reviews historical data, then they should see trends in training module completions correlated with safety metrics over a defined period.

Personalized Delivery Optimization

Personalized Delivery Optimization tailors route recommendations based on specific delivery requirements, such as time-sensitive deliveries or particular vehicle capacities. This feature enhances operational flexibility, allowing fleet managers to prioritize urgent orders effectively while still maximizing overall route efficiency.

Requirements

Dynamic Route Adjustment
"As a fleet manager, I want the system to automatically adjust delivery routes in real-time so that I can respond promptly to changing conditions and ensure timely deliveries."
Description

This requirement focuses on the development of a feature that allows the system to dynamically adjust routes based on real-time variables, such as traffic conditions, weather changes, and last-minute delivery requests. It aims to enhance the logistics planning by providing fleet managers with updated routes that optimize delivery times and minimize delays. The feature will integrate with the existing GPS and telematics systems to pull real-time data, ensuring that fleet operations remain efficient and responsive to external factors. This capability is crucial for improving customer satisfaction, as timely deliveries become more achievable, and also aids in reducing operational costs by streamlining route efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Dynamic Route Adjustment during peak traffic hours.
Given a fleet manager is monitoring delivery routes on the Logi360 dashboard, when traffic data indicates a significant delay on the current route, then the system should automatically suggest an alternate route that minimizes delivery time by at least 15%.
Dynamic Route Adjustment based on weather conditions.
Given a delivery vehicle is on a route with predicted severe weather, when the system detects these conditions, then it should automatically reroute to an alternate path that avoids the adverse weather and reduces potential delays by at least 20%.
Dynamic Route Adjustment for last-minute delivery requests.
Given a fleet manager receives a last-minute delivery request, when the request is inputted into the system, then the system should adjust the current routes to prioritize the new request without increasing overall delivery times by more than 10%.
Real-time adjustment notifications to fleet managers.
Given that the system has adjusted a delivery route in real-time, when the adjustment occurs, then the fleet manager should receive a notification detailing the change and the expected time savings from the adjustment.
Tracking delivery performance post route adjustment.
Given that a route has been dynamically adjusted, when deliveries are completed, then the system should provide a report showing time saved compared to the original route and the success rate of on-time deliveries within the adjusted route.
Integration of GPS and telematics for dynamic data sourcing.
Given the Logi360 platform is integrated with GPS and telematics systems, when a route adjustment is made, then the system should update the route in real-time using live data from these integrated systems, ensuring accuracy in navigation.
User feedback on dynamic route adjustments.
Given that fleet managers utilize the dynamic route adjustment feature, when they complete their deliveries, then they should be able to provide feedback on the system’s performance, with at least 80% of users reporting satisfaction with the timing and efficiency of the adjustments.
Delivery Priority Settings
"As a fleet manager, I want to set delivery priorities for my orders so that I can ensure urgent packages are delivered on time while optimizing overall routes."
Description

This requirement encompasses the need for a feature that allows users to set delivery priorities for each order based on urgency, customer importance, or product type. Fleet managers should be able to categorize deliveries into different priority levels, enabling the system to prioritize urgent packages while still considering overall route efficiency. This feature will provide greater flexibility in meeting customer expectations and improve the service level, allowing for smooth operations in cases of high-demand periods. The priority settings will be integrated with the existing route optimization logic, ensuring balanced and efficient delivery scheduling across the fleet.

Acceptance Criteria
Setting Delivery Priorities for Various Orders
Given a fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when they select an order, then they should be able to set the delivery priority to one of the predefined levels (low, medium, high) and save the changes successfully.
Viewing and Editing Delivery Priority Settings
Given a delivery priority is assigned to an order, when the fleet manager accesses the order details, then they should see the current priority level and be able to edit it if necessary.
Prioritizing Urgent Deliveries
Given a list of orders with differing priority levels, when the route optimization process is triggered, then the system should prioritize high-priority orders and suggest routes accordingly while optimizing for overall efficiency.
Integrating Priority with Route Optimization Logic
Given multiple orders with set priority levels, when generating a delivery route, then the route optimization algorithm must account for delivery priorities without straying significantly from efficiency metrics.
Validating Delivery Priorities in Reports
Given a fleet manager has set delivery priorities, when they generate a delivery report, then the report should include a breakdown of orders by priority level and the corresponding on-time delivery statistics.
Capacity-Based Route Planning
"As a fleet manager, I want the route planning system to consider my vehicle capacities when suggesting routes so that I can optimize resource utilization and ensure safe deliveries."
Description

This requirement describes the need for an intelligent route planning feature that takes into account the specific capacities of different vehicles in the fleet. The feature should assess each vehicle's loading capacity and suggest routes that maximize vehicle usage without exceeding limits. This functionality is essential for improving the utilization of fleet resources, reducing fuel costs, and preventing potential overloading of vehicles. The integration with vehicle specifications will provide accurate recommendations, ensuring that deliveries are handled efficiently and safely. Ultimately, this feature will contribute to lowering operational costs and enhancing overall fleet performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager utilizes the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature to create routes for multiple vehicles within the fleet for a day’s deliveries.
Given that the fleet manager has input delivery destinations and vehicle loading capacities, when the route planning feature is executed, then it should generate routes that optimize vehicle usage without exceeding capacity limits for each vehicle.
A fleet manager needs to prioritize time-sensitive deliveries while optimizing routes for maximum efficiency using the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature.
Given a set of time-sensitive deliveries and their respective deadlines, when the fleet manager uses the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature, then the system should prioritize these deliveries in the route suggestions without violating loading capacities.
The Capacity-Based Route Planning feature is used to assess the vehicle's loading and calculate optimal routes for a day's deliveries.
Given that the fleet manager selects two different vehicles with distinct capacities for the same set of deliveries, when the route planning is performed, then the system should suggest different routes that consider the specific loading capacities of each vehicle while maximizing overall efficiency.
Real-time modifications to delivery routes due to unforeseen circumstances, like traffic or vehicle breakdown, are implemented using the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature.
Given that a vehicle's status changes due to traffic delays or mechanical issues, when the fleet manager updates the delivery status in the system, then the route planning feature should automatically adjust and recalculate new routes ensuring vehicle capacities are still respected and deadlines are met.
Evaluating the effectiveness of the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature over a month’s operational data.
Given a month of operational usage data, when the fleet manager reviews the reporting dashboard for delivery efficiency, then metrics should show an improvement in delivery times and reductions in fuel costs directly attributed to the use of the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature.
Integrating the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature with existing telematics systems to enhance attribute accuracy.
Given that telematics data about vehicle loads and routes is available, when the integration is completed, then the Capacity-Based Route Planning feature should accurately reflect real-time loading conditions in its routing suggestions without manual input errors.
Enhanced Reporting and Analytics
"As a fleet manager, I want an enhanced reporting system that provides analytics on our delivery performance so that I can make informed decisions to improve logistics operations."
Description

This requirement calls for an advanced reporting module that provides comprehensive analytics regarding delivery performance, route efficiencies, and priority fulfillment rates. The feature will enable fleet managers to visualize data through customizable dashboards and generate reports that inform strategic decision-making. By leveraging historical and real-time data, users can identify patterns, assess the impact of dynamic route optimization, and evaluate overall logistics performance. This capability is crucial for continuous improvement, helping teams to refine their operations and address any bottlenecks in the delivery process.

Acceptance Criteria
User generates a report on delivery performance after optimizing routes for urgent orders.
Given the fleet manager accesses the reporting module, when they select the 'Delivery Performance' report and customize the parameters for date range and urgency of deliveries, then the system generates a report that accurately reflects the performance metrics for those deliveries, including time taken and success rates.
User visualizes delivery route efficiencies on the dashboard in real-time.
Given the fleet manager is on the customizable dashboard, when they choose the 'Route Efficiencies' widget, then the system displays real-time data on current routes, highlighting optimized routes in comparison to standard routes.
User assesses priority fulfillment rates of time-sensitive deliveries.
Given the fleet manager selects the 'Priority Fulfillment' report, when they input parameters for time-sensitive deliveries, then the system provides a report that includes fulfillment rates, delays, and areas for improvement, allowing actionable insights.
User evaluates overall logistics performance using historical data.
Given the fleet manager has access to historical data analytics, when they request a comparative performance report for the last quarter, then the system generates a report that includes key performance indicators like average delivery time and bottlenecks in the process.
User customizes dashboard metrics for daily operation reviews.
Given the fleet manager is setting up their dashboard, when they add or remove metrics related to delivery performance and route efficiency, then the system saves these customizations and reflects them in future sessions without requiring additional configuration.
User uses predictive analytics to forecast future delivery performance.
Given the fleet manager accesses the predictive analytics feature, when they input historical delivery data, then the system provides forecasts on delivery performance and potential challenges based on trends identified in the data.

Fuel Efficiency Metrics

Fuel Efficiency Metrics provides actionable insights on fuel consumption associated with suggested routes, allowing fleet managers to assess the cost-effectiveness of various paths. This feature not only aids in reducing operational costs but also supports eco-friendly practices by promoting routes that lower fuel usage.

Requirements

Fuel Consumption Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to track fuel consumption across different routes so that I can identify the most cost-effective paths and reduce fuel expenses."
Description

The Fuel Consumption Tracking feature will enable real-time monitoring of fuel usage across different routes, providing fleet managers with detailed insights into fuel consumption patterns. This requirement focuses on integrating data from various sources such as fuel purchase records and GPS tracking systems. By implementing this feature, Grafas 360 will empower users to identify fuel-efficient routes, leading to decreased operational costs and improved budgeting for fuel expenses. This functionality will be crucial in optimizing fleet efficiency and promoting sustainable practices by encouraging eco-friendly driving behavior.

Acceptance Criteria
Fuel Consumption Monitoring for Route Evaluation
Given a fleet manager is using the Fuel Consumption Tracking feature, when they select a specific route, then they should see real-time fuel consumption data displayed for that route, including total fuel used and cost estimates based on current fuel prices.
Integration with Fuel Purchase Records
Given that the Fuel Consumption Tracking feature is connected to fuel purchase records, when a fleet manager inputs fuel purchase data, then the system should automatically update fuel consumption metrics and reflect the changes in real-time on the dashboard.
Historical Data Analysis for Fuel Efficiency
Given that the system has been used for at least three months, when fleet managers access the historical fuel consumption reports, then they should be able to analyze fuel efficiency trends across different routes to identify optimal paths.
Alert System for Fuel Usage Anomalies
Given that fuel consumption tracking is active, when the fuel usage on a particular route exceeds a predefined threshold, then the system should automatically send an alert to the fleet manager to review the route for efficiency.
User Interface for Fuel Consumption Insights
Given that the Fuel Consumption Tracking feature is accessible, when a fleet manager visits the dashboard, then the interface should present fuel consumption insights in a user-friendly manner with clear graphs and metrics for easy interpretation.
Cross-Platform Accessibility of Fuel Metrics
Given that Logi360 is a cloud-based platform, when a fleet manager accesses the Fuel Consumption Tracking feature from any mobile device, then all fuel consumption data should be fully accessible and viewable without loss of functionality.
Reporting Functionality for Fuel Efficiency
Given that the fuel consumption tracking data is collected over time, when fleet managers generate a report, then the report should include actionable insights and recommendations for improving fuel efficiency based on historical data.
Route Comparison Tool
"As a fleet manager, I want to compare different routes based on their efficiency metrics so that I can choose the route that minimizes costs and improves delivery times."
Description

The Route Comparison Tool will allow users to compare multiple routes based on distance, estimated fuel consumption, time, and costs associated with each route. This requirement is essential for providing fleet managers with actionable data to make informed route planning decisions. By implementing this feature, Logi360 adds a layer of complexity to its route suggestion capabilities, thereby ensuring that users can select the highest efficiency routes available. The tool will also support various inputs such as vehicle type, load weight, and road conditions to give tailored recommendations.

Acceptance Criteria
Comparing Routes for an Urgent Delivery
Given the user inputs vehicle type, load weight, and road conditions, When the user selects multiple routes to compare, Then the system displays a side-by-side comparison of estimated distance, fuel consumption, time, and costs for each route.
Assessing Cost-Effectiveness of Routes
Given the user has selected a start and end location, When the user requests a comparison of available routes, Then the system provides a summary of each route's cost-effectiveness based on fuel consumption and time.
Evaluating Environmental Impact of Routes
Given the fleet manager wants to reduce environmental impact, When the user compares routes based on fuel efficiency metrics, Then the system highlights the most eco-friendly routes with the lowest fuel consumption.
Adapting to Road Conditions
Given the user inputs current road conditions, When the user compares routes considering these conditions, Then the system recommends the route that minimizes delays and optimizes fuel efficiency.
Customizing Route Suggestions Based on Vehicle Specifications
Given the user provides specific vehicle details (type and load), When the user compares routes, Then the system tailors route suggestions and comparisons specifically for that vehicle's performance characteristics.
Real-time Updates on Route Comparisons
Given the user is evaluating routes for an upcoming delivery, When traffic or road conditions change, Then the system automatically updates the route comparison with the latest distance, fuel consumption, and estimated time of arrival.
Eco-Driving Recommendations
"As a driver, I want to receive personalized eco-driving tips while on the road so that I can reduce fuel consumption and enhance my driving efficiency."
Description

The Eco-Driving Recommendations feature will provide actionable driving tips based on historical driving data and real-time analytics. This requirement aims to educate drivers on techniques to drive more efficiently, thereby maximizing fuel efficiency and minimizing environmental impact. The recommendations will be personalized for each driver based on their driving habits and monitored metrics. Implementing this feature will benefit fleet managers by reducing fuel costs through promoting sustainable practices and enhancing driver performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Eco-Driving Recommendations for New Driver Training
Given a new driver, when they complete their initial training session, then they should receive personalized eco-driving recommendations based on their driving data and habits, which will be visible in their Logi360 dashboard.
Real-time Eco-Driving Feedback During Routes
Given a driver is on a route, when they exceed recommended speed limits or aggressive driving patterns, then they should receive real-time alerts and eco-driving tips through the mobile app to correct their driving behavior.
Monthly Eco-Driving Performance Report for Fleet Managers
Given a fleet manager, when they request the monthly eco-driving performance report, then they should receive a report displaying fuel savings, eco-driving tip adherence rates, and recommendations for individual drivers.
Driver's Log of Eco-Driving Tips
Given a driver interacts with the eco-driving recommendations feature, when they follow the provided tips, then each tip followed should be logged and visible in their profile for review at any time.
Integration with Fuel Efficiency Metrics
Given the Eco-Driving Recommendations feature is active, when a driver follows its tips, then the corresponding fuel efficiency metrics should reflect an improvement in fuel consumption per route taken.
Feedback Mechanism for Continuous Improvement
Given the eco-driving recommendations are provided, when drivers provide feedback on the effectiveness of these tips, then the system should allow for adjustments and improvements to the recommendations shown to future drivers.
Customization of Recommendations Based on Vehicle Type
Given different vehicles in the fleet, when drivers access their eco-driving recommendations, then the tips should be customized based on the specific vehicle type they are driving to enhance efficiency.
Fuel Cost Analysis Reporting
"As a fleet manager, I want to generate reports on fuel costs over time so that I can analyze spending trends and make data-driven decisions for the fleet."
Description

The Fuel Cost Analysis Reporting feature will allow fleet managers to generate comprehensive reports on fuel expenditures over specific periods. This requirement will include visual data representation through graphs and charts that illustrate trends in fuel consumption and spending. By providing detailed insights into fuel cost patterns, this feature enables users to make informed decisions about route planning and fleet operation efficiency. Effectively implementing this reporting feature will help identify cost-saving opportunities and forecast future fuel-related budgets accurately.

Acceptance Criteria
Fuel Cost Analysis Reporting for Monthly Expenditure Review
Given a fleet manager needs to analyze fuel expenses for the last month, when they select the relevant date range and generate the report, then the system should display a comprehensive report including total fuel expenditure, average fuel cost per mile, and a breakdown of costs by vehicle.
Visual Data Representation in Fuel Cost Reports
Given a fleet manager generates a fuel cost analysis report, when the report is displayed, then it should include at least three types of visual data representations such as graphs or charts that clearly show trends in fuel consumption and spending over time.
Exporting Fuel Cost Analysis Reports for Stakeholder Review
Given a fleet manager has generated a fuel cost analysis report, when they choose to export the report, then the system should allow them to save it in at least two formats (PDF and Excel) without any data loss.
Automated Notifications for Fuel Cost Trends
Given that the fuel cost analysis reporting system is in place, when fuel expenditures exceed a predefined threshold compared to the previous month, then the system should automatically notify the fleet manager via email with the details of the increase.
Customizable Reporting Parameters for Fleet Managers
Given a fleet manager wants to tailor their reports, when they access the reporting feature, then they should be able to customize parameters such as date range, specific vehicles, and report format before generating the report.
User Access Control for Fuel Cost Reports
Given the sensitive nature of fuel cost reporting, when a fleet manager logs into the system, then their access should be governed by user roles, ensuring they can only view and interact with reports they are authorized to access.
Historical Data Comparison in Fuel Cost Reports
Given a fleet manager generates a fuel cost analysis report for the current month, when they compare it with the previous month's report, then the system should provide a comparative analysis showing percentage changes in expenditures and fuel consumption.
Driver Improvement Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to track the fuel efficiency of individual drivers so that I can implement training programs for those who need improvement and recognize good performance."
Description

The Driver Improvement Tracking feature will monitor individual driver performance based on fuel efficiency and driving behavior over time. This requirement focuses on creating a dashboard that highlights driver metrics, allowing fleet managers to assess performance, provide individualized feedback, and implement targeted training programs. By promoting accountability and encouraging better driving habits, this feature will help decrease fuel consumption and improve operational efficiency across the fleet.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver Performance Assessment for Individual Drivers
Given a driver with recorded performance data, When the fleet manager accesses the Driver Improvement Tracking dashboard, Then the dashboard must display the driver’s fuel efficiency metrics and driving behavior scores over the past month.
Feedback Mechanism for Drivers
Given the fleet manager has accessed a specific driver's metrics, When the manager provides feedback through the dashboard, Then the feedback should be recorded and visible to the driver in their user interface.
Targeted Training Programs Identification
Given the Driver Improvement Tracking dashboard shows low scores for driving behavior, When the fleet manager reviews these metrics, Then the system must recommend targeted training programs based on identified weaknesses.
Comparative Analysis of Driver Performance
Given multiple drivers in the fleet, When the fleet manager uses the dashboard, Then the dashboard must allow a comparison of fuel efficiency and driving behavior between drivers over a selected time frame.
Automated Reporting Generation
Given the Driver Improvement Tracking feature has collected data for drivers, When the fleet manager requests a report, Then the system must generate a report summarizing performance trends and improvement suggestions in a downloadable format.
Real-Time Updates on Driver Behavior
Given the Driver Improvement Tracking system is active, When a driver engages in unsafe driving behavior, Then the system must automatically log the incident and notify the fleet manager in real-time.
Data Export Capability for External Analysis
Given the collected driver performance data, When the fleet manager chooses to export this data, Then the system must provide an export option in multiple formats (CSV, Excel) for external analysis.
Predictive Fuel Cost Forecasting
"As a fleet manager, I want to predict future fuel costs based on our routes and historical data so that I can budget accurately and reduce unexpected expenses."
Description

The Predictive Fuel Cost Forecasting feature will utilize historical data and machine learning algorithms to predict future fuel costs based on various factors such as route selections, market fluctuations, and fleet usage patterns. This requirement aims to provide fleet managers with foresight into potential budgetary needs regarding fuel purchases. The insight gained from this feature will empower fleet operators to allocate resources more effectively and make smarter financial decisions concerning fuel and transportation costs.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager reviews the predictive fuel cost forecasting feature during a weekly operations meeting to make budget adjustments based on anticipated fuel expenses for the upcoming month.
Given historical fuel consumption data and current route selections, when the Fleet Manager accesses the Predictive Fuel Cost Forecasting feature, then the feature must display forecasted fuel costs for the next month within a 5% margin of actual costs.
A logistics coordinator inputs different route options into the predictive fuel cost forecasting tool to evaluate which option offers the best budgetary forecast for fuel expenditures.
Given multiple route options inputted by the logistics coordinator, when the tool computes predictions, then it provides a comparative analysis of fuel costs for each route option along with the chosen route clearly highlighted.
During a quarterly review, the finance department assesses the accuracy of the predictive fuel cost forecasts against actual fuel expenditures from the past quarter.
Given the actual fuel costs from the last quarter, when the finance department compares these costs to the forecasts generated by the Predictive Fuel Cost Forecasting feature, then the forecasts should reflect at least 90% accuracy when assessed on a quarterly basis.
Fleet operators utilize the forecasting feature to adjust fuel purchasing strategies in response to predicted market fluctuations.
Given predicted market fuel price changes generated by the forecasting tool, when the fleet operators receive alerts, then they are provided with actionable insights and recommendations on optimal purchasing timelines to minimize costs.
A transport manager analyzes the forecasts to determine resource allocation for fuel across different routes and vehicles under varying operational scenarios.
Given distinct operational scenarios inputted into the system, when the transport manager runs the predictive analysis, then a clear resource allocation plan with recommended adjustments for fuel distribution must be generated.

Historical Performance Comparison

Historical Performance Comparison allows users to benchmark current route suggestions against past deliveries. By analyzing previous performance data, fleet managers can glean valuable insights into route effectiveness, enabling continuous improvement in route planning and operational efficiencies.

Requirements

Data Import and Mapping
"As a fleet manager, I want to import historical performance data so that I can analyze past deliveries and improve future route suggestions."
Description

The Data Import and Mapping requirement involves enabling users to easily upload historical performance data, including past delivery routes, vehicle performance metrics, and delivery times. This feature will support various data formats (like CSV, Excel) for seamless integration into the Logi360 platform. The primary benefit is that it allows fleet managers to evaluate historical data quickly, analyze trends, and make data-driven decisions regarding future route planning. It enhances the platform's analytical capabilities, making it easier for users to benchmark current operations against historical performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Data Uploading for Historical Performance Analysis
Given the user has historical performance data in CSV or Excel format, when they upload the data file through the Logi360 platform, then the data should be successfully imported without errors and mapped to the correct fields in the system.
Data Format Validation
Given the user uploads a file for data import, when the file format is not supported (neither CSV nor Excel), then the system should display an error message indicating the invalid format and prompt the user to select a valid file type.
Data Integrity Check on Import
Given the user imports historical performance data, when the data import is completed, then the platform should perform a data integrity check and notify the user of any missing or erroneous data entries, providing a summary report of the check results.
Mapping Historical Data Fields
Given the user imports a CSV file with historical performance data, when the import process occurs, then the system should automatically map the required fields (e.g., route, delivery time, vehicle metrics) correctly to their respective fields in the database without manual intervention.
Data Accessibility After Import
Given the successful import of historical performance data, when the user navigates to the Historical Performance Comparison feature, then the imported data should be accessible and displayed accurately for analysis and benchmarking purposes.
Error Handling during Import Process
Given the user attempts to upload a corrupted CSV or Excel file, when the system processes the file, then it should catch the error, halt the import, and display a clear error message explaining the nature of the issue.
User Notification upon Successful Import
Given the user has successfully imported historical performance data, when the import is completed, then the system should send a notification message confirming the successful import and the number of records imported.
Performance Analytics Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want a performance analytics dashboard that visualizes historical and current performance data, so that I can quickly assess route effectiveness and make improvements."
Description

The Performance Analytics Dashboard requirement is designed to provide users with a comprehensive visualization of their historical performance data compared to current route suggestions. This dashboard will offer graphical representations, such as charts and graphs, to showcase key performance indicators (KPIs) like delivery times, fuel consumption, and vehicle utilization rates. By enabling fleet managers to easily interpret data, the dashboard enhances operational efficiency and drives informed decision-making. The integration with existing analytics frameworks within Logi360 ensures a user-friendly interface and accurate data representation.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard to compare historical delivery times with current route suggestions after a month of operations.
Given the fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 platform, When they navigate to the Performance Analytics Dashboard, Then they should see a graphical representation comparing historical delivery times against current route suggestions with corresponding metrics displayed.
A fleet manager views the Performance Analytics Dashboard to analyze fuel consumption across different routes to identify potential inefficiencies.
Given the fleet manager is on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, When they select the fuel consumption report, Then the dashboard should display a comparative analysis of fuel consumption for historical routes and current suggestions with details for each route.
A fleet manager reviews vehicle utilization rates over the past three months on the Performance Analytics Dashboard to make strategic decisions regarding fleet allocation.
Given the fleet manager has selected the vehicle utilization rate report, When they view the dashboard, Then they should see a clear trend analysis of vehicle utilization rates over the last three months alongside current recommendations, with visual aids for clarity.
The fleet manager accesses the dashboard after a major routing change to evaluate the operational impacts based on historical data.
Given the fleet manager has made changes to route suggestions, When they access the Performance Analytics Dashboard, Then it should reflect updated KPIs for delivery times, fuel consumption, and vehicle utilization rates comparing the new routes to historical performance as of the date of change.
A user interacts with the Performance Analytics Dashboard on a mobile device to track performance metrics during a route planning session.
Given the user is accessing the dashboard via a mobile device, When they check the dashboard, Then it should be fully responsive, displaying all key performance indicators in an easy-to-read format without loss of functionality or data integrity.
Fleet managers use the dashboard to evaluate changes in operational efficiency following the integration of new analytics tools.
Given the fleet manager is on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, When they view the operational efficiency metrics, Then they should observe a comparative analysis of metrics pre and post integration displayed clearly with timelines.
Automated Reporting System
"As a fleet manager, I want an automated reporting system that generates performance reports so that I can regularly review historical data in relation to current operations."
Description

The Automated Reporting System requirement entails the development of a feature that generates regular reports comparing historical performance metrics to current operational data. These reports will be customizable, allowing users to select key metrics and timeframes for analysis. Automated delivery of these reports to designated stakeholders will streamline communication and ensure that performance insights are readily available. The goal is to facilitate continuous improvement in logistics operations, helping managers to identify areas of inefficiency and adjust strategies accordingly.

Acceptance Criteria
Automated report generation for weekly route performance review
Given the user has logged into the Logi360 platform, when they select the option to generate a weekly performance report, then the system should automatically compile data for the previous week and present a report outlining key performance metrics such as delivery times, route efficiency, and customer satisfaction ratings for the designated fleet.
Customization of report metrics and timeframes by the fleet manager
Given the fleet manager is on the report customization page, when they choose specific metrics and set a custom timeframe, then the system should save these preferences and apply them to the generated reports for future use without additional input from the user.
Automated delivery of performance reports to stakeholders
Given that performance reports are generated, when the scheduled delivery time is reached, then the system should automatically email the relevant reports to all designated stakeholders with the correct format and required data included.
User interface for report generation and customization
Given the user is within the report generation feature, when they navigate through the interface, then all buttons, drop-down lists, and input fields should be clearly labeled and functional, ensuring an intuitive user experience without the need for external guidance.
Data accuracy in generated reports
Given that a report was generated based on specified parameters, when the user reviews the metrics, then all data presented must match the underlying historical performance data accurately, ensuring there are no discrepancies in the reporting.
Comparison analysis between historical and current performance in reports
Given that the fleet manager is reviewing the generated report, when they analyze the historical performance metrics alongside current data, then the report should clearly highlight differences with actionable insights to support decision-making.
Usability testing for the automated reporting system
Given that the automated reporting system has been built, when a group of selected users conducts usability testing, then at least 80% of participants should report satisfaction with the ease of use and functionality of the reporting tool as it pertains to generating and customizing reports.
User Role Management for Data Access
"As a fleet manager, I want to set user roles for data access, so that I can ensure sensitive performance information is only accessible to authorized team members."
Description

The User Role Management for Data Access requirement focuses on establishing a robust permission system that allows fleet managers to define access levels for various team members regarding historical performance data. This system ensures that sensitive data is only accessible to authorized personnel, while also enabling team members to collaborate effectively based on their roles. This is crucial for maintaining data integrity and security, and fosters a collaborative environment in performance analysis and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
User Role Management for Accessing Historical Performance Data
Given a fleet manager has logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the User Role Management section, then they should be able to define access levels for team members, with options to grant or restrict access to historical performance data.
Viewing Historical Performance Data as an Authorized User
Given a team member has been assigned the appropriate role, when they attempt to access the historical performance data dashboard, then they should be able to view data without any access denial messages.
Attempting to Access Data Without Proper Permissions
Given a team member has not been granted access to historical performance data, when they try to view this data, then they should receive a clear and informative access denied message.
Audit Trail of User Role Changes
Given changes have been made to user roles regarding historical performance data access, when an admin reviews the audit trail, then they should see a comprehensive log of all changes including the user, role assigned, and timestamp.
Collaboration Features Based on User Roles
Given a user has access rights based on their role, when they collaborate with other team members on performance insights, then their role should determine the visibility and editing capabilities in shared documents or reports.
Reviewing Role Management by Admin Users
Given an admin user is managing access rights, when they access the role management interface, then they should see an overview of all user roles and their corresponding access levels to historical performance data.
Notifications for Role Access Changes
Given a fleet manager updates a user's role, when the change is saved, then the affected user should receive an email notification confirming their access level has been updated.
Feedback Loop Mechanism
"As a fleet manager, I want to provide feedback on route suggestions utilizing historical data, so that I can help improve future route optimizations and operational efficiencies."
Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement introduces a feature that allows fleet managers to provide feedback on the suggested routes based on historical data. This input will be documented and analyzed to refine the algorithm used for creating route suggestions. By allowing users to contribute to the learning process of the optimization model, this requirement helps enhance the overall accuracy and relevance of future route recommendations, ultimately leading to improved operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Ability for fleet managers to provide feedback on suggested routes after delivering goods to the intended destination based on historical performance data.
Given a fleet manager is viewing the suggested route after a delivery, when they select the feedback option and submit their feedback, then the feedback should be successfully recorded in the system and associated with the relevant route suggestion.
Fleet managers can view a summary of all feedback they've provided on past routes for review and analysis.
Given a fleet manager accesses the feedback history section, when they view their feedback submissions, then they should see a chronological list of all feedback entries with relevant details such as date, route, and feedback type.
The system analyzes feedback from fleet managers to improve route suggestions for future deliveries.
Given the system has collected enough feedback data, when it recalibrates the route optimization algorithm, then the new suggested routes should reflect improvements based on the historical feedback analysis.
Fleet managers receive notifications when their feedback leads to significant changes in route suggestions.
Given that feedback has been analyzed and influenced a change in future route suggestions, when a fleet manager logs into the system, then they should receive a notification summarizing the updates made based on their feedback.
Fleet managers can provide qualitative feedback on suggested routes, not just quantitative ratings.
Given a fleet manager is providing feedback, when the feedback form includes a text box for qualitative comments, then the submitted comments should be recorded and visible in the feedback history.
Integration of feedback data with the historical performance comparison feature to enhance insights.
Given that feedback has been provided and stored, when users access the historical performance comparison feature, then they should see insights that incorporate feedback trends along with performance metrics for better decision-making.
Scenario Planning Tool
"As a fleet manager, I want a scenario planning tool that allows me to model different route options based on historical data, so that I can make strategic decisions to optimize fleet operations."
Description

The Scenario Planning Tool requirement will enable fleet managers to model different scenarios based on historical performance data. Users can simulate variations in route choices, vehicle allocations, and timeframes to forecast outcomes and make strategic decisions. This feature enhances the platform's analytical capabilities by allowing deep dives into the 'what-if' analyses and promoting proactive planning to optimize resources and reduce costs based on past trends.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager uses the Scenario Planning Tool to model the impact of altering vehicle allocations during peak delivery times, analyzing changes in delivery efficiency and costs.
Given the user inputs alternative vehicle allocations for a selected set of routes, when they execute the scenario planning simulation, then the system generates a report comparing efficiency metrics and cost implications against historical performance data.
A fleet manager wants to explore different routing options for a specific delivery route using the Scenario Planning Tool to identify the best option based on historical data.
Given the user selects a specific delivery route and simulates two alternative routing options, when the simulation is completed, then the tool displays a comparative analysis of delivery times, fuel consumption, and cost for all three routing options including the original.
After modeling different scenarios, a fleet manager needs to assess the accuracy of the predictions made by the Scenario Planning Tool against real-world outcomes.
Given the user runs a simulation based on historical data for route planning, when the outcomes of actual deliveries are compared to the predicted results, then the accuracy of predictions is calculated and displayed with discrepancies highlighted for review.
A fleet manager wishes to utilize the Scenario Planning Tool to assess the impact of including additional delivery time windows on route efficiency.
Given the user adds additional time windows for specific deliveries and initiates a scenario simulation, when the results are processed, then the tool must provide insights on adjusted delivery times, costs, and overall efficiency ratings against historical data.
Fleet managers regularly monitor multiple KPIs using the Scenario Planning Tool to identify trends and optimize operational strategies.
Given the fleet manager accesses the dashboard of the Scenario Planning Tool, when they select KPIs to review historical performance, then the tool generates a visual representation of the KPIs over time, highlighting trends and anomalies for actionable insights.
A fleet manager tests different variations of scenarios simultaneously to evaluate which scenarios maximize efficiency across various delivery routes and vehicle types.
Given the user runs multiple scenario simulations concurrently, when they analyze the summary report generated by the tool, then the report must clearly outline the best-performing scenarios based on predetermined success metrics such as cost, time, and resource utilization.

Route Sharing and Collaboration

Route Sharing and Collaboration enables users to share recommended routes with team members in real time, fostering collaboration among drivers, fleet managers, and operations coordinators. This feature streamlines communication and ensures that all stakeholders are aligned on the best routes, improving overall logistics coordination.

Requirements

Real-time Route Sharing
"As a fleet manager, I want to share real-time route updates with my drivers so that everyone can stay informed and aligned on the best routes to take, improving our overall efficiency and delivery times."
Description

The Real-time Route Sharing requirement enables fleet managers, drivers, and operations coordinators to share and receive updates on optimal routes instantly. This functionality allows users to collaborate effectively by accessing the same route information, thereby reducing delays and miscommunication. By integrating GPS and telematics systems, the feature ensures that changes in route due to traffic or unforeseen circumstances are communicated immediately, enhancing the efficiency of fleet operations and improving overall delivery times. This collaboration capability is crucial in ensuring that all stakeholders are working with the most accurate and up-to-date route data, aligning their efforts towards successful deliveries.

Acceptance Criteria
As a fleet manager, I want to share an optimized route with my drivers so that they can receive real-time updates and act accordingly during their deliveries.
Given that the fleet manager shares an optimized route, when the driver accesses the app, then the driver should receive a notification with the shared route details within 30 seconds.
As a driver, I want to view updates on my route in real-time so that I can adjust my driving to avoid traffic delays and other obstacles.
Given that the driver is on the road, when there is a change in the route due to traffic, then the app should update the driver’s route and provide an alternative route within 15 seconds.
As an operations coordinator, I want to ensure that all stakeholders are aware of route changes to prevent miscommunication and streamline logistics.
Given that a route update is made by any user, when the update is saved, then all relevant team members should receive a notification about the change within 5 minutes.
As a fleet manager, I want to track the status of route sharing among team members to ensure that everyone is aligned on the latest route information.
Given that a route has been shared, when the fleet manager checks the sharing status, then the system should display a list of team members who have accepted or declined the shared route within 1 minute.
As a driver, I want to have the ability to provide feedback on the shared route to improve future collaborations.
Given that a driver completes a delivery using the shared route, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be recorded in the system and available for the fleet manager to review within 24 hours.
As an operations coordinator, I want to see a history of shared routes and their outcomes to improve decision-making for future deliveries.
Given that routes have been shared in the past, when I access the route history section in the dashboard, then I should be able to see a comprehensive list of all previously shared routes along with their performance metrics within 1 minute.
Multi-user Collaboration
"As a driver, I want to see the routes shared by my fleet manager and any updates made by my colleagues so that I can adjust my driving accordingly and ensure that we are all on the same page."
Description

The Multi-user Collaboration requirement allows multiple users to access and view shared routes simultaneously. This functionality is essential for teams that need to work together collaboratively while planning and executing logistics operations. With the ability to view updates from different team members, stakeholders can make informed decisions based on collective inputs. This requirement fosters teamwork among drivers, fleet managers, and operations coordinators, ensuring seamless communication and reducing errors in route planning. The implementation of this feature will facilitate a synchronized approach to fleet management and enhance operational transparency, ultimately driving better logistics outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-user access of shared routes during a logistics meeting.
Given multiple users are logged into Logi360, when one user shares a recommended route, then all other users should be able to view that route in real time, including any updates made by other users.
Real-time updates while editing shared routes in a collaborative environment.
Given that multiple team members are editing a shared route, when one user makes a change to the route, then the updates should be reflected instantly on all users' screens without needing to refresh the application.
Notification system for updates on shared routes.
Given that a user makes a change to a shared route, when the change is saved, then all team members who have access to the route should receive a notification about the update in real time.
Simultaneous viewing of route modifications by multiple users.
Given that two or more users are viewing a shared route, when one user adds waypoints, then all users should see the new waypoints appear on their screens concurrently without lag.
Access control for different user roles in route sharing.
Given a user with administrative privileges shares a route, when another user with view-only privileges accesses the route, then that user should not be able to modify the route, only view it.
Historical tracking of changes made to shared routes.
Given a user has made changes to a shared route, when the history tab is accessed, then all previous versions of the route, along with the user and time of changes, should be displayed correctly.
Mobile accessibility of shared routes during transport.
Given users are on the field using mobile devices, when a route is shared, then the users should be able to access and view the shared route seamlessly on their mobile devices with all features intact.
Route Annotation
"As a fleet manager, I want to add notes to routes to convey important information or changes to my team so that they can navigate the routes more effectively and respond to any challenges that arise."
Description

The Route Annotation requirement allows users to add notes, comments, or suggestions to shared routes. This feature is important as it fosters communication and feedback among team members, enhancing collaborative route planning. Users can highlight specific points of interest, road conditions, or potential issues along the route, providing critical information that can improve decision-making and route optimization. The ability to annotate shared routes brings qualitative insights into the logistics planning process, ensuring that all relevant information is captured and utilized, which ultimately leads to more effective route management and problem resolution.

Acceptance Criteria
Route Annotation for Real-Time Collaboration Among Team Members
Given a shared route, when a user adds an annotation, then the annotation must be visible to all team members in real time.
User Permission Management in Route Annotation
Given a route shared with multiple users, when a user adds an annotation, then the system must only allow users with edit permissions to modify existing annotations.
Viewing Annotations on the Shared Route
Given a shared route with existing annotations, when a team member views the route, then all annotations must be displayed clearly and without errors on the route map.
Editing Existing Annotations by Users
Given a shared route and existing annotations, when a user with edit permissions modifies an annotation, then the changes must save successfully and reflect immediately to all users viewing that route.
Deleting Annotations from the Shared Route
Given a user has edit permissions, when that user deletes an annotation, then the annotation must be removed from the route without affecting other existing annotations.
Annotations for Points of Interest on the Route
Given a shared route, when a user adds an annotation for a point of interest, then the annotation should provide a clear description and must be geolocated accurately on the route.
Notification System for New Annotations
Given that a new annotation has been added to the shared route, when that annotation is created, then all team members must receive a notification of the new annotation within 5 minutes.
Interactive Route Visualization
"As an operations coordinator, I want to visualize the shared routes on a map so that I can better understand the logistics challenges we might face and plan accordingly."
Description

The Interactive Route Visualization requirement enables users to visualize shared routes on an interactive map. Users can zoom in and out, view landmarks, and assess route challenges such as elevation or traffic hotspots. This feature allows team members to better understand the routes they will be taking and prepare for any obstacles. By integrating advanced map functionalities, this requirement enhances user engagement and provides better context for route planning. Additionally, the interactive nature of the visualization aids in discussions over the shared routes, allowing for more thorough planning and collaboration among team members.

Acceptance Criteria
User wants to visualize shared routes on the interactive map during a team meeting to discuss operational strategies.
Given a user is logged into Logi360, when the user accesses the interactive map, then they can zoom in/out and pan the map to view different parts of the shared route.
A driver needs to assess potential elevation challenges on a shared route before departure.
Given a driver selects a shared route on the interactive map, when the driver views the route details, then they can see elevation changes highlighted on the map along with traffic hotspots.
A fleet manager wants to ensure that all team members see the same visual representation of the route for planning purposes.
Given a route has been shared with team members, when any member accesses the interactive route visualization, then all members see the same map with synchronized changes in real-time.
Operations staff need to prepare for a discussion about the shared routes based on geographic landmarks.
Given a user is viewing the interactive map, when the user selects the landmarks option, then all relevant geographic landmarks along the route are displayed and labeled clearly on the map.
The team is conducting a collaborative planning session and wants to identify potential traffic hotspots on the route.
Given the interactive route is displayed, when the user enables traffic data, then current traffic conditions are overlaid on the map, highlighting congested areas.
A logistics coordinator wants to gather feedback from team members about route challenges before finalizing plans.
Given team members are viewing the interactive routes, when any member marks a specific area for concern, then a comment or tag is added to that location for others to see and discuss.
A driver prepares for a scheduled trip and needs to view the latest version of the shared route with updates.
Given a driver accesses the interactive map after route updates, when they view the route, then the latest changes are reflected in real-time on their display.
Route History and Analytics
"As a logistics analyst, I want to review historical route data and performance metrics so that I can identify trends and recommend optimizations for our logistics operations."
Description

The Route History and Analytics requirement provides users with access to historical data on routes taken, including performance metrics related to delivery times, route efficiency, and driver performance. This data is invaluable for continuous improvement in logistics management as it allows teams to analyze past performances, identify areas of improvement, and optimize future routes. Additionally, by integrating predictive analytics, users can forecast potential issues or delays based on historical trends, allowing for proactive planning. This requirement ensures that data-driven decisions can be made to enhance overall fleet operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Users access the Route History and Analytics feature to review the historical performance of a specific route taken by their delivery vehicle over the past month.
Given a user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they navigate to the Route History section and select a specific route, then they should see a comprehensive report including delivery time, route efficiency, and driver performance metrics for that route.
The Route History and Analytics feature shows a predictive analysis for the user based on historical route data.
Given that the user has selected a route in the Route History and Analytics section, when the historical data is displayed, then a predictive analysis section should be visible, outlining potential issues or delays for future deliveries.
The users receive automated updates based on the analytics from the Route History feature to improve future routing decisions.
Given that the Route History and Analytics feature has been utilized, when a user looks at the automated recommendations for future routes, then they should see suggestions that are founded on historical performance metrics like delivery efficiency and driver effectiveness.
Admins are able to generate reports from the Route History and Analytics for team meeting discussions.
Given that an admin is in the Route History and Analytics section, when they request to generate a report for the past quarter, then the system should produce a downloadable report that includes key metrics and insights regarding routes, delivery times, and driver performance.
The user drills down into specific route performances to identify bottlenecks in delivery times.
Given that a user is exploring a specific route's historical performance data, when they select a date range to analyze, then they should be able to identify outlier performance instances and their causes like traffic, weather, and driver issues, supported by visual aids like graphs or charts.
Team members collaborate and discuss insights drawn from the Route History and Analytics data.
Given that multiple team members are viewing the Route History and Analytics data, when they utilize the collaboration tools integrated within Logi360, then they should be able to annotate the report and share comments in real-time to facilitate discussion and decision-making.

Instant Alerts

Instant Alerts keep drivers in the loop by providing real-time notifications for urgent updates, such as changes in delivery schedules, traffic conditions, or logistical adjustments. This ensures that drivers can respond promptly to the dynamic nature of their tasks, enhancing overall communication and operational efficiency.

Requirements

Real-time Notification System
"As a driver, I want to receive real-time notifications for urgent updates so that I can respond promptly to changes in my delivery schedule or traffic conditions."
Description

The Real-time Notification System should enable immediate communication of urgent updates to drivers, including changes in delivery schedules, traffic conditions, and logistical adjustments. This system must seamlessly integrate with the existing Logi360 platform to ensure that all notifications are delivered promptly without disrupting the ongoing operations. The inclusion of features like priority tagging can enhance the relevance of notifications, making sure that drivers can focus on the most critical updates. Additionally, the notifications should be accessible through both the mobile app and web dashboard, ensuring that all drivers can stay informed regardless of their current setting. This requirement is crucial for enhancing communication efficiency and operational responsiveness among drivers and logistics teams, ultimately leading to improved delivery outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver receives instant notification about a delivery schedule change during transit.
Given a driver is on route, when a delivery schedule change occurs, then the driver receives an instant notification via the mobile app with details of the change.
Driver acknowledges receipt of urgent traffic condition alerts.
Given a traffic condition alert is sent, when the driver views the notification, then they must confirm receipt of the alert before proceeding.
Logistics team monitors real-time notifications sent to drivers.
Given the logistics team is reviewing communications, when they check the notification system, then they should see a log of all notifications sent to drivers for the last 24 hours.
Urgent notifications are prioritized over non-urgent messages in the driver’s app.
Given a driver receives multiple notifications, when an urgent notification is received, then it is marked as high priority and displayed prominently in the app.
Drivers can filter notifications based on urgency levels in the app.
Given the driver is using the app, when they access the notification settings, then they should be able to filter notifications by urgent, normal, and low priority.
Integration with the web dashboard allows viewing of notification analytics.
Given the web dashboard is in use, when a logistics manager accesses the notifications section, then they should see analytics on delivery notifications, including open rates and response times.
Customizable Alert Preferences
"As a logistics manager, I want to customize alert preferences so that my team only receives the most relevant notifications for our specific routes and clients."
Description

The Customizable Alert Preferences feature will allow users to set their notification preferences for the types of alerts they wish to receive. Users can specify criteria based on urgency, content type (e.g., delivery changes, traffic alerts, or weather conditions), and delivery zones. This flexibility will empower drivers and logistics managers to tailor their notification experience according to their individual or operational needs. Integrating this feature within the Logi360 platform can also enhance user satisfaction and minimize notification fatigue, ensuring that users receive the most pertinent information tailored to their operational requirements. This requirement is essential for optimizing user experience and improving engagement with the notification system.

Acceptance Criteria
User sets customizable alert preferences for delivery changes based on urgency levels.
Given a user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they access the customizable alert preferences section, then they should be able to select urgency levels (high, medium, low) for delivery changes and save their preferences successfully.
User sets notification preferences for traffic alerts and verifies receipt of alerts based on criteria.
Given a user has set traffic alert preferences to receive notifications for high traffic conditions in specific zones, when a traffic alert is triggered, then the user should receive a notification on their mobile device in real-time.
User configures alert preferences for weather conditions affecting delivery schedules.
Given a user is in the alert preferences settings, when they select the option for weather alerts and specify the conditions (e.g., rain, snow, extreme temperatures), then they should successfully save this selection and receive alerts accordingly.
Logistics manager reviews overall effectiveness of alert preferences set by team members.
Given a logistics manager accesses the report section of the Logi360 platform, when they select the alert effectiveness report, then the manager should see a summary of alerts issued, preferences set by team members, and feedback on notification relevance over the past two weeks.
User updates alert preferences to refine the types of notifications received.
Given a user wants to change their alert preferences after initially setting them, when they modify the preferences and submit the changes, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their preferences have been successfully updated.
User experiences notification fatigue due to excessive alerts and adjusts settings accordingly.
Given a user has been receiving multiple alerts that are not relevant, when they review and adjust their notification settings to reduce alert frequency, then they should see a decrease in the number of alerts received within the next week.
User tests the system functionality after setting preferences to ensure notifications function as intended.
Given a user has configured their alert preferences, when a test notification is triggered, then the user should receive the notification as per their configured settings without any delay or error.
Historical Alert Logging
"As a product manager, I want to access a log of all alerts sent to drivers so that I can analyze the effectiveness of communication and make informed decisions for process improvements."
Description

The Historical Alert Logging feature must document and archive all alerts sent through the Real-time Notification System. This log should be searchable and filterable based on various criteria, such as date, alert type, and priority level. This feature is vital for reviewing past notifications to assess their impact on operations and to serve as a reference for future decision-making. By integrating this logging capability into the Logi360 platform, users can analyze response effectiveness and communication gaps over time. This requirement aims to enhance operational analysis, improve accountability, and facilitate continuous improvement within the logistics workflow.

Acceptance Criteria
Historical Alert Logging for Analysis of Past Notifications
Given that alerts have been generated and sent through the Real-time Notification System, when a user accesses the Historical Alert Logging feature, then they should be able to view all logged alerts sorted by date, type, and priority level with accurate details of each alert.
Search Functionality for Historical Alerts
Given that the Historical Alert Logging feature contains multiple entries, when a user applies filters for date, alert type, or priority level, then only the relevant alerts matching the selected filters should be displayed, ensuring the search functionality works correctly.
Exporting Historical Alert Logs for External Analysis
Given that the user is viewing the Historical Alert Logging, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the filtered logs in a CSV or Excel format, ensuring ease of external analysis.
User Access and Security in Historical Alert Logging
Given that users with different roles access the Historical Alert Logging feature, when a user with limited access attempts to view alerts, then they should only see alerts relevant to their assigned responsibilities, ensuring proper access control is maintained.
Automated Archiving of Alerts after a Set Period
Given that alerts are logged in the Historical Alert Logging feature, when the specified time period for archiving has passed, then the system should automatically move older alerts to an archive section without loss of data, preserving historical records over time.
Mobile Accessibility of Historical Alert Logs
Given that the user accesses the Logi360 platform via a mobile device, when they navigate to the Historical Alert Logging feature, then the logs should display correctly and be easily navigable on the mobile interface, ensuring full functionality on mobile devices.
Performance of Historical Alert Logging Under High Volume
Given that a high volume of alerts has been sent within a short period, when users access the Historical Alert Logging feature, then the system should retrieve and display the logs within 5 seconds, ensuring performance remains efficient even under load.

Interactive Checklists

Interactive Checklists provide drivers with an organized platform for daily tasks and requirements, including pre-trip inspections, vehicle readiness, and delivery procedures. By simplifying task management, this feature ensures that drivers follow checklists consistently, reducing errors and improving compliance with safety and operational standards.

Requirements

Daily Task Management
"As a driver, I want to access interactive checklists so that I can efficiently manage my daily tasks and ensure compliance with safety standards."
Description

The Daily Task Management requirement establishes an interactive checklist system within Logi360, tailored specifically for drivers. This system will facilitate the organization, tracking, and completion of daily tasks related to vehicle inspections, readiness checks, and delivery procedures. By providing a structured checklist, drivers will enhance their focus, streamline operations, and ensure compliance with safety protocols. The seamless integration of this requirement with the existing dashboard allows for real-time updates and notifications, enabling drivers and fleet managers to monitor task completion status effectively. This functionality not only reduces the risk of errors but also promotes accountability and operational efficiency across the fleet.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers access the interactive checklist feature from the Logi360 dashboard before starting their daily tasks.
Given a driver is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the checklist section, then they should see a structured interactive checklist specific to their daily tasks.
Drivers complete a pre-trip inspection checklist to ensure vehicle readiness, including checks on fuel, tires, and lights.
Given a driver is viewing the pre-trip inspection checklist, when they mark items as completed, then the system should save the progress and show a confirmation message for completed items.
Fleet managers review the checklist completion status for all drivers at the end of the day to ensure compliance and accountability.
Given a fleet manager accesses the dashboard, when they select the reporting feature, then they should see a summary of checklist completion statuses for all drivers with detailed logs for any incomplete tasks.
A driver receives a notification if they attempt to start their route without completing essential checklist items.
Given a driver starts their delivery route, when any essential checklist items remain incomplete, then the system should display an alert preventing route initiation.
Drivers can edit their checklist items if they observe inaccuracies or need to add specific tasks for the day.
Given a driver is viewing their checklist, when they select an item to edit, then the system should allow them to adjust the item description or add additional tasks, saving those changes automatically.
Drivers can access the checklist from their mobile devices while on the go to ensure continued task management throughout the day.
Given a driver accesses Logi360 through their mobile device, when they navigate to the interactive checklist section, then they should experience a fully functional and user-friendly interface identical to the dashboard version.
Real-Time Status Updates
"As a driver, I want to receive real-time notifications on my checklist tasks so that I can stay updated on my responsibilities while on the move."
Description

The Real-Time Status Updates requirement allows drivers to receive instant notifications on checklist status, alerts, and task reminders directly through the Logi360 mobile interface. This feature ensures that drivers can promptly address any incomplete tasks or safety checks, ultimately minimizing operational delays. By integrating this functionality with the existing telematics systems, notifications will be tailored based on the vehicle's real-time activity and condition, providing a comprehensive view of task management. It empowers logistics teams to maintain operational efficiency and ensure that all delivery requirements are met in a timely manner, thereby enhancing overall productivity.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver receives a checklist notification while on a delivery route.
Given that the driver is en route to a delivery location, when the vehicle experiences a delay due to traffic, then the driver receives an immediate notification regarding the incomplete pre-trip inspection tasks that need to be addressed.
Driver completes a checklist task and receives confirmation.
Given that the driver has finished a pre-trip checklist task, when they mark the task as complete in the Logi360 mobile app, then the system updates the checklist status in real-time and sends a confirmation notification to the driver.
Driver is alerted for overdue tasks based on real-time vehicle status.
Given that the driver's vehicle is parked and overdue tasks exist, when the vehicle’s status is detected as idle for more than 30 minutes, then the driver receives a notification of the overdue tasks that need to be completed before resuming the route.
Real-time updates are displayed on the mobile dashboard.
Given that the driver is logged into the Logi360 mobile app, when they navigate to the dashboard, then the dashboard displays current checklist statuses and any pending alerts in real-time, ensuring that the driver is fully informed.
Integration of telematics data for reminders.
Given that the vehicle is equipped with telematics, when the vehicle's fuel level falls below a predefined threshold, then the driver receives a reminder notification to check fuel status and perform necessary maintenance tasks.
Driver receives a notification for checklist adherence metrics.
Given that the driver has completed their shifts, when they review their checklist compliance in the app, then they receive a summary notification indicating the percentage of tasks completed on time and any missed items.
Checklist Customization
"As a fleet manager, I want to customize checklists for my drivers so that they can follow procedures specific to each vehicle and delivery requirement."
Description

The Checklist Customization requirement enables fleet managers to create and modify checklists tailored to specific vehicle types, trips, and operational needs. This feature allows for personalized and flexible checklist options that can adapt to various compliance standards and logistical demands. By allowing fleet managers to customize the checklists, it ensures that drivers are equipped with the most relevant and efficient task management tools. The integration of this functionality into the Logi360 dashboard provides managers with analytics and insights on the effectiveness of custom checklists, supporting continuous improvement and adherence to safety standards.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers need to customize checklists for different vehicle types before a long-distance delivery to ensure compliance with safety protocols and operational efficiency.
Given a fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when they select a vehicle type and create a checklist, then the checklist should reflect all required fields and options tailored to that specific vehicle type.
Drivers are performing pre-trip inspections on different vehicle models using customized checklists, which must include specific checks required for each model.
Given a driver is accessing a customized checklist for a specific vehicle model, when they complete the checklist, then the system should save the completion status and generate a report for the fleet manager.
Weekly analytics are generated to evaluate the effectiveness of customized checklists in improving compliance and reducing errors in pre-trip inspections.
Given a fleet manager reviews the analytic reports generated by Logi360, when they analyze the completed checklists and any noted errors, then they should see a clear comparison of compliance rates before and after implementing customized checklists.
A fleet manager wants to edit an existing checklist to update tasks based on new regulatory requirements.
Given a fleet manager is viewing an existing checklist, when they select the edit option and update the task list, then the changes should be saved successfully and reflected immediately in the drivers' accessible checklists.
Drivers need to receive real-time notifications when a checklist is updated or customized, to ensure they are always following the latest procedures.
Given a driver is using the Logi360 application, when their fleet manager updates a checklist, then the driver should receive a push notification about the updates in a timely manner.
Fleet managers require a feature to archive old checklists that are no longer in use while retaining access to historical data for reference.
Given a fleet manager is managing multiple checklists, when they choose to archive an old checklist, then the checklist should be removed from active use but remain accessible in the archived section of the dashboard.
Completion Analytics Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want to access an analytics dashboard to evaluate checklist completion rates and driver performance so that I can enhance operational efficiency."
Description

The Completion Analytics Dashboard requirement features a comprehensive reporting system that presents insights into checklist completion rates, common discrepancies, and driver performance metrics. This functionality provides fleet managers with a robust tool to analyze operational effectiveness and identify areas for improvement. The analytics will include visual graphs and historical data comparisons, making it easier to understand trends in compliance and task completion. By integrating this capability into the Logi360 product, it enhances data-driven decision-making and helps logistics companies optimize their operations for better efficiency and safety.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager Reviews Daily Checklist Completion Rates
Given that the fleet manager is logged into the Completion Analytics Dashboard, When they navigate to the checklist completion section, Then they should see a visual representation of daily completion rates for all drivers.
Identifying Common Discrepancies in Checklists
Given that the fleet manager selects a specific checklist type, When they view the discrepancy report, Then they should see a categorized list of common discrepancies along with their occurrence rates for a selected time period.
Historical Data Analysis of Driver Performance Metrics
Given that the fleet manager is on the driver performance section of the dashboard, When they select a driver from the list and choose a date range, Then they should see visual graphs comparing the driver's performance metrics over time against team averages.
Visual Representation of Operational Effectiveness Trends
Given that the fleet manager is on the operational effectiveness trends section, When they view the trends graph, Then they should see clear visual data illustrating checklist completion trends over the past month, with indication of compliance rates.
Exporting Completion Analytics Reports
Given that the fleet manager has filtered the report data, When they click the export button, Then the system should generate a downloadable report in CSV format that includes all selected metrics and graphs.
Setting Notifications for Checklist Compliance Thresholds
Given that the fleet manager is in the notification settings, When they set a checklist completion threshold, Then the system should notify them if the completion rate drops below this threshold in the next reporting period.
Mobile Access to Completion Analytics Dashboard
Given that the fleet manager accesses the Completion Analytics Dashboard on a mobile device, When they login successfully, Then all analytics features should be fully functional and responsive to screen size adjustments.
Offline Checklist Functionality
"As a driver, I want to use checklists offline so that I can ensure task completion regardless of my internet connectivity."
Description

The Offline Checklist Functionality requirement enables drivers to access and complete checklists even without internet connectivity. This feature is vital for drivers operating in remote areas where connectivity is unreliable. By allowing for offline access, drivers can ensure that safety protocols and operational checks are consistently followed without depending on real-time data availability. The completed checklists will sync with the Logi360 system once the device is back online, ensuring up-to-date records and continuity in task management. This functionality supports operational efficiency and compliance even in challenging working conditions.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver accesses the Interactive Checklist while on a delivery route in a remote area without internet connectivity.
Given that the driver is in an area with no internet, when they open the Interactive Checklist, then they can view and complete all checklist items offline.
Driver completes the checklist while offline and submits it for syncing once internet connectivity is restored.
Given that the driver has completed the checklist offline, when the device regains internet connectivity, then the completed checklist should sync automatically with the Logi360 system without loss of data.
Driver performs a pre-trip inspection using the Interactive Checklist and records findings offline.
Given that the driver accesses the offline checklist for pre-trip inspection, when they complete the inspection and submit it, then the checklist should accurately reflect all recorded findings and be accessible later for review.
Driver experiences a loss of connectivity and must complete a delivery checklist while offline.
Given that the driver is completing the delivery checklist while offline, when they finish the checklist, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating successful completion and pending sync once back online.
System administrator reviews the synced checklists after drivers have completed them offline.
Given that multiple drivers have completed checklists offline and synced them, when the admin checks the records in Logi360, then all entries should be accurately reflected in the system with timestamps and driver information.
Driver uses the Interactive Checklist during varying terrains and locations, both online and offline.
Given that the driver can switch between online and offline modes, when they utilize the Interactive Checklist, then all checklist features should function seamlessly in both modes, ensuring no disruption in task completion.

Status Updates

Status Updates allow drivers to easily send their current progress or delivery updates to operations coordinators with just a few taps. This feature fosters transparency and ensures that all stakeholders are informed, improving coordination and enhancing customer satisfaction through timely communication of delivery statuses.

Requirements

Driver Status Submission
"As a driver, I want to quickly send my delivery status to the operations coordinator so that they can keep customers informed and improve transparency regarding delivery times."
Description

The Driver Status Submission requirement allows drivers to easily send their current progress or delivery updates to operations coordinators through a user-friendly interface. This feature should integrate seamlessly with the mobile application, enabling real-time communication and updates with minimal taps. Drivers will be able to select pre-defined status options (e.g., 'En Route', 'Delivered', 'Delayed') or provide custom updates. This functionality will enhance operational visibility, improve coordination between drivers and coordinators, and ensure timely communication of delivery statuses to all stakeholders. The anticipated outcome is an increase in trust and satisfaction among customers due to increased transparency and proactive updates about their deliveries.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver successfully submits status update while on a delivery route.
Given the driver is logged into the mobile application and is currently on a delivery, when they select 'En Route' and tap 'Submit', then the status should be successfully sent to the operations coordinator and a confirmation message should be displayed to the driver.
Driver submits a custom status update while facing a delay.
Given the driver is logged into the mobile application and experiences a delay, when they select 'Custom Update', enter a message detailing the delay, and tap 'Submit', then the custom status should be successfully sent to the operations coordinator and a confirmation message should be displayed.
Operations coordinator receives and views driver's status update in real-time.
Given the operations coordinator is logged into the logistics management platform, when a driver submits a status update, then the coordinator should receive the update instantly and be able to view it on their dashboard without any refresh required.
Driver attempts to submit a status update without an internet connection.
Given the driver is logged into the mobile application and has no internet connection, when they try to submit a status update, then an error message should be displayed indicating that submission failed due to lack of connectivity and the update should be saved for later submission.
A driver sends multiple status updates during a single delivery.
Given the driver is logged into the mobile application and has completed step one of the delivery, when they submit a second status update, then both updates should be recorded in chronological order in the operations coordinator’s dashboard, reflecting the correct timing of each submission.
The driver views a historical log of submitted status updates for transparency.
Given the driver is logged into the mobile application, when they navigate to the 'Status Updates' section, then they should be able to view a chronological list of all previously submitted status updates along with timestamps.
Real-time Notification System
"As an operations coordinator, I want to receive real-time notifications when drivers update their delivery status so that I can respond quickly to any issues and keep customers informed."
Description

The Real-time Notification System requirement is intended to keep all stakeholders informed about critical updates related to delivery statuses. This feature will send automatic notifications to both drivers and operations coordinators whenever a status is updated. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to choose how they receive alerts (e.g., push notifications, emails, SMS) based on their preferences. This integration will promote immediate awareness of changes and enhance collaboration within the team. The outcome is improved responsiveness to delivery-related issues, leading to better overall customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria
Notification for Delivery Status Updated by Driver
Given a driver updates the delivery status on the Logi360 app, when the update is confirmed, then a notification should be sent to both the operations coordinator and the driver confirming the update received via their preferred communication method.
Customizable Notification Preferences
Given a user accesses notification settings in the Logi360 platform, when they select their preferred notification methods (push, email, SMS), then their preferences should be saved and utilized for all future notifications regarding delivery status updates.
Real-time Notification Delivery Speed
Given a delivery status is updated by the driver, when the status update is processed, then the notification should be delivered to the operations coordinator within 5 seconds across all selected channels (push, email, SMS).
Notification Content Accuracy
Given a driver sends a delivery status update, when the operations coordinator receives the notification, then the notification content must accurately reflect the updated status without any discrepancies.
Multiple Stakeholder Notifications
Given multiple stakeholders (drivers and operations coordinators), when any driver updates their delivery status, then all selected stakeholders should receive a notification simultaneously to ensure everyone is informed.
Notification Opt-Out Option
Given a user receiving notifications, when they choose to opt-out of specific notifications, then they should no longer receive those notifications based on their selection while still receiving others according to their preferences.
Testing Notifications in Different Conditions
Given the system is operational, when a status update is made during peak hours or low connectivity, then notifications should still be sent out within acceptable delays as per the predefined thresholds.
Status History Log
"As an operations coordinator, I want access to a history log of all driver status updates so that I can analyze past deliveries and address any recurring issues effectively."
Description

The Status History Log requirement will maintain a complete record of all status updates sent by drivers throughout the delivery process. This feature will allow operations coordinators to review the history of communications regarding any shipment, providing insights into any delays or issues that occurred. It will also serve as an accountability tool, ensuring that all updates are logged and can be referred to in case of disputes or inquiries. This functionality will enhance transparency and can also be used for performance analysis to identify patterns or areas for improvement.

Acceptance Criteria
Status History Log Functionality
Given a driver sends a status update, when the update is submitted, then it must be recorded in the Status History Log with a timestamp and the driver's ID.
Reviewing Status History
Given an operations coordinator views a specific shipment, when they access the Status History Log, then all relevant status updates for that shipment must be displayed in chronological order.
Querying for Delays
Given an operations coordinator analyzes delivery delays, when they query the Status History Log, then they must be able to filter and view status updates that indicate delays within a specified timeframe.
Accountability and Disputes
Given a dispute arises regarding a delivery, when the operations coordinator accesses the Status History Log, then all status updates related to that delivery must be available for review as evidence.
Performance Analysis
Given an operations coordinator conducts performance analysis, when they export the Status History Log data, then the data must include all updates, timestamps, and any associated issues for analysis.
Real-time Notifications for Operations Coordinators
Given a driver updates their status, when the update is made, then a notification must be sent to the operations coordinators with the updated status.
Data Integrity and Security
Given sensitive information in the Status History Log, when any status update is made, then the data must be securely logged and protected against unauthorized access or alterations.
User-friendly Interface for Updates
"As a driver, I want a simple and clear interface to submit my delivery updates so that I can quickly communicate my status without confusion."
Description

The User-friendly Interface for Updates requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and easy-to-navigate interface for drivers and coordinators to submit and review status updates. This feature will include user-centric design principles to ensure that all users, including those with minimal technological expertise, can operate it without confusion. The interface will include clear buttons, icons, and prompts to guide users through submitting updates quickly. The objective is to minimize training time and support calls, enhancing operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver Submits a Status Update
Given a driver is logged into the Logi360 mobile app, when they tap the 'Submit Status Update' button and select an update type, then the system should successfully send the update and display a confirmation message within 5 seconds.
Coordinator Views Status Updates
Given a coordinator is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Status Updates' section, then they should see a list of all recent updates from drivers, updated in real-time without manual refresh.
Intuitive Navigation for Status Updates
Given a user with minimal technological expertise, when they open the status update interface, then they should be able to submit a status update within 2 minutes with no external assistance or confusion.
Error Handling for Failed Submissions
Given a driver attempts to submit a status update and the submission fails due to connectivity issues, when the system detects the failure, then it should display a clear error message and offer the option to retry within 10 seconds.
Accessibility Features for Status Updates Interface
Given a user is using the Logi360 platform with accessibility needs, when they interact with the status update interface, then all buttons and prompts should be compatible with screen readers and should have alternative text descriptions available for each function.
Real-time Notification for Status Changes
Given a coordinator is monitoring the 'Status Updates' dashboard, when a driver submits a new status update, then the coordinator should receive a real-time notification immediately without page refresh.
Feedback Mechanism for User Experience
Given a user has submitted a status update, when they complete this action, then they should be prompted with an option to provide feedback on the ease of use of the status update interface, which should be collected and stored for future analysis.
Integration with GPS Tracking
"As an operations coordinator, I want the delivery status to automatically update based on driver GPS location so that I can have better accuracy in tracking deliveries and reduce manual errors."
Description

The Integration with GPS Tracking requirement allows Logi360 to automatically update delivery statuses based on real-time GPS data. This feature will enable the system to automatically change a driver's status to 'En Route' or 'Delivered' as the GPS signals indicate their progress. The objective is to reduce the manual input required from drivers and maintain accurate status updates without errors or delays. This will lead to a more reliable system and will minimize discrepancies between actual delivery times and reported statuses.

Acceptance Criteria
Integration with GPS Tracking when a driver starts a delivery to ensure the system accurately reflects the driver's status in real-time.
Given the GPS tracking is enabled, when the driver starts the delivery, then the system should automatically update the driver's status to 'En Route' within 1 minute.
Integration with GPS Tracking when a driver completes a delivery to verify the status update reflects completion accurately.
Given the GPS tracking is enabled, when the driver marks the delivery as completed, then the system should automatically update the driver's status to 'Delivered' and notify the operations coordinator immediately.
Integration with GPS Tracking during a failed delivery attempt to ensure accurate reporting of the driver's status.
Given the GPS tracking is enabled, when the driver encounters a failed delivery attempt, then the system should log the driver's status as 'Delivery Failed' and capture the reason for failure within 2 minutes.
Integration with GPS Tracking to validate that driving status updates occur without manual input by the driver to improve efficiency.
Given the GPS tracking is operational, when the driver's status changes automatically due to GPS tracking, then there should be no need for the driver to manually input their status to confirm the update.
Integration with GPS Tracking during a period of poor signal to ensure delivery statuses are still accurate.
Given the GPS tracking is experiencing poor signal, when the driver is in transit, then the system should maintain the last known valid status until a new update is received or revert to 'Not Available' after 10 minutes without a status change.
Integration with GPS Tracking to check that historical delivery data is accurately recorded after a status change.
Given the GPS tracking integration is functioning, when the driver's status changes to 'Delivered', then the system must record the timestamp and GPS coordinates of the delivery in the log for reporting purposes.

Feedback and Reporting Tool

The Feedback and Reporting Tool enables drivers to submit feedback on routes, vehicle performance, and delivery experiences directly within the app. This feature empowers drivers to voice their insights, which can be used to enhance operational strategies and improve the overall driving experience.

Requirements

Driver Feedback Submission
"As a driver, I want to submit feedback on my routes and delivery experiences so that I can contribute to improving our operations and my overall work environment."
Description

The Driver Feedback Submission feature allows drivers to easily submit feedback related to their routes, vehicle performance, and overall delivery experiences directly within the Logi360 application. This feature is designed to provide drivers with an intuitive interface to input their thoughts and experiences, which can be utilized by management to assess and enhance operational strategies. By capturing valuable insights from the drivers, the feature not only promotes transparency but also encourages a culture of continuous improvement within the organization. It integrates seamlessly with the existing dashboard to provide actionable reports based on driver feedback, contributing significantly to the optimization of logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver successfully submits feedback on a completed delivery through the Logi360 application.
Given the driver has completed a delivery, when they access the feedback form in the Logi360 app and submit their feedback, then the feedback should be recorded in the system and a confirmation message should be displayed to the driver.
Driver submits feedback regarding vehicle performance after experiencing issues during a route.
Given the driver has experienced vehicle performance issues, when they fill out the feedback form including detailed comments and submit it, then the system should store the feedback and trigger an alert for maintenance review.
Management reviews driver feedback to identify trends and make operational improvements.
Given that multiple feedback submissions have been made, when the management accesses the reporting dashboard, then they should see aggregated insights and trends based on the feedback data submitted by drivers, enabling strategic decision-making.
Driver attempts to submit feedback without filling out mandatory fields in the form.
Given the driver is on the feedback submission page, when they try to submit without completing mandatory fields, then an error message should prompt them to fill in the required information before submission can proceed.
Driver receives push notifications for feedback follow-up after submitting their comments.
Given the driver has successfully submitted feedback, when they open the Logi360 application, then they should receive a push notification regarding follow-up questions or actions associated with their feedback submission.
Driver accesses feedback history to review their submitted feedback.
Given the driver is logged into the Logi360 app, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all previously submitted feedback with timestamps and statuses displaying if they were reviewed or acted upon.
Feedback form is compatible with mobile devices for driver convenience.
Given the driver is using a mobile device, when they access the feedback form in the Logi360 application, then the form should be fully functional and user-friendly on various screen sizes.
Feedback Analysis Dashboard
"As a logistics manager, I want to view and analyze driver feedback trends so that I can make data-driven decisions to enhance operational efficiency and driver satisfaction."
Description

The Feedback Analysis Dashboard will provide logistics managers with comprehensive insights derived from the submitted driver feedback. This requirement entails the development of a visual interface that organizes and categorizes feedback into actionable reports and trends. The dashboard will utilize data visualization tools to track recurrence and intensity of feedback themes, thus enabling management to make informed decisions and adapt their strategies accordingly. By synthesizing the feedback data into clear metrics and reports, it facilitates a deeper understanding of both driver satisfaction and operational challenges. This integration is critical in ensuring that feedback is not only collected but also systematically analyzed for ongoing improvement.

Acceptance Criteria
Logistics manager accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard to review driver feedback in real-time during a weekly team meeting.
Given that the logistics manager is logged into the dashboard, When they select the 'Driver Feedback' tab, Then the dashboard should display a summary of all collected feedback categorized by themes such as route performance, vehicle issues, and delivery experiences.
A logistics manager navigates to a specific feedback report to analyze recurring themes reported by drivers over the past month.
Given that the manager selects the 'Monthly Reports' option, When they choose a specific report on route performance, Then the report should display data visualizations indicating the frequency and intensity of feedback themes, along with detailed comments.
Logistics managers review actionable insights derived from the feedback to adjust operational strategies during a strategic planning session.
Given that the managers have accessed the 'Actionable Insights' section of the dashboard, When they view the recommended actions based on driver feedback, Then they should see a list of prioritized improvements that are directly linked to the most recurring driver issues.
The dashboard updates with newly submitted feedback entries from drivers after the completion of a delivery.
Given that a driver submits feedback through the mobile app, When they submit their feedback, Then the dashboard should reflect this new feedback entry within 5 minutes and categorize it appropriately.
A logistics manager exports the feedback data for further analysis outside the dashboard.
Given that the manager wants to share feedback data, When they click the 'Export' button on the dashboard, Then the system should allow them to download the data in a CSV format that captures all necessary feedback details and categorizations.
The logistics manager uses the dashboard to track improvements in driver satisfaction based on the feedback over time.
Given that the manager is monitoring driver satisfaction metrics, When they view the 'Driver Satisfaction' trend graph, Then the graph should display a clear upward trend line if implemented changes based on feedback are positively impacting driver satisfaction over a six-month period.
Automated Feedback Notifications
"As a logistics manager, I want to receive notifications when a driver submits feedback so that I can address their concerns and improve their experience promptly."
Description

The Automated Feedback Notifications requirement entails the creation of a system that alerts relevant personnel whenever a driver submits feedback. This feature ensures timely attention to driver concerns and insights, which is crucial for fostering a responsive management culture. Notifications will be designed to prompt actionable responses from managers, ensuring that drivers feel heard and valued. Integration of this requirement will enhance the engagement between drivers and management, encouraging more frequent feedback submissions. The notifications can be configured based on feedback categories, ensuring that the right team members are alerted to specific issues as they arise.

Acceptance Criteria
Automated notifications for driver feedback submission
Given a driver submits feedback through the Feedback and Reporting Tool, when the submission is confirmed, then the designated personnel should receive an instant notification based on the feedback category.
Categorization of feedback alerts
Given a driver submits feedback with a specific category, when the submission is processed, then only the relevant team members associated with that category should receive the notification.
Confirmation of notification receipt by personnel
Given a notification is sent out for new feedback, when the designated personnel check their notification system, then they should find the feedback notification logged in their recent alerts section.
Response prompt based on driver feedback
Given a notification is received by a manager regarding driver feedback, when the manager reviews the feedback, then they should be prompted to take action or respond to the feedback within the app.
Visibility of feedback feedback notifications to drivers
Given a driver submits feedback and notifications are sent, when the driver checks the app, then they should see a confirmation indicating that their feedback has been received and is being addressed.
Feedback Reporting Exports
"As a logistics manager, I want to export feedback reports so that I can share insights with my team and stakeholders effectively."
Description

The Feedback Reporting Exports feature allows users to export driver feedback data and analysis reports into various formats (e.g., PDF, Excel) for external review, presentations, or record-keeping. This requirement aims to enhance the usability of feedback data by providing options for exporting detailed reports, facilitating easier sharing and discussions during team meetings or with stakeholders. By ensuring that the feedback information is retrievable in a practical manner, it fosters transparency and accountability in how driver inputs are used to inform company strategies.

Acceptance Criteria
Exporting Feedback Reports as PDF
Given that the user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they select the feedback reports and choose the PDF export option, then the system should generate and download the report in PDF format without errors.
Exporting Feedback Reports as Excel
Given that the user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they select the feedback reports and choose the Excel export option, then the system should generate and download the report in Excel format without errors.
Selecting Time Frame for Feedback Reports
Given that the user is on the feedback reports page, when they select a specific time frame for the data to be included in the reports, then the reports generated should only include feedback from that selected time frame.
Accessibility of Export Formats
Given that the user is on the feedback reports page, when they view the export options, then they should see options for exporting to PDF and Excel formats clearly listed and available for selection.
Data Accuracy in Exported Reports
Given that the user has exported feedback reports in either PDF or Excel format, when they review the exported data, then the information should match the data displayed in the Logi360 platform exactly, without discrepancies.
User Notifications for Export Completion
Given that a user has initiated an export of feedback reports, when the export is complete, then the system should notify the user via an on-screen message and/or email confirming the successful export.
User Permissions for Report Exports
Given that the user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they attempt to export feedback reports, then their permissions should be checked, and only users with appropriate roles should be able to perform the export operation.
Feedback Quality Assurance
"As a logistics manager, I want to ensure that the feedback submitted by drivers is relevant and actionable so that I can maintain high standards in our operational review processes."
Description

The Feedback Quality Assurance feature will involve implementing a validation mechanism to ensure that the feedback submitted by drivers meets quality standards before being processed. This requirement aims to filter out irrelevant, inappropriate, or redundant feedback, thereby ensuring the integrity of the data collected. A structured assessment process will help management focus on actionable insights, thereby increasing the effectiveness of the feedback mechanism. Additionally, this quality control measure will enhance the credibility of the feedback analysis presented to stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers are able to submit feedback on their routes within the Logi360 app after completing a delivery.
Given a driver has completed a delivery, When the driver accesses the feedback form, Then the form displays required fields for route details, vehicle performance, and overall delivery experience before submission.
The feedback submission process includes a review mechanism that checks for inappropriate language or irrelevant comments.
Given feedback is submitted, When the submission is processed, Then the system automatically filters out feedback containing prohibited words or irrelevant content before sending it for review.
Management needs to be able to access and analyze filtered feedback to derive actionable insights.
Given filtered feedback is available, When management accesses the reporting dashboard, Then the dashboard displays only validated feedback entries that meet quality standards for further analysis.
Drivers should receive confirmation after submitting their feedback, indicating whether it was accepted or rejected based on quality assurance checks.
Given a driver has submitted feedback, When the submission is processed, Then the driver receives a notification confirming the feedback acceptance status and any required adjustments if rejected.
Admin should be able to set and update quality standards for feedback submissions to adapt to changing operational needs.
Given an administrative user accesses the settings, When the user updates the criteria for acceptable feedback, Then the system reflects those changes in real-time, affecting future submissions.
Reports generated from the validated feedback should accurately reflect driver concerns and suggestions over a specified period.
Given the validated feedback report is generated, When management reviews the report, Then it accurately lists all driver concerns and suggestions by category for the specified time frame.
Users should have an option to submit feedback anonymously to ensure honest and transparent responses.
Given a driver accesses the feedback form, When they choose the option for anonymous submission, Then the system allows submission without capturing personally identifiable information while ensuring the feedback is still filtered and processed.

Live Chat Support

Live Chat Support facilitates immediate communication between drivers and operations coordinators or IT administrators. This real-time feature ensures that drivers can receive immediate assistance for any operational challenges or technical issues they encounter, promoting efficiency and quicker resolution of problems.

Requirements

Real-Time Chat Interface
"As a driver, I want to contact the operations team instantly via chat so that I can resolve issues quickly while on the road without needing to make phone calls or stop my vehicle."
Description

The Real-Time Chat Interface allows drivers to communicate instantaneously with operations coordinators and IT administrators. Utilizing a user-friendly interface, drivers can send messages, attach images or documents, and receive live responses. This feature integrates seamlessly with the existing dashboard of Logi360, ensuring that all communications are tied directly to specific operational contexts. By enabling immediate problem resolution and ongoing support, the Real-Time Chat Interface significantly enhances operational efficiency and reduces downtime during deliveries or operational tasks, ultimately leading to improved service delivery and customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers utilize the real-time chat interface to communicate with operations coordinators while on delivery routes, needing immediate assistance with a navigation issue.
Given a driver is on a delivery route, When they send a message through the real-time chat interface, Then the message should be received by the operations coordinator within 2 seconds.
An IT administrator receives a technical issue report via the chat interface from a driver who cannot access the mobile dashboard during an urgent delivery.
Given a driver is experiencing a technical issue, When they attach a screenshot in the chat and send it to the IT administrator, Then the IT administrator should receive the message along with the attachment immediately.
Operations coordinators need to provide timely updates to drivers who are awaiting necessary delivery information through the chat interface.
Given a driver has sent a message requesting information about a delivery, When the operations coordinator replies, Then the driver should receive the response within 5 seconds.
A driver encounters an operational challenge while executing a delivery and seeks guidance through the live chat feature.
Given a driver initiates a chat session for assistance, When they are connected with an operations coordinator, Then the session should allow for text, images, and document sharing without interruptions.
Multiple drivers are simultaneously using the chat interface for inquiries during peak operational hours.
Given multiple drivers are sending messages in the chat system, When the operations coordinator responds, Then the system should handle at least 10 concurrent chats without lag or performance issues.
A driver finishes the chat session after receiving the needed support and wants to ensure a record of the conversation is available.
Given the driver has completed a chat session, When they access their chat history, Then all messages exchanged during the session should be retrievable and logged accurately.
The live chat interface is integrated into the Logi360 dashboard, providing seamless user experience across operations.
Given the chat interface is accessed from the Logi360 dashboard, When a driver opens the chat, Then it should be fully functional without requiring any additional log-in or navigation steps.
Chat History Logging
"As an operations coordinator, I want to access past chat conversations so that I can understand recurring issues and provide better support to drivers."
Description

The Chat History Logging feature automatically records all communications that occur within the live chat support system. This not only allows for easy retrieval of past conversations by both drivers and operations staff but also aids in monitoring and assessing the performance of the support provided. The logged data can be leveraged to improve responses to recurring issues and enhances the feedback mechanism for future training. Integration with the analytics dashboard will help visualize support metrics over time, driving overall improvements in operational practices and staff effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria
User Accessibility of Chat History
Given a driver who has used the live chat support feature, When the driver accesses the chat history section, Then they should see a complete and accurate list of all past conversations with timestamps and participants' details.
Search Functionality in Chat History
Given the operations staff member is viewing the chat history, When they use the search functionality with a keyword, Then the system should return relevant chat logs that include that keyword.
Data Retention and Accessibility Compliance
Given the chat history has been recorded, When an operations staff member audits the chat data, Then all communications should be retrievable for a minimum of 3 years, compliant with data retention regulations.
Performance Metrics Integration
Given that chat history data is logged, When the analytics dashboard is accessed, Then it should reflect the total number of chats, average response times, and common issues raised over the past month.
User Notification for Chat Logging
Given a driver is participating in the live chat support, When they enter the chat, Then they should see a notification informing them that the chat is being recorded for quality assurance purposes.
Chat History Export Functionality
Given an operations staff member wants to review previous support interactions, When they select the export option in the chat history interface, Then the system should generate a downloadable report in CSV format containing the selected chat logs.
UI Design Consistency for Chat History
Given the driver accesses the chat history section of the application, When they view the chat history interface, Then the design should be consistent with the rest of the Logi360 interface, maintaining usability and accessibility standards.
Push Notifications for Replies
"As a driver, I want to receive instant notifications on my mobile device whenever there is a new message in the chat so that I stay informed about my queries without needing to constantly check the app."
Description

The Push Notifications for Replies feature delivers real-time alerts to drivers’ devices whenever they receive a response to their inquiries in the live chat. This feature is crucial for ensuring that drivers are promptly informed of any responses even when they are not actively using the app. By utilizing device notifications, this capability ensures that communication remains fluid and uninterrupted, reducing the chances of miscommunication or delays due to overlooked messages. This feature enhances driver engagement and supports a culture of proactive communication within the logistics framework.

Acceptance Criteria
Receiving Push Notification for Live Chat Response while on a Delivery.
Given a driver is on a delivery and does not have the Logi360 app open, when a response is sent in the live chat, then the driver receives a push notification on their mobile device immediately after the response is sent.
Interacting with Push Notification from Live Chat Response.
Given a driver receives a push notification about a live chat response, when the driver taps on the notification, then the Logi360 app opens and navigates directly to the live chat conversation with the relevant message highlighted.
Push Notification Settings Configuration.
Given the driver is in the settings menu of the Logi360 app, when the driver enables or disables push notifications for chat responses, then the changes are saved and effective immediately without requiring a restart of the app.
Testing Notification Delivery Speed.
Given a response is sent in the live chat, when the response is delivered, then the push notification is received on the driver's mobile device within 5 seconds of the message being sent.
Handling Network Connectivity Issues.
Given a driver is in an area with poor network connectivity, when a response is sent in the live chat, then once the driver regains network access, the push notification is received without any loss of messages.
Multiple Chat Responses Handling.
Given a driver is in an ongoing live chat conversation, when multiple responses are sent in quick succession, then the driver receives push notifications for each response, ensuring no messages are missed.
User Feedback on Push Notifications.
Given the driver has received multiple push notifications for live chat responses, when the driver provides feedback through the app regarding the effectiveness of the notifications, then the feedback is successfully submitted and stored for analytics.
In-App Support Feedback
"As a driver, I want to provide feedback on the chat support I received so that I can help improve the quality of service for myself and others."
Description

The In-App Support Feedback feature allows drivers to provide immediate feedback on the quality of assistance received through the live chat. After the chat session ends, drivers can rate their experience and leave comments on the support provided. This feedback mechanism helps operations coordinators assess and enhance the quality of support through continuous improvement based on direct user insights. Furthermore, tracking feedback over time can inform training programs and operational changes aimed at enhancing the performance of the live chat support staff.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver rates live chat support after session concludes.
Given the driver has completed a chat session, when the post-chat feedback form is displayed, then the driver should be able to select a rating from 1 to 5 stars and submit additional comments if desired.
Feedback submission confirmation after rating.
Given the driver submits the feedback, when the submission is successful, then a confirmation message should display indicating that their feedback has been recorded and will be reviewed.
Visibility of feedback in the operations coordinator’s dashboard.
Given that a driver has submitted feedback, when the operations coordinator accesses the dashboard, then the submitted feedback should be visible in real-time under the support metrics section.
Rating distribution aggregated over time.
Given multiple driver feedback submissions over a week, when the operations coordinator views the feedback summary report, then it should display the average rating, trends over time, and common feedback themes.
Feedback feedback mechanism availability.
Given the live chat feature is active, when a driver accesses any live chat, then the In-App Support Feedback mechanism should be clearly accessible at the end of each chat session.
Improvement tracking based on feedback.
Given historical feedback data, when the operations team reviews this data in the quarterly performance meeting, then actionable insights and training programs should be proposed based on identified areas of improvement.
Anonymous feedback option.
Given a driver is submitting feedback, when they choose the option for anonymity, then their identity should not be visible to the operations coordinators in the feedback report.

Visual Route Playback

Visual Route Playback allows drivers to review their routes and driving patterns using GPS tracking data. This feature helps identify areas for improvement in driving behavior and route optimization, contributing to enhanced fuel efficiency and overall performance.

Requirements

Route Visualization
"As a fleet manager, I want to view visual playback of driver routes so that I can assess performance and identify training opportunities for drivers."
Description

The Route Visualization requirement enables the system to display recorded routes taken by drivers on a map, using GPS tracking data. This feature allows for easy playback of driving patterns, including stops and deviations. It will benefit users by providing insights into driving behavior and route efficiency visually, thereby aiding in identifying areas for improvement. The integration with Logi360's GPS capabilities will ensure that the playback can be accessed in real-time, contributing to better fleet management and operational decisions.

Acceptance Criteria
Playback of Recorded Routes for Driver Performance Review
Given a driver selects a previously completed route from the Logi360 dashboard, when they initiate playback, then the system should visually display the entire route on a map, including stops and deviations, accurately reflecting GPS tracking data with playback controls available for fast forward, rewind, and pause.
Real-Time Tracking Integration
Given the driver's route is being played back, when the route playback is initiated, then the visual representation must update in real-time in sync with live GPS data, showing current vehicle location and route progress for accurate assessment of driving behavior.
Performance Improvement Insights Generation
Given a driver has completed reviewing playback of their routes, when they finish the session, then the system should generate a report highlighting key insights regarding driving behavior and suggestions for improvement based on the playback session.
User-Friendly Interface Engagement
Given the driver uses the Logi360 platform for route playback, when they interact with the playback interface, then it should provide intuitive controls and clear visualizations that facilitate easy navigation and understanding of their driving patterns.
Historical Data Access for Comparative Analysis
Given the driver wants to evaluate their performance over time, when they select a date range for playback, then the system should allow access to historical route data for comparison, presenting insights on improvements or regressions in performance.
Driving Behavior Analytics
"As a driver, I want to receive feedback on my driving behavior after reviewing my routes so that I can improve my skills and reduce fuel usage."
Description

The Driving Behavior Analytics requirement entails the analysis of driving patterns using the visual route playback data. It will leverage machine learning algorithms to evaluate factors such as speed, braking, and idling times, providing drivers and managers with actionable insights. The goal is to improve overall driving performance and reduce fuel consumption, thereby optimizing operational costs. This capability will be integrated into the Logi360 dashboard, providing a seamless user experience.

Acceptance Criteria
Analyzing a driver's route after completing a delivery to identify opportunities for improvement.
Given a completed delivery route, when the driver accesses the Visual Route Playback, then the driving behavior analytics must display metrics such as speed variations, braking frequency, and idle times for each segment of the route.
Evaluating overall driving performance over a week to assess fuel efficiency improvements.
Given a week's worth of driving data, when the manager requests the driving behavior analytics report, then the system must generate insights that compare fuel consumption before and after implementing recommended driving changes.
Conducting a training session for drivers based on the insights from their driving behavior analytics.
Given the driving behavior analytics data for multiple drivers, when the training manager selects a driver for review, then the system must display a detailed report highlighting specific areas for behavioral improvement with relevant metrics for discussion.
Setting up alerts for driving behaviors that exceed defined thresholds during route playback.
Given a driver’s route playback, when the analysis detects excessive speed or harsh braking events, then an alert must be generated and visible on the dashboard for that specific playback session.
Integrating driving behavior analytics with the Logi360 dashboard for easy accessibility.
Given the integrated dashboard interface, when a user navigates to the driving behavior analytics section, then all driving metrics must load and be displayed in an intuitive and user-friendly format without any errors.
Utilizing historical data to predict potential driving improvements for new routes.
Given access to historical driving behavior data, when a new route is analyzed, then the system must provide at least three actionable insights based on past performance metrics relevant to that type of route.
Automated Route Improvement Suggestions
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to receive automated suggestions for better driving routes so that I can improve delivery times and reduce costs."
Description

The Automated Route Improvement Suggestions requirement will analyze historical route playback data and provide automated suggestions for optimizing routes. By utilizing algorithms that take into consideration traffic patterns, delivery times, and historical performance, this feature will help drivers choose the most efficient paths for their deliveries. This function creates a more efficient logistics operation and reduces fuel consumption, directly supporting the product's aim of enhancing operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers review their route playback and receive optimization suggestions after completing a delivery route in the Logi360 platform.
Given a completed delivery route, when the driver accesses the Visual Route Playback feature, then the system should display automated route improvement suggestions based on historical data and current traffic conditions.
The system analyzes a week's worth of route playback data from multiple drivers to identify common inefficiencies and suggest improvements.
Given a week's worth of historical route data, when the system runs the optimization algorithm, then it should provide at least three actionable route improvement suggestions addressing the identified inefficiencies.
Drivers utilize the automated route improvement suggestions during their next delivery planning session to adjust their routes for better efficiency.
Given an automated route improvement suggestion, when the driver accepts the suggestion, then the system should update the route plan accordingly and display any expected time savings.
The impact of automated route improvement suggestions on fuel efficiency is evaluated after implementation in drivers' routes.
Given a set of implemented route improvement suggestions, when the fuel consumption data is analyzed two weeks post-implementation, then it should show a minimum of a 10% reduction in fuel usage compared to pre-implementation data.
The system sends notifications to drivers about new automated route improvement suggestions available for review.
Given new route improvement suggestions, when the system generates these suggestions, then it should send a notification to all relevant drivers within one hour of analysis completion.
The system performance is evaluated to ensure that generating automated route improvement suggestions does not exceed an acceptable load time.
Given the historical route playback data, when the optimization algorithm is executed, then the processing time for generating suggestions should not exceed 5 seconds.
User Customization Options
"As a driver, I want to customize the playback settings of my routes so that I can focus on specific areas where I need improvement."
Description

The User Customization Options requirement will allow users to personalize their visual route playback experience. Users will be able to customize settings such as playback speed, filter settings for specific metrics (like speed or fuel consumption), and the ability to highlight areas of interest. This customization enhances user engagement and could lead to better learning and quicker adaptation to feedback received from the system.

Acceptance Criteria
User Customizes Playback Speed for Route Review
Given a user accesses the Visual Route Playback feature, when they adjust the playback speed setting, then the changes should be reflected instantly in the route playback without any lag.
User Filters Route Metrics
Given a user selects specific metrics to filter during route playback, when they apply the filters, then only the selected metrics should be displayed in the playback view while the others are hidden.
User Highlights Areas of Interest
Given a user identifies an area of interest on the route playback, when they highlight this area using the tool provided, then the highlight should persist throughout the review session and be clearly visible in the playback.
User Saves Customization Settings
Given a user customizes their playback settings, when they click 'Save Settings', then their settings should be saved successfully and applied default when they next access the Visual Route Playback feature.
User Resets Customization Options
Given a user has customized their playback options, when they choose to reset to default settings, then all custom settings should revert to the system's default settings without any errors or loss of functionality.
Performance Reporting Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want a performance reporting dashboard that highlights key metrics so that I can assess the efficiency of my fleet at a glance."
Description

The Performance Reporting Dashboard requirement will create a comprehensive dashboard that displays aggregated data from visual route playback and driving behavior analysis. This dashboard will provide an at-a-glance view of driver performance, route efficiency, and areas needing attention, making it easy for fleet managers to track overall operational health. The dashboard's integration within Logi360 will support key decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers utilize the Performance Reporting Dashboard to assess drivers' performance over the past month during a monthly review meeting.
Given that the dashboard is displayed, When selecting the past month as the reporting period, Then the dashboard should display aggregated performance data for all drivers, including driving behavior scores and route efficiencies.
A fleet manager needs to analyze specific driving behavior trends to provide feedback during an annual performance review with a driver.
Given that a particular driver is selected, When viewing the dashboard, Then the dashboard should provide detailed metrics on that driver's route optimization and driving scores, allowing for targeted discussions.
During a fleet operations meeting, a manager wants to identify the top three routes that need improvement based on the latest performance data.
Given that the performance dashboard is open, When sorting the routes by efficiency metrics, Then the dashboard should highlight the top three underperforming routes visually and provide suggestions for improvements.
A dispatcher needs to quickly assess overall fleet performance across all routes at a glance.
Given that the dashboard is active, When viewing the operational health section, Then the dashboard should clearly display key performance indicators (KPIs) like average fuel consumption, delivery timeliness, and driver safety scores using visually engaging graphs.
A fleet manager is preparing for a meeting with stakeholders and needs to download a report summarizing driver performance.
Given that the dashboard is ready, When clicking the export button, Then the system should generate a downloadable report in PDF format summarizing the last quarter’s driver performance data with visual charts included.
A new fleet manager needs to familiarize themselves with the Performance Reporting Dashboard and its functionalities.
Given that the user is a new manager, When they access the dashboard for the first time, Then there should be an onboarding guide or tooltips available to explain the key features and how to interpret the data presented.
A fleet manager encountered an issue with missing data in the dashboard and needs to troubleshoot.
Given that an issue has been reported, When examining the dashboard data logs, Then the system should provide a clear error message indicating missing datasets along with steps to resolve the issue and an estimated time for resolution.

Driver Performance Dashboard

The Driver Performance Dashboard provides drivers with personalized insights into their delivery performance, including metrics on delivery times, compliance with schedules, and route efficiency. By empowering drivers with data, this feature encourages self-improvement and accountability, fostering a culture of excellence and productivity.

Requirements

Delivery Performance Metrics
"As a driver, I want to view my delivery performance metrics so that I can assess my effectiveness and identify areas for improvement."
Description

The Delivery Performance Metrics requirement encompasses the collection and analysis of key performance indicators (KPIs) related to driver performance. This includes metrics such as average delivery times, adherence to scheduled routes, and overall route efficiency. The functionality will allow for tracking progress over time, enabling both drivers and fleet managers to identify trends and areas for improvement. The primary benefit is to provide actionable insights that drive accountability among drivers while improving overall logistics efficiency. This integration is vital as it empowers users with real-time data, fostering a culture of self-improvement and operational excellence throughout the organization.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver accesses the Driver Performance Dashboard at the beginning of their shift to view their delivery performance metrics from the previous day, including average delivery times and scheduled route adherence.
Given the driver is logged into the Driver Performance Dashboard, when they access the dashboard, then they should see their average delivery times, scheduled route adherence percentage, and route efficiency metrics for the previous day displayed clearly.
Fleet manager reviews the aggregated delivery performance metrics for all drivers in the weekly performance meeting to identify top performers and those needing improvement.
Given the fleet manager is in the weekly performance meeting, when they review the Driver Performance Dashboard, then they should see a summary of delivery metrics for each driver including average delivery times, adherence to schedules, and efficiency ratings.
Driver receives real-time notifications from the Driver Performance Dashboard indicating their delivery performance relative to set targets during the week.
Given the driver is using the Driver Performance Dashboard, when their delivery performance meets or exceeds the set targets, then they receive a congratulatory notification, and if not met, they receive constructive feedback on areas to improve.
Driver uses the Driver Performance Dashboard to track their improvement in delivery metrics over a month as part of personal goal setting for self-improvement.
Given the driver accesses the Driver Performance Dashboard, when they view their performance metrics over the past month, then they should be able to see trends in their average delivery times and adherence to schedule with graphical representations showing improvement or decline.
Fleet manager conducts a quarterly review using the Driver Performance Dashboard to evaluate the impact of training programs on driver performance metrics.
Given the fleet manager is analyzing quarterly performance data, when they access the Driver Performance Dashboard, then they should be able to compare delivery performance metrics before and after the training programs for all drivers on a single report.
A new driver logs into the Driver Performance Dashboard for the first time to understand their performance expectations and metrics available to them.
Given the new driver has logged in for the first time, when they access the Driver Performance Dashboard, then they should receive an introductory walkthrough detailing key metrics available, including average delivery times and scheduled route adherence, along with tips for achieving better performance.
The system updates the delivery performance metrics automatically after each completed delivery to provide real-time data to drivers.
Given a driver completes a delivery, when the delivery is marked as completed in the system, then the Driver Performance Dashboard should automatically refresh and display updated metrics reflecting that delivery in the performance statistics without manual intervention.
Real-Time Alerts System
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive real-time alerts about driver performance issues so that I can address them promptly and maintain operational efficiency."
Description

The Real-Time Alerts System requirement facilitates instant notifications regarding driver performance, such as missed delivery deadlines or deviations from planned routes. This feature aims to promote proactive engagement by keeping both drivers and fleet managers informed. It will integrate with the driver performance dashboard to ensure that users receive timely and relevant information that can prompt immediate corrective actions. As a critical aspect of optimizing fleet operations, timely alerts contribute significantly to enhancing accountability, timely deliveries, and improved customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time alert notification for missed delivery deadlines
Given a driver is assigned a delivery, when the delivery deadline passes without completion, then an alert notification should be sent to both the driver and the fleet manager within 1 minute of the deadline passing.
Alert for deviations from planned routes
Given a driver is on a pre-determined route, when the driver deviates from this route, then an alert should be triggered and sent to the fleet manager within 30 seconds of the deviation being detected.
Integration with Driver Performance Dashboard
Given that a driver has received multiple alerts regarding performance issues, when the driver accesses the Driver Performance Dashboard, then all relevant alerts and historical performance data should be displayed cohesively for a review period of the past week.
User configuration for alert settings
Given a driver or fleet manager accesses alert settings, when they adjust the notification preferences, then the system should save the changes and apply them immediately to the alerts received within the next delivery.
Feedback mechanism for alert actions taken
Given that an alert has been sent, when the driver takes corrective action based on the alert, then the driver should be able to provide feedback on the alert within the Driver Performance Dashboard, which is recorded and accessible to the fleet manager.
Mobile accessibility of real-time alerts
Given that a driver is on the road, when a real-time alert is triggered, then the driver should receive the alert on their mobile device within 1 minute, ensuring it is clear and actionable.
Alert escalation for critical incidents
Given that a critical performance issue arises, such as a severe delay or safety violation, when the alert is triggered, then the notification must escalate to the fleet manager immediately and include options for urgent response.
Personalized Driver Feedback Loop
"As a driver, I want to receive personalized feedback based on my performance metrics so that I can improve my delivery practices and enhance my efficiency."
Description

The Personalized Driver Feedback Loop requirement enables the system to provide tailored feedback to drivers based on their performance metrics. This feedback will be generated automatically and delivered through the Driver Performance Dashboard. By giving specific recommendations and insights, drivers can understand their strengths and weaknesses, thus encouraging them to take actionable steps towards improvement. This feature is essential for fostering a culture of growth, as it helps drivers set and achieve personal performance goals while enhancing overall team productivity.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver receives personalized feedback based on their delivery performance metrics every week through the Driver Performance Dashboard.
Given a driver logs into the Driver Performance Dashboard, when the feedback is generated, then the dashboard displays tailored insights including delivery times, schedule compliance, and route efficiency metrics for the past week.
Driver interacts with the feedback loop to access specific improvement recommendations based on their performance data.
Given a driver views their personalized feedback, when they click on a recommendation, then the system provides detailed information on how to implement the improvement suggestions and tracks progress towards goals.
System administrators want to ensure that the feedback loop is generating accurate performance metrics for drivers.
Given the driver performance data is recorded over a month, when an administrator reviews the feedback generated, then the insights provided must match the raw performance data inputs with a discrepancy margin of less than 5%.
Drivers use the feedback on the Dashboard to set personal performance goals for the next month.
Given the feedback loop has provided insight into strengths and weaknesses, when a driver sets a performance goal in the system, then the system should allow the goal to be saved and tracked over the next evaluation period.
A driver requests clarification on their feedback through the Driver Performance Dashboard.
Given a driver seeks clarification on a specific feedback item, when they submit a help request through the dashboard, then the request must be acknowledged within 24 hours and include a response with actionable insights.
The feedback loop is evaluated for user satisfaction after three months of implementation.
Given the feedback loop has been in use for three months, when a user satisfaction survey is conducted among drivers, then at least 80% of respondents must indicate that the feedback is helpful in improving their performance.
A driver completes a delivery and wants to see immediate feedback on their performance post-delivery.
Given a driver has completed a delivery, when they return to the Driver Performance Dashboard, then the system should display the feedback related to that specific delivery within 5 minutes of completion.
Historical Data Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to access historical performance data so that I can analyze trends over time and make informed decisions about our operations."
Description

The Historical Data Tracking requirement allows for the archiving of past performance data, enabling both drivers and managers to analyze trends over time. This feature will enhance decision-making processes by providing insights into performance fluctuations, seasonal changes, and the impact of various factors on delivery efficiency. Analyzing historical data aids in understanding patterns that can inform future logistics strategies, improving overall fleet performance and consistency.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers access the Historical Data Tracking through their Driver Performance Dashboard to review their past performance metrics.
Given the driver is logged into the Driver Performance Dashboard, When the driver navigates to the Historical Data Tracking section, Then the driver should be able to view performance data for at least the last six months, including delivery times, compliance rates, and route efficiencies.
Managers analyze historical performance data to identify trends and facilitate strategies for improvement.
Given the manager has access to the Historical Data Tracking, When the manager selects specific time periods for analysis, Then the system should generate visual reports showing performance trends, seasonal fluctuations, and delivery efficiency insights accurately for the selected periods.
Drivers receive alerts on performance trends based on their historical data with actionable advice.
Given a driver has historical performance data available, When trends indicate performance issues such as consistent delays, Then the driver should receive an alert with specific metrics indicating the issues and suggestions for improvement.
The system archives historical data to ensure it is not lost over time and can be retrieved for analysis.
Given the requirement to archive historical data, When a specified time threshold is met (e.g., data older than 1 year), Then the system should automatically archive this data without loss or corruption, and it should still be retrievable upon request.
Users can filter historical performance data based on various metrics such as time period, route, and delivery outcomes.
Given a user is interacting with the Historical Data Tracking interface, When the user applies filters for time period and specific routes, Then the system should display only the relevant historical performance data matching the applied filters.
The system provides insights into how external factors (like weather or traffic) impacted delivery performance over historical data.
Given the historical data includes external factors, When the user selects a specific date range, Then the system should present metrics that correlate performance with external factors affecting delivery efficiency during that period.
Users can export historical performance data in a standard format for further analysis or reporting needs.
Given the user is viewing their historical data, When they select the export option, Then the system should allow the user to download the data in both CSV and PDF formats without any data loss.
Performance Benchmarking Tool
"As a fleet manager, I want to use benchmarking tools to measure driver performance against industry standards so that I can identify areas needing attention and support our drivers effectively."
Description

The Performance Benchmarking Tool requirement offers drivers and fleet managers a way to compare their individual performance against industry standards or internal goals. This tool calculates benchmarks based on aggregated data and presents it visually in the dashboard, allowing users to see where they stand relative to performance expectations. Providing benchmarking data enhances motivation among drivers and helps managers develop targeted training and support strategies for those who may be falling short, ultimately driving overall improvement in logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers accessing the Performance Benchmarking Tool on the Logi360 dashboard to compare their performance metrics against industry standards and internal goals.
Given a driver is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they navigate to the Driver Performance Dashboard, then they should see their performance metrics compared against the established benchmarks for delivery times, compliance, and route efficiency.
Fleet managers utilizing the Performance Benchmarking Tool to pull weekly reports on driver performance metrics to identify areas for improvement.
Given a fleet manager is on the Logi360 platform, when they select the Performance Benchmarking Tool and generate a report, then they should receive a detailed visual report showing individual driver performance compared to benchmarks with actionable insights.
Drivers reviewing their performance metrics over time to understand trends and improve their delivery efficiencies.
Given a driver accesses their performance metrics on the Driver Performance Dashboard, when they view the historical data, then they should see a clear trend line indicating their performance improvement or decline, along with recommendations for improvement based on their benchmarking results.
Fleet managers setting specific internal performance goals for the drivers based on aggregated data insights from the Performance Benchmarking Tool.
Given a fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they access the Performance Benchmarking Tool and input new performance goals, then the system should update and reflect these goals in the benchmarking comparisons visible to drivers.
Drivers receiving notifications about their performance standings compared to benchmarks to encourage motivation and self-improvement.
Given a driver is using the Logi360 application, when their performance metrics are updated, then they should receive a notification alerting them of their standing relative to benchmarks and any accolades achieved for reaching set goals.
Performance Benchmarking Tool providing a clear and user-friendly interface for both drivers and fleet managers.
Given a user is accessing the Performance Benchmarking Tool, when they interact with the dashboard, then the tool should be intuitive, with clearly labeled sections for metrics, goals, and visual comparisons, ensuring usability for a diverse range of users.

Predictive Maintenance Alerts

Predictive Maintenance Alerts utilize advanced analytics to forecast when vehicles are likely to require servicing based on usage patterns and historical data. This proactive feature notifies fleet technicians well in advance, enabling them to schedule maintenance before breakdowns occur, thereby minimizing downtime and ensuring fleet reliability.

Requirements

Real-time Usage Analytics
"As a fleet manager, I want real-time analytics on vehicle usage so that I can optimize maintenance schedules and reduce costs associated with unexpected breakdowns."
Description

The Real-time Usage Analytics requirement enables the Logi360 platform to continuously monitor and analyze vehicle usage data in real-time. This includes tracking mileage, fuel consumption, and operational wear and tear on vehicles. By integrating this functionality, fleet managers can gain immediate insights into the performance and efficiency of their vehicles, allowing them to make informed decisions regarding maintenance schedules and operational strategies. It enhances the overall visibility of fleet operations, contributing to more effective resource allocation and cost reduction as issues can be identified and addressed proactively.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time monitoring of vehicle data for operational efficiency
Given that a vehicle is actively operating, When the Logi360 platform retrieves usage data, Then the system should display real-time metrics for mileage, fuel consumption, and operational wear and tear.
Alerts for maintenance scheduling based on real-time analytics
Given that maintenance thresholds are predefined for each vehicle, When the real-time analytics detect that a vehicle is nearing its maintenance threshold, Then the system should generate an alert for the fleet technician to schedule maintenance.
Dashboard integration for vehicle performance insights
Given that a fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 platform, When they access the dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of vehicle performance metrics including mileage, fuel efficiency, and required maintenance alerts, updated in real-time.
Comparison of current usage against historical data
Given that historical usage data is available for each vehicle, When the system analyzes real-time data, Then it should provide comparisons to historical performance metrics and flag any significant deviations.
Reports generation for usage analysis
Given that the fleet manager requests a report, When the system generates the report, Then it should include comprehensive insights into vehicle usage trends, maintenance needs, and operational costs over a defined period.
User access level management for analytics data
Given that multiple users are using the Logi360 platform, When a fleet administrator sets access levels, Then they should be able to control which users can view real-time analytics and maintenance alerts.
Automated Maintenance Scheduling
"As a fleet technician, I want automated scheduling of maintenance tasks so that I can ensure all vehicles are maintained on time without manual tracking."
Description

The Automated Maintenance Scheduling requirement facilitates the automatic creation and management of maintenance schedules for each vehicle in the fleet. By leveraging predictive analytics and historical maintenance data, the system will generate alerts and schedule maintenance tasks based on predicted service needs. This feature aims to streamline the maintenance workflow, ensuring that vehicles are serviced promptly, thereby reducing the risk of operational disruptions. Additionally, it provides reminders for upcoming services, ensuring no scheduled upkeep is missed, ultimately leading to enhanced fleet reliability and longevity.

Acceptance Criteria
Automated scheduling of maintenance for a vehicle after analyzing predicted service needs based on historical data and usage patterns.
Given a fleet vehicle with recorded usage data, when maintenance scheduling is triggered by the predictive maintenance alerts, then a maintenance task should be automatically created and scheduled for the vehicle based on calculated service needs.
Notification sent to fleet technicians for upcoming scheduled maintenance for vehicles within the fleet.
Given a maintenance task is scheduled for a vehicle, when the scheduled date approaches, then an automated notification should be sent to the assigned fleet technician at least 48 hours in advance of the scheduled maintenance.
Generating a report of all upcoming maintenance tasks for the fleet over the next month.
Given the automated maintenance scheduling feature is implemented, when a fleet manager requests a report, then a system-generated report listing all upcoming maintenance tasks for the next 30 days should be displayed accurately, including vehicle details and scheduled dates.
Validation of completed maintenance tasks logged in the system after service has been performed.
Given a maintenance task has been completed, when the technician marks the task as done in the system, then the system should update the vehicle's maintenance history and reflect the completion in the maintenance log.
System integration with external telematics to gather real-time vehicle usage data.
Given the external telematics system is integrated with Logi360, when vehicle data is transmitted, then the system should accurately capture and incorporate real-time data into maintenance scheduling algorithms.
Establishing a frequency for maintenance alerts based on miles driven and time intervals.
Given the predictive maintenance alerts feature, when a vehicle meets the criteria for mileage and time, then the system should trigger a maintenance alert, ensuring vehicles require servicing based on both usage and time.
User interface displays for fleet managers to view and manage the scheduled maintenance tasks easily.
Given that maintenance scheduling has been set up, when a fleet manager accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to view a comprehensive list of all scheduled maintenance tasks along with options for rescheduling or cancelling tasks.
User-friendly Alert Interface
"As a fleet technician, I want an intuitive alert system for maintenance notifications so that I can quickly respond to issues without confusion."
Description

The User-friendly Alert Interface requirement involves designing an intuitive notification system that communicates maintenance alerts and service reminders effectively to users. This interface will prioritize alerts by importance, enabling fleet managers and technicians to quickly identify critical issues that require immediate attention. The alerts will include details such as vehicle status, predicted repair needs, and suggested actions. By implementing this flexible and accessible interface, it will enhance staff response times and ensure that fleet operations remain seamless and efficient, ultimately improving overall operational performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Receiving a predictive maintenance alert through the mobile application.
Given the user has the Logi360 mobile application installed, When a vehicle maintenance alert is generated, Then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device specifying the vehicle in need of service, the nature of the alert, and the urgency level.
Viewing and prioritizing alerts on the dashboard interface.
Given the fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 web application, When they navigate to the alerts section, Then they should see a list of maintenance alerts prioritized by urgency, including vehicle status, predicted repair needs, and suggested actions for each alert.
Escalating a critical alert to the relevant technician.
Given a critical maintenance alert has been generated for a specific vehicle, When the fleet manager clicks on the alert, Then it should trigger an email notification to the assigned technician with all necessary details for immediate action.
Customizing alert settings based on user preferences.
Given the user is in their account settings, When they adjust the alert preferences, Then the system should save these settings and apply them to the alerts received, allowing users to choose the alert types and methods of notification they prefer.
Archiving resolved alerts for future reference.
Given the user has addressed a maintenance alert, When they mark the alert as resolved, Then the alert should be moved to an archived section, and the status should update accordingly, allowing the user to view past alerts if needed.
Providing actionable insights within maintenance alerts.
Given a maintenance alert has been triggered, When the user views the alert details, Then it should include a section with actionable insights and suggestions for preventative measures or next steps to enhance fleet reliability and performance.

Service History Archive

The Service History Archive maintains a comprehensive record of all maintenance tasks performed on each vehicle. This feature enables fleet technicians to quickly access past service details, allowing for better-informed decisions on future maintenance needs and facilitating compliance with regulatory requirements.

Requirements

Comprehensive Maintenance Log
"As a fleet technician, I want to access a comprehensive maintenance log of each vehicle so that I can quickly review past services and make informed maintenance decisions."
Description

The Comprehensive Maintenance Log requirement entails the implementation of a robust database system that records every maintenance activity performed on each vehicle in the fleet. This includes dates, service types, service technician details, and parts replaced. The system shall be easily accessible through the Logi360 dashboard, enabling fleet managers and technicians to view and retrieve historical service data efficiently. Overall, this feature enhances operational efficiency by facilitating timely maintenance, ensuring compliance with regulations, and enables better decision-making for future vehicle servicing based on historical performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Accessing Vehicle Service History for a Specific Vehicle
Given a fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when they select a specific vehicle and request the service history, then the system displays a complete and accurate log of all maintenance activities performed on that vehicle.
Adding a New Maintenance Entry to the Log
Given a fleet technician is on the Logi360 dashboard, when they enter a new maintenance activity for a vehicle including date, service type, technician details, and parts replaced, then the system successfully saves the entry and confirms it with a success message.
Retrieving Historical Service Data
Given a fleet manager is using the Logi360 dashboard, when they search for historical maintenance data using a date range and service type, then the system returns all relevant service entries matching the criteria.
Compliance Check through Service Records
Given a regulatory authority requests maintenance records, when the fleet manager retrieves and exports service history for all vehicles, then the exported data must include complete records that comply with regulatory standards.
Reviewing Service History in Detail
Given a fleet technician has accessed the service history for a vehicle, when they click on a specific service entry, then the system displays detailed information about that service including technician notes and parts used.
Generating Maintenance Reports
Given a fleet manager wants to assess maintenance trends, when they select parameters for a maintenance report (e.g., vehicle, date range), then the system generates a report that summarizes the data visually and textually.
Automated Service Alerts
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive automated service alerts for vehicles in the fleet so that I can ensure timely maintenance and avoid unexpected breakdowns."
Description

The Automated Service Alerts requirement is designed to develop a notification system that automatically alerts fleet managers and technicians when a vehicle is due for maintenance based on its service history and manufacturer's guidelines. This system must integrate with the Comprehensive Maintenance Log to analyze the vehicle's mileage and service intervals. The alerts will be sent via email or in-app notifications, which will help to prevent service lapses, enhance vehicle reliability, and optimize maintenance schedules, thereby reducing total operational costs.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technicians access the Automated Service Alerts system to check the status of vehicle maintenance for planning purposes.
Given the maintenance log has been updated, when the vehicle's mileage reaches the predefined service interval, then an automated alert should be triggered and sent to the fleet manager and technicians via email and in-app notification.
The fleet manager needs to evaluate vehicle maintenance history to ensure compliance with regulatory standards.
Given the Comprehensive Maintenance Log contains all the service records, when the fleet manager selects 'View Service History', then the system should display the complete service history of selected vehicles including dates, services performed, and next due dates.
A fleet technician reviews notifications received for upcoming vehicle maintenance.
Given that alerts have been triggered for overdue maintenance tasks, when the technician checks alerts, then all overdue tasks should be clearly listed with dates and vehicle details in both email and in-app notifications.
A fleet manager wants to optimize the maintenance schedule based on service alerts to reduce downtime.
Given the automated service alert system is activated, when a vehicle is due for maintenance, then a prompt should propose available slots for maintenance within the scheduling system based on current fleet operations.
Technicians need to ensure that automated alerts are functioning correctly before system deployment.
Given that the system is configured with vehicle data, when the test mileage is set to trigger an alert, then a notification should be generated and sent to a test email address confirming the alert mechanism works correctly.
Fleet managers require a summary report of maintenance alerts sent over a specific period.
Given that the alert system has been operational for one month, when the fleet manager requests the maintenance alert summary, then the system should generate a report detailing all alerts sent, categorized by vehicle and service type.
A technician needs to customize alert settings for different vehicle types according to their service intervals.
Given the user has administrative privileges, when they access the settings page, then they should be able to adjust service interval parameters for different vehicle types and save the changes successfully.
Service History Reporting
"As a fleet manager, I want to generate reports on service history so that I can analyze maintenance trends and better plan our budget for future repairs."
Description

The Service History Reporting requirement involves creating a reporting feature that allows users to generate detailed reports on maintenance activities for individual vehicles or the entire fleet over specified periods. The reports should include metrics such as frequency of services, types of issues addressed, and costs incurred. This feature will enable fleet managers to analyze maintenance trends, track expenditures, and make informed budgeting decisions. Integration with the data analytics tools in Logi360 will allow for deeper insights into the service patterns.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager Generating a Maintenance Report for Individual Vehicles
Given a fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they select a specific vehicle and choose the 'Generate Report' option for a defined date range, then the system should produce a detailed report showing the service history of that vehicle, including dates, types of services performed, issues addressed, and total costs.
Fleet Manager Analyzing Maintenance Trends Over a Specified Period
Given a fleet manager wants to analyze maintenance trends, when they access the 'Service History Reporting' tool and specify a date range for the entire fleet, then the system should generate a report summarizing the frequency of services, types of issues addressed, and overall costs incurred during that period.
Fleet Technician Accessing Past Service Records
Given a fleet technician needs to perform regular maintenance, when they navigate to the 'Service History Archive' and select a specific vehicle, then the system should display a clear history of all maintenance tasks with relevant details about each service performed.
Fleet Manager Integrating Reports with Data Analytics Tools
Given a fleet manager wants to gain deeper insights from maintenance reports, when they export the generated service history report to the integrated data analytics tool, then the data should be accurately formatted and importable without errors for further analysis.
Fleet Manager Setting Up Alerts for Maintenance Due Dates
Given a fleet manager aims to stay proactive on vehicle maintenance, when they configure alerts for upcoming maintenance tasks based on service history, then the system should notify them at least three days in advance of any due maintenance for the vehicles in the fleet.
Fleet Manager Comparing Service Costs Across Different Vehicles
Given a fleet manager desires to compare maintenance costs, when they access the comparison tool in the reporting section and select multiple vehicles, then the system should provide a visual comparison of service costs and issue frequencies for the selected vehicles across the specified period.
Fleet Manager Customizing Report Formats
Given a fleet manager requires specific report formats for presentations, when they select the 'Customize Report' option before generating a service history report, then the system should allow them to choose from different formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) and include or exclude selected metrics.
User Access Control for Service History
"As a fleet manager, I want to control user access to the service history records so that I can protect sensitive information and ensure that only authorized personnel can make updates."
Description

The User Access Control for Service History requirement mandates the development of a user permissions system that allows fleet managers to control who can view or edit service history records. It is essential for maintaining data integrity and confidentiality while complying with regulatory standards. Different user roles such as technicians, managers, and auditors will have varying levels of access based on their responsibilities. This ensures sensitive information is safeguarded, and only authorized personnel can make changes.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager Accessing Service History Records for Evaluation
Given a fleet manager with appropriate permissions, when they access the service history, then they should be able to view all records related to the vehicles they manage without any access errors.
Technician Editing Service History Records
Given a technician with edit permissions, when they modify a service history entry, then the changes should be saved successfully and reflected in the system with the technician's ID logged as the editor.
Auditor Accessing Service History for Compliance Check
Given an auditor with read permissions, when they request access to service history records, then they should be shown only the records they are authorized to view in compliance with data privacy regulations.
Unauthorized User Attempting to Edit Service History
Given a user without edit permissions, when they attempt to modify a service history entry, then they should receive an access denied message and be prevented from making any changes.
Role Management for Service History Access
Given a fleet manager, when they assign roles to users within the system, then the changes should reflect accurately in the user permissions for accessing service history records without affecting existing permissions.
Historical Access Log for Service History Records
Given a user accesses service history records, when an audit trail is generated, then it should accurately reflect all access attempts including the user ID, timestamp, and actions taken on the records.
Mobile Accessibility for Service History
"As a fleet technician, I want to access service history records on my mobile device so that I can update maintenance logs and review vehicle histories while working in the field."
Description

The Mobile Accessibility for Service History requirement focuses on ensuring that all service history records are accessible through mobile devices, allowing fleet technicians and managers to access vital information on-the-go. This will enhance productivity, as technicians can log services and view vehicle histories directly from the field. Integration of mobile interfaces with Logi360 will ensure that users have a seamless experience, promoting real-time data entry and retrieval for immediate decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
Accessing Service History from Mobile Device in the Field
Given a technician is on site with a mobile device, when they access the Logi360 application and navigate to the Service History section, then they should be able to view all service records for a specific vehicle within 2 seconds.
Logging New Service from Mobile Device
Given a technician is logged into the Logi360 mobile application, when they complete a maintenance service on a vehicle, then they must be able to log the service details including date, type of service, and any notes, which should be saved and reflected in the Service History immediately.
Search Functionality for Service Records
Given a technician is accessing the Service History on their mobile device, when they input a vehicle ID or service type into the search bar, then they should receive relevant service history records displayed in less than 3 seconds.
Offline Access to Service History Records
Given a technician is in an area with no internet connectivity, when they access the mobile Logi360 application, then they should still be able to view previously accessed service history records without any error messages.
User Interface for Service History Retrieval
Given a technician is using the mobile application, when they access the Service History section, then the interface should display records in a clear, readable format with pagination for more than 10 records.
Data Synchronization After Connectivity Restoration
Given a technician has logged new service records while offline, when the mobile device regains internet connectivity, then all logged service information should sync with the cloud within 10 seconds.
User Notifications for Service History Updates
Given a fleet manager is using the Logi360 mobile application, when a new service record is logged by a technician, then the fleet manager should receive a push notification within 5 minutes of the log being recorded.

Vehicle Health Dashboard

The Vehicle Health Dashboard provides real-time insights into the condition of the fleet, showcasing critical metrics such as tire pressure, fluid levels, and engine performance. By delivering immediate visibility into vehicle health, this feature empowers fleet technicians to address potential issues swiftly, promoting safety and operational efficiency.

Requirements

Real-time Tire Pressure Monitoring
"As a fleet technician, I want to receive real-time alerts about tire pressure so that I can address issues promptly and ensure vehicle safety."
Description

This requirement involves integrating sensors within the fleet vehicles to continuously monitor tire pressure levels. It will send real-time alerts to the Vehicle Health Dashboard when tire pressure falls below or exceeds optimal levels. Monitoring tire pressure enhances safety, reduces fuel consumption, and prolongs tire life, therefore improving overall fleet efficiency. Additionally, it aids technicians in taking timely preventive measures to mitigate risks associated with tire failure.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Monitoring of Tire Pressure Levels
Given a fleet vehicle equipped with tire pressure sensors, when the tire pressure falls below 30 PSI or exceeds 35 PSI, then the Vehicle Health Dashboard should trigger an immediate alert to the fleet technician.
Alert Notification System Functionality
Given that tire pressure levels are monitored in real-time, when the tire pressure status changes from optimal to non-optimal, then the system must notify the technician's mobile device within 5 seconds of detection.
Historical Data Tracking for Tire Pressure
Given the real-time tire pressure monitoring system is operational, when a technician accesses the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then they must be able to view historical tire pressure data for at least the past 30 days.
User Interface for Tire Pressure Alerts
Given the Vehicle Health Dashboard, when tire pressure alerts are triggered, then the alerts must be displayed prominently on the dashboard with clear visual indicators and detailed information about the affected vehicle.
Integration with Maintenance Scheduling System
Given that tire pressure alerts are generated, when a technician receives a non-optimal tire pressure alert, then the system should automatically suggest a maintenance appointment within 24 hours for the affected vehicle.
User Training for Tire Pressure Monitoring Feature
Given the implementation of the Real-time Tire Pressure Monitoring requirement, when training sessions are conducted, then at least 90% of the fleet technicians must demonstrate a clear understanding of how to respond to tire pressure alerts by the end of the training session.
System Performance Testing Under Load
Given the Real-time Tire Pressure Monitoring system is deployed, when subjected to monitoring 100 vehicles simultaneously, then the system must deliver real-time updates without a lag of more than 2 seconds.
Fluid Level Indicators
"As a fleet manager, I want to check fluid levels of my vehicles in real-time so that I can schedule maintenance accordingly and avoid unexpected breakdowns."
Description

The Fluid Level Indicators requirement includes the integration of sensors to track fluid levels, including engine oil, coolant, and brake fluid. These indicators will be displayed on the Vehicle Health Dashboard, enabling technicians to monitor fluid levels at a glance. This feature will help prevent engine overheating or brake failures, thus maintaining vehicle safety and reliability. Early detection of low fluid levels will reduce downtime and enhance fleet performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Technicians use the Vehicle Health Dashboard during routine inspections to check fluid levels of all vehicles in the fleet.
Given that the technician accesses the Vehicle Health Dashboard, when they select a specific vehicle, then the dashboard must display real-time fluid level indicators for engine oil, coolant, and brake fluid within 3 seconds.
A fleet technician receives an alert regarding low fluid levels during a vehicle operation check.
Given that a fluid level for any vehicle falls below the predefined threshold, when the technician opens the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then an alert notification must appear highlighting the specific fluid and vehicle affected.
Fleet managers analyze fluid level data from the Vehicle Health Dashboard for preventative maintenance planning.
Given that the fleet manager reviews the Vehicle Health Dashboard, when they access the historical fluid level reports, then the system must generate and display a downloadable report that includes average fluid levels and maintenance recommendations for the past month.
During a vehicle's trip, real-time fluid levels are monitored to prevent any issues that may arise.
Given that fluid level sensors are operational during a trip, when a fluid level drops critically, then the Vehicle Health Dashboard must provide a real-time alert to the driver within 1 minute to prevent potential vehicle failure.
Technicians perform scheduled maintenance based on fluid level indicators shown on the Vehicle Health Dashboard.
Given that the Vehicle Health Dashboard displays current fluid levels, when the technician completes a maintenance check, then the log must automatically update to reflect the maintenance performed and the current fluid levels for accountability.
New staff are trained to understand and utilize the Vehicle Health Dashboard effectively.
Given that new staff members are trained, when they complete their training, then they must demonstrate the ability to interpret fluid level indicators correctly and respond appropriately to alerts in at least 90% of practice scenarios assessed.
Engine Performance Analytics
"As a fleet manager, I want to analyze engine performance data so that I can improve vehicle efficiency and lower operational costs."
Description

The Engine Performance Analytics requirement will involve collecting and analyzing engine performance data, such as RPM, temperature, and fuel efficiency. The Vehicle Health Dashboard will present this information in an intuitive format, highlighting trends and anomalies. This feature will empower fleet operators to optimize engine performance, reduce fuel costs, and extend vehicle lifespan by addressing performance issues proactively.

Acceptance Criteria
Engine Performance Data Collection and Display
Given that the fleet vehicle's engine performance data is being collected, when the Vehicle Health Dashboard is accessed, then engine metrics including RPM, temperature, and fuel efficiency should be displayed correctly and in real-time.
Historical Engine Performance Trends
Given that engine performance data has been collected over time, when a fleet technician views the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then the system should display historical trends for engine RPM, temperature, and fuel efficiency for the past 30 days.
Anomaly Detection Alerts
Given that engine performance data is being analyzed, when an anomaly such as unusually high temperature or low RPM is detected, then the system should trigger an alert that notifies fleet operators immediately.
Data Visualization and Reporting
Given that engine performance metrics are available, when the Vehicle Health Dashboard is accessed, then the metrics should be presented using graphical representations such as line graphs for trends and gauges for real-time status.
User Accessibility and Interface Response
Given that a user accesses the Vehicle Health Dashboard on different devices, when the page loads, then the interface should be responsive and cater to various screen sizes without loss of functionality.
Integration with Existing Telematics Systems
Given that external telematics systems are in use, when engine performance data is collected, then the Vehicle Health Dashboard should accurately integrate and display data from these systems without errors.
User Feedback Mechanism
Given that fleet operators use the Vehicle Health Dashboard, when they encounter any issues or provide suggestions for improvement, then there should be a mechanism for submitting feedback that is easily accessible and responsive.
Maintenance Scheduling Alerts
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive alerts for scheduled maintenance so that I can keep the vehicles in optimal condition and reduce downtime."
Description

This requirement mandates the implementation of scheduled maintenance alerts based on real-time health data collected from the fleet. The Vehicle Health Dashboard will generate reminders for regular servicing and necessary repairs based on predictive analytics, reducing the chances of unexpected failures. This proactive approach helps maintain fleet reliability and minimizes operation disruption.

Acceptance Criteria
Scheduled Maintenance Alerts Triggering Based on Vehicle Health Data
Given the vehicle health data shows a tire pressure below the recommended threshold, when the alert system processes this information, then a scheduled maintenance alert should be generated for a convenience of service within 24 hours.
Real-Time Notification of Upcoming Maintenance
Given a vehicle’s health data forecasts a maintenance requirement in the next 200 miles, when the Vehicle Health Dashboard updates, then an alert should notify the fleet technician with a detailed log entry about upcoming service needs 48 hours in advance.
User Interface Display for Maintenance Alerts
Given that maintenance alerts are generated by the system, when a fleet technician logs into the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then all active alerts should be clearly displayed in the maintenance alerts section with appropriate urgency indicators (e.g., high, medium, low).
Confirmation of Alert Receipt by Technicians
Given that a maintenance alert is sent to fleet technicians, when the technician opens the alert notification, then a confirmation receipt should be logged in the system that tracks acknowledgment of alerts.
Predictive Analytics Accuracy for Maintenance Needs
Given historical maintenance data from the fleet, when predictive analytics are run on current vehicle health data, then the accuracy of predictive alerts should be validated through a correlation of at least 85% with actual maintenance needs identified in subsequent service checks over a three-month period.
Integration with External Maintenance Scheduling Systems
Given that an alert for scheduled maintenance is generated, when a fleet technician accesses the maintenance scheduling feature, then the existing alert should seamlessly integrate with an external scheduling system, allowing for automatic appointment creation without manual input.
User Permission Levels for Dashboard Access
"As an admin, I want to set user permissions for the dashboard so that I can control access to sensitive vehicle health information based on user roles."
Description

The User Permission Levels requirement establishes a system of user roles and access levels for the Vehicle Health Dashboard. This ensures that sensitive information is secure while allowing technicians and managers to access the data necessary for their roles. This feature will improve data integrity and compliance with privacy protocols, ultimately leading to better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
Access Control for Technicians on Vehicle Health Dashboard
Given a technician has been assigned a user role, when they log into the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then they should be able to view vehicle metrics relevant to their operations but not be able to access sensitive management data.
Access Control for Managers on Vehicle Health Dashboard
Given a manager has been assigned a user role, when they log into the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then they should have access to all vehicle metrics, including sensitive management data, to make informed decisions.
Role Adjustment Protocol
Given a user role has changed, when the user next logs into the Vehicle Health Dashboard, then their access should automatically reflect the new permissions assigned to their role without requiring a system restart.
Unauthorized Access Prevention
Given a user attempts to access the Vehicle Health Dashboard with incorrect credentials, then the system should deny access and display an appropriate error message indicating authentication failure.
Audit Trail for Access Logs
Given a user accesses the Vehicle Health Dashboard, when an access event occurs, then an entry should be recorded in the audit log with the user's ID, timestamp, and action taken.

Automated Maintenance Reminders

Automated Maintenance Reminders send timely notifications for scheduled maintenance tasks, such as oil changes, tire rotations, and inspections. By ensuring that technicians never miss important service deadlines, this feature greatly enhances fleet reliability and prolongs vehicle lifespans.

Requirements

Scheduled Maintenance Notifications
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive automated notifications for scheduled vehicle maintenance so that I can ensure all vehicles are serviced on time and remain reliable for operations."
Description

The Scheduled Maintenance Notifications requirement involves the automatic generation and sending of alerts to users regarding upcoming vehicle maintenance tasks such as oil changes, tire rotations, and inspections. This functionality will ensure that fleet operators and technicians are informed in advance, reducing the risk of missed deadlines and enhancing vehicle reliability. This feature integrates seamlessly with the existing Logi360 dashboard, utilizing real-time data from telematics systems to schedule reminders based on mileage and usage patterns. The expected outcome includes increased operational efficiency, extended vehicle lifespan, and minimized unplanned maintenance costs.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager is configuring the scheduled maintenance notifications for multiple vehicles in the Logi360 dashboard.
Given the fleet manager has access to the Logi360 dashboard, When they input maintenance schedules for each vehicle based on mileage and usage, Then they should receive automated notifications for upcoming maintenance tasks via email and in-app alerts 7 days before the due date.
A technician receives a maintenance notification a week before an oil change is due for a specific vehicle.
Given the scheduled maintenance notifications are active, When the technician opens the Logi360 app, Then they should see a clear notification indicating the oil change is due, along with the vehicle's current mileage and the recommended service date.
A fleet operator checks the maintenance logs after performing a scheduled service to ensure notifications are functioning correctly.
Given the maintenance service is completed, When the technician marks the service as done in the Logi360 dashboard, Then the system should automatically update the service schedule and remove the upcoming notification from the system within 24 hours.
A fleet manager reviews the effectiveness of scheduled maintenance notifications after two months of implementation.
Given the fleet manager has access to historical maintenance data, When they analyze the frequency of completed services and any unplanned breakdowns, Then they should see a 30% reduction in unplanned maintenance events compared to the previous two months without notifications.
A driver is reminded of an upcoming tire rotation due to scheduled maintenance notifications set in Logi360.
Given a tire rotation is scheduled in the system, When the due date is approaching, Then the driver should receive a push notification on their mobile device 3 days prior to the service date, including details on the service location and time.
A fleet manager adjusts the scheduled maintenance frequency for vehicles based on updated usage patterns and historical data.
Given the fleet manager wants to change the maintenance schedule, When they alter the parameters in the Logi360 dashboard and save the changes, Then all vehicles should reflect the new maintenance schedules and trigger notifications accordingly based on their updated usage data.
Maintenance History Tracking
"As a fleet technician, I want to access the complete maintenance history of each vehicle so that I can make informed decisions about repairs and future service needs."
Description

The Maintenance History Tracking requirement allows users to log and view the entire service history of each vehicle in the fleet. This feature enables fleet managers to analyze past maintenance events, costs, and any patterns related to vehicle performance. By integrating this data into the Logi360 platform, users can make informed decisions about future maintenance schedules, budget planning, and vehicle replacements. The feature aims to enhance the management of fleet assets and ensure that maintenance decisions are data-driven, ultimately contributing to improved operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager views the complete maintenance history of a specific vehicle to evaluate patterns and costs associated with past services.
Given a selected vehicle in the fleet, When the fleet manager accesses the maintenance history section, Then the system displays a chronological list of all maintenance events with dates, performed tasks, and associated costs.
A technician receives a notification for an upcoming scheduled maintenance based on the vehicle's maintenance history.
Given the scheduled maintenance is due for a specific vehicle, When the scheduled date approaches, Then the system sends a notification to the assigned technician's dashboard and mobile device.
Fleet manager analyzes the maintenance history of the entire fleet to identify which vehicles require immediate attention based on service frequency.
Given the fleet manager accesses the maintenance history overview, When they apply filters for service frequency and cost, Then the system presents a ranked list of vehicles based on the most frequent and costly maintenance events.
User searches for a specific maintenance record to ensure that a particular service was performed on a vehicle.
Given the user is in the maintenance history section, When they enter a search term for a specific maintenance event, Then the system retrieves and displays the relevant maintenance records that match the search criteria.
User exports the maintenance history of a vehicle for record-keeping or reporting purposes.
Given a vehicle's maintenance history is displayed, When the user selects the export option, Then the system generates a downloadable file including all maintenance details in a standard format (e.g., CSV, PDF).
Fleet manager accesses maintenance history for vehicle performance trending over a specific period.
Given the fleet manager selects a date range for analysis, When they request the performance trend report, Then the system displays key insights on vehicle performance correlated with maintenance events during that period.
Customizable Maintenance Intervals
"As a fleet manager, I want to customize maintenance intervals for each vehicle so that I can align maintenance schedules with individual vehicle requirements and usage patterns."
Description

The Customizable Maintenance Intervals requirement enables users to set and customize maintenance schedules based on specific vehicle needs or manufacturer recommendations. Fleet managers can define intervals for different types of maintenance tasks, allowing for tailored maintenance plans that vary from one vehicle to another. This feature enhances the flexibility of the Logi360 platform and optimizes maintenance management by accommodating diverse fleet compositions and driving patterns, ultimately leading to improved fleet performance and safety.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager accesses the Logi360 platform and navigates to the maintenance scheduling section to set customized intervals for each vehicle in the fleet, based on manufacturer recommendations and specific usage patterns.
Given the fleet manager is logged in to Logi360, When they navigate to the maintenance scheduling section and input customized intervals for maintenance tasks for a specific vehicle, Then the system should save these intervals and display them accurately in the maintenance dashboard.
A fleet technician receives notifications for scheduled maintenance based on the customizable intervals set by the fleet manager, ensuring that maintenance tasks are completed on time.
Given that a fleet manager has set customized maintenance intervals, When the scheduled maintenance date approaches, Then the technician should receive timely notifications through the Logi360 platform and via email.
The fleet manager reviews the maintenance dashboard to ensure that all vehicles are up-to-date with their maintenance schedules, reflecting any customized intervals set previously.
Given the fleet manager is logged in to Logi360 and has set customized maintenance intervals for all vehicles, When they review the maintenance dashboard, Then all vehicles should display their respective maintenance statuses, with alerts for any overdue tasks.
The fleet manager wants to adjust the maintenance intervals for a specific vehicle after noticing changes in its usage patterns, due to increased travel mileage.
Given the fleet manager identifies the need to adjust maintenance intervals for a specific vehicle, When they modify the existing intervals in the maintenance scheduling section, Then the system should promptly update the intervals and reflect these changes in the maintenance dashboard.
A fleet manager wants to generate a report showing all vehicles’ maintenance schedules that include the customized intervals set for each vehicle.
Given that the fleet manager is logged in, When they request a maintenance report from the reporting section, Then the report should include all vehicles along with their respective customized maintenance intervals and any upcoming tasks.
The log system should track all changes made to the maintenance intervals for accountability and audit purposes.
Given that a fleet manager has updated maintenance intervals for a vehicle, When these changes are saved, Then the system should log the changes, including the previous intervals and timestamps, for future reference.
Mobile Maintenance Alerts
"As a technician, I want to receive maintenance alerts on my mobile device so that I can stay updated on service needs while on the go and respond promptly to maintenance requirements."
Description

The Mobile Maintenance Alerts requirement allows users to receive maintenance reminder notifications on their mobile devices, ensuring that they are informed even when they are away from the main dashboard. This mobile capability enhances accessibility and responsiveness, allowing technicians to take immediate action based on alerts. It is crucial for optimizing fleet operations and improving communication between fleet managers and technicians, leading to timely maintenance actions and improved fleet reliability.

Acceptance Criteria
Technicians receive notifications for upcoming scheduled maintenance while away from the main dashboard, allowing them to act promptly on maintenance tasks while out in the field.
Given that the user is a technician with active maintenance reminders set, when a scheduled maintenance task is due, then the technician should receive a push notification on their mobile device with the details of the task.
Fleet managers review the mobile notifications received by technicians to ensure that maintenance tasks are being acknowledged and scheduled promptly.
Given that a maintenance reminder notification has been sent, when the technician acknowledges the notification, then the system should log the acknowledgment and provide a timestamp of when it was received.
Mobile Maintenance Alerts are used to track the effectiveness of maintenance reminders over time and to ensure no scheduled tasks are missed.
Given that maintenance reminders are being sent to technicians, when a maintenance task is due, then the completion status of the task should be updated in the system reflecting whether it was completed on time or missed.
Technicians are alerted of maintenance tasks while in transit, allowing them to prioritize tasks based on urgency and location.
Given that there are multiple scheduled maintenance tasks, when the technician receives a notification, then the notification should include the type of maintenance, vehicle ID, and urgency status of the task.
Fleet managers receive reports on the status of maintenance tasks based on mobile alerts to assess overall fleet health and maintenance adherence.
Given that a period has elapsed, when the fleet manager generates a report on mobile maintenance alert effectiveness, then the report should include metrics such as percentage of alerts acknowledged and tasks completed on time.
Integration with Parts Inventory System
"As a fleet manager, I want to integrate our parts inventory system with Logi360 so that I can ensure the necessary parts are available for scheduled maintenance, minimizing service delays."
Description

The Integration with Parts Inventory System requirement automates the process of checking available parts for scheduled maintenance tasks. By integrating the Logi360 platform with the parts inventory system, users can receive automatic notifications when parts are needed for upcoming services, thus streamlining inventory management and reducing downtime. This functionality enhances the maintenance schedule's effectiveness by ensuring that necessary parts are always available when service is due, leading to quicker turnaround times and increased fleet operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
User receives a notification for parts availability three days prior to the scheduled maintenance date.
Given the user has scheduled maintenance in the Logi360 platform, when the date is three days away and necessary parts are not in stock, then the user should receive an automated notification indicating which parts are required and their current availability status.
User successfully checks parts availability in the integrated inventory system during maintenance planning.
Given the Logi360 platform is integrated with the parts inventory system, when a user accesses the scheduled maintenance task, then the system should display the availability of all necessary parts in real-time alongside the maintenance details.
User attempts to schedule maintenance with insufficient parts in inventory.
Given there are insufficient parts available for the scheduled maintenance, when a user tries to finalize the maintenance schedule, then the system should prompt the user with an alert indicating the missing parts and the need to restock before proceeding.
Automated reminder for maintenance is sent when parts are available.
Given that all necessary parts are in stock for an upcoming scheduled maintenance, when the maintenance date approaches (e.g., 48 hours prior), then the user should receive an automated reminder with details of the scheduled service and part availability.
User verifies part requisition process after receiving notification of insufficient parts.
Given a notification has been sent for insufficient parts needed for maintenance, when the user reviews the notification details, then the user should be able to initiate a parts requisition directly from the notification to proceed with procurement.
Maintenance completion updates parts inventory automatically.
Given that a scheduled maintenance task has been completed, when the maintenance is marked complete in the Logi360 platform, then the system should automatically update the parts inventory to reflect the usage of parts and notify the inventory manager of any adjustments needed.
Reporting on Maintenance Effectiveness
"As a fleet manager, I want to generate reports on maintenance effectiveness so that I can assess how well our maintenance practices are performing and identify areas for improvement."
Description

The Reporting on Maintenance Effectiveness requirement enables users to generate reports that analyze the effectiveness of maintenance activities over time. This feature will help fleet managers to evaluate maintenance costs, vehicle performance post-service, and identify any recurrent issues. By providing insights through data analysis, this reporting functionality supports informed decision-making and continuous improvement in fleet management practices, ensuring that resources are used wisely and that fleet reliability is maximized.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers require tools to evaluate maintenance activities over a specified time period. They will use the reporting feature to generate a report summarizing the maintenance performed on vehicles in their fleet over the last quarter, detailing costs, types of service, and frequency of issues encountered.
Given that a fleet manager accesses the Reporting on Maintenance Effectiveness feature, when they select a date range and types of maintenance activities, then the system should generate a report that accurately lists all maintenance performed within that timeframe, including costs and issues identified.
A fleet manager wants to analyze the relationship between maintenance performed and vehicle performance to improve future service schedules. They will generate a report that compares the pre- and post-maintenance performance metrics of vehicles.
Given that the reporting tool allows input for vehicle performance metrics, when the fleet manager runs a report for specific vehicles before and after maintenance, then the report should clearly display the performance data before the service and post-maintenance improvements.
During a budget review meeting, a fleet manager needs to present data on maintenance costs to justify the maintenance budget. They will generate a report detailing the total maintenance costs across the fleet to share with stakeholders.
Given the fleet manager has access to maintenance cost data, when they request a comprehensive maintenance cost report for the fiscal year, then the system must produce a detailed report that outlines total costs, categorized by maintenance type, and highlights any anomalies or unexpected expenses.
Technicians need to know if certain vehicles have had recurrent maintenance issues for effective repairs. The reporting feature should allow them to identify vehicles that frequently require servicing.
Given that the reporting tool includes a filter for recurrent issues, when technicians request a report for vehicles with repeated maintenance needs, then the report should list all vehicles along with the count and types of issues recurring over the specified period.
Fleet managers are interested in identifying the effectiveness of different types of maintenance actions taken across their fleet. They will use reporting to analyze which maintenance strategies yield the best overall performance improvements.
Given that the reporting feature can differentiate between maintenance types, when a fleet manager generates a report analyzing vehicle performance post various maintenance types, then the report should highlight which types of maintenance correlate with the best improvements in performance metrics.
The compliance officer must ensure that maintenance reporting adheres to regulatory standards. They will review the reports generated for accuracy and compliance with industry regulations.
Given that the reporting feature includes compliance checks, when the compliance officer reviews a maintenance effectiveness report, then the report should conform to all relevant regulatory standards and include any required documentation or disclaimers associated with maintenance reporting.

Integration with Repair Shops

Integration with Repair Shops facilitates seamless communication between the fleet and external service providers. This feature enables fleet technicians to quickly find and connect with nearby repair services, streamlining the booking process for necessary repairs and ensuring that vehicles receive timely attention.

Requirements

Repair Shop Locator
"As a fleet technician, I want to quickly find nearby repair services so that I can book necessary repairs and minimize vehicle downtime."
Description

The Repair Shop Locator feature will provide fleet technicians with a tool to identify and connect with nearby repair service providers. This functionality will enhance the logistics management process by reducing downtime through quicker repair bookings and timely service. The integration through an intuitive interface will allow users to access detailed information about available repair shops, including location, services offered, and customer ratings. This requirement not only streamlines communication between the fleet and repair shops, but also supports operational efficiency by ensuring that technicians can quickly address vehicle issues, ultimately maintaining optimal fleet performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technician searches for nearby repair shops while on the road after a vehicle breakdown.
Given a fleet technician is using the Repair Shop Locator, When they enter their current location, Then they should see a list of nearby repair shops with details including distance, services offered, and customer ratings.
Fleet technician selects a repair shop to make a booking for vehicle repairs.
Given a fleet technician has identified a suitable repair shop, When they select the shop and request a booking, Then the system should successfully schedule an appointment and provide a confirmation message.
Fleet technician reviews the available repair shops before choosing one to visit.
Given the list of nearby repair shops is displayed, When the fleet technician views the details of a specific shop, Then they should see the shop's name, address, contact number, operating hours, and customer ratings.
Fleet technician updates the status of a vehicle after repairs are completed at a repair shop.
Given the vehicle has been repaired, When the technician marks the vehicle status as 'Repaired' in the system, Then the system should update the vehicle's status and log the repair details appropriately.
Fleet manager analyzes repair shop performance based on data collected from technicians.
Given the data on repair shop performance is collected, When the fleet manager accesses the reporting feature, Then they should be able to view metrics such as average service time, customer ratings, and overall satisfaction from technicians.
Fleet technician needs directions to the selected repair shop.
Given a fleet technician has chosen a repair shop, When they click on the 'Get Directions' button, Then the system should open a navigation app with directions to the selected repair shop.
Fleet technician searches for repair shops with specific services required for their vehicle.
Given a fleet technician is looking for specific repair services, When they filter the repair shops by service type (e.g., bodywork, engine repair, etc.), Then they should only see repair shops that offer those specific services.
Automated Repair Booking
"As a fleet technician, I want to automatically book repair appointments so that I can save time and manage multiple repairs efficiently."
Description

The Automated Repair Booking feature will enable fleet technicians to schedule repair appointments with minimal manual input. This requirement will facilitate a seamless booking process by allowing users to select preferred repair shops, view availability, and confirm appointments directly through the Logi360 platform. Implementing this feature will save time, eliminate scheduling conflicts, and enhance productivity for technicians managing multiple vehicle repairs. By automating the booking process, Logi360 will improve service efficiency and ensure timely maintenance for fleet vehicles, directly impacting operational effectiveness and reducing repair turnaround times.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technician accesses the Logi360 platform to schedule a repair appointment for a vehicle that requires immediate attention due to a malfunction.
Given the technician is logged into Logi360, When they select a vehicle needing repair, Then they should see a list of nearby repair shops with available appointment slots within the platform.
A technician wants to schedule an appointment during peak hours but needs to find the next available time slot.
Given the technician is viewing the available repair shops, When they filter the shops by 'available now', Then they should see only those shops with immediate availability or accurate waiting times displayed.
The technician completes the appointment booking process and requires confirmation of the scheduled repair.
Given the technician has selected a repair shop and time, When they confirm the appointment, Then they should receive a confirmation notification on the Logi360 platform and via email.
A technician faces a scheduling conflict and needs to modify an existing repair appointment.
Given an appointment has been made, When the technician navigates to their schedule, Then they should have the option to reschedule or cancel the appointment directly within the platform.
Fleet management wants to analyze the efficiency of the repair booking system over a month.
Given the automated repair booking feature has been in use for a month, When a report is generated on the average booking time and vehicle turnaround time, Then the report should provide data reflecting at least a 20% improvement in efficiency compared to manual booking processes.
Technicians need to receive alerts for upcoming repair appointments.
Given a scheduled repair appointment is approaching, When one hour prior to the appointment, Then the technician should receive a reminder notification in the Logi360 app.
The technician needs to ensure that repair shops have a specific capability that is crucial for the vehicle's repair.
Given the list of repair shops, When one is selected, Then the platform should display the shop's capabilities relative to the repair needs of the technician's vehicle.
Repair Service Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to track the status of vehicle repairs in real-time so that I can plan logistics effectively and minimize disruptions."
Description

The Repair Service Tracking feature will provide real-time updates on the status of vehicles undergoing repairs. This requirement will integrate with the repair shops' systems to deliver alerts and progress notifications directly to the Logi360 dashboard. Users will benefit from enhanced visibility into the repair timeline, allowing them to make informed decisions regarding vehicle utilization and necessary adjustments in logistics operations. The introduction of this feature aims to reduce uncertainty for fleet managers and technicians, empowering them with actionable insights on repair statuses and timelines.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technician requests a repair service update while the vehicle is in for maintenance.
Given a vehicle is being repaired at a partner shop, when the fleet technician checks the service status on the Logi360 dashboard, then the technician should see a real-time update showing the current status of the repair, including estimated time of completion.
Fleet manager needs to allocate resources based on vehicle repair statuses.
Given multiple vehicles are undergoing repair, when the fleet manager accesses the repair tracking feature on the Logi360 dashboard, then they should be able to view a list of all vehicles in repair, their current status, and estimated repair time, enabling informed resource allocation.
Technician needs notifications about important updates on repairs.
Given a vehicle in repair, when there is a status change (e.g., repair completed, parts delayed), then the Logi360 system should send an automatic notification to the fleet technician and manager that provides an update on the repair status.
User wants insights on repair efficiency over time.
Given a fleet manager is analyzing vehicle repair records, when they access the reporting feature within Logi360, then they should be able to generate a report showing historical repair times, average repair durations, and comparisons across different repair shops.
Repair shop provides feedback on updates received from Logi360.
Given a repair shop has an integration with Logi360, when they send an update on the repair progress, then the status should reflect accurately on the Logi360 dashboard within two minutes of sending the update.
User needs to understand the impact of repair delays on logistics operations.
Given a fleet manager receives notifications for repair delays, when they view the vehicle status on the dashboard, then the system should display the potential impact on delivery schedules and suggest alternative resource allocations.
Fleet manager checks the dashboard for a summary of all vehicles in repair.
Given a fleet manager navigates to the repair tracking section on the Logi360 dashboard, when viewing the summary, then the manager should see a visual representation of all vehicles, their repair statuses, and estimated completion times in a clear and concise manner.
Repair History Record
"As a fleet manager, I want to access a complete record of past vehicle repairs so that I can analyze maintenance trends and plan future budgets."
Description

The Repair History Record feature will maintain a comprehensive track of all past repairs conducted on each vehicle in the fleet. This requirement serves as an essential tool for fleet managers and technicians to record service dates, types of repairs, and costs incurred over time. By providing detailed repair history, Logi360 will enable users to analyze vehicle performance, predict future maintenance needs, and help in budgeting for repairs. Furthermore, having a centralized history will support compliance and auditing processes, enhancing overall accountability within fleet management operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Recording Repair Service Details in Logi360
Given a fleet technician accesses the Repair History Record, when they enter a new repair service, then the system must accurately log the service date, type of repair, and cost, ensuring all fields are filled out before submission.
Viewing Past Repair History for a Specific Vehicle
Given a fleet manager selects a specific vehicle from the fleet list, when they navigate to the Repair History Record, then the system must display a chronological list of all past repairs conducted on that vehicle, including details such as service dates and types of repairs.
Generating Repair Cost Reports
Given a fleet manager selects the report generation option, when they specify a date range, then the system must generate a report of total repair costs incurred during that period, including itemized details of each repair.
Editing Existing Repair Records
Given a fleet technician identifies an error in an existing repair record, when they attempt to edit that record, then the system must allow changes only if the technician has the required permissions and must save the revised information accurately.
Compliance Checks on Repair History Records
Given a compliance officer reviews the Repair History Records, when they cross-reference the records with maintenance logs, then all entries must align properly, ensuring compliance with regulatory standards.
Predictive Maintenance Alerts Based on Repair History
Given the system analyzes historical repair data, when a vehicle shows a pattern of repeated issues, then the system must alert the fleet manager with a recommendation for preventative maintenance before a critical failure occurs.
User Access Controls for Repair History Records
Given a user attempts to access the Repair History Record, when they log in, then the system must verify their role and grant or deny access based on predefined permissions for sensitive repair data.
Repair Cost Estimator
"As a fleet technician, I want to receive cost estimates for repairs so that I can plan budgets and make informed decisions before scheduling services."
Description

The Repair Cost Estimator feature will provide fleet technicians with preliminary cost estimates for potential repairs based on historical data and real-time quotes from partnered repair shops. This requirement will enable users to make informed financial decisions regarding repairs before booking appointments. Offering insights into average repair costs for specific vehicle types and common issues will enhance budget planning and improve overall financial management for the fleet. By integrating this feature, Logi360 aims to ensure technicians have the financial information necessary to choose cost-effective repair solutions efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technician accesses the Repair Cost Estimator before contacting a repair shop.
Given a fleet technician is logged into the Logi360 platform, When they navigate to the Repair Cost Estimator, Then they should see a summary of average repair costs for different vehicle types and common issues based on historical data.
Fleet technician inputs vehicle details to receive a repair cost estimate.
Given a fleet technician has selected a specific vehicle and an issue from the dropdown menu, When they click on 'Get Estimate', Then the system should generate a preliminary cost estimate based on real-time quotes from partnered repair shops within 5 seconds.
Fleet technician compares estimated costs from multiple repair shops.
Given a fleet technician receives estimates from at least three different repair shops, When they review the estimates, Then they should see a clear comparison table showing the cost, estimated time for repair, and the shop's distance from the fleet location.
Fleet technician uses the Repair Cost Estimator for budget planning.
Given the fleet technician has accessed historical repair cost data over the last 6 months, When they analyze the costs per vehicle type, Then they should be able to identify the average costs and prepare a budget report using the data.
Fleet technician receives alerts for significant cost deviations in estimates.
Given the system has historical cost data for repairs, When a new repair cost estimate exceeds the average cost by more than 20%, Then the fleet technician should receive an alert notification indicating the deviation and suggesting alternative solutions.
Fleet technician saves repair cost estimates for future reference.
Given a fleet technician has generated a repair cost estimate, When they click 'Save for Reference', Then the estimate should be stored in their account and accessible in the 'Saved Estimates' section of the platform.
Fleet technician books a repair appointment directly from the Repair Cost Estimator.
Given the fleet technician has reviewed the estimates and chosen a repair shop, When they click 'Book Appointment', Then the system should redirect them to the repair shop’s booking interface with the vehicle and issue details pre-filled.

Diagnostic Issue Reporting

Diagnostic Issue Reporting allows fleet technicians to log and track mechanical issues that arise during vehicle operation. By providing an organized platform to document symptoms and concerns, this feature enhances communication with repair shops and aids in faster issue resolution, ultimately improving fleet performance.

Requirements

Issue Logging Interface
"As a fleet technician, I want to log mechanical issues quickly and easily so that I can communicate effectively with repair shops and ensure timely repairs."
Description

The Issue Logging Interface requirement involves creating a user-friendly platform within the Logi360 system where fleet technicians can easily input and categorize mechanical issues encountered during vehicle operation. This interface will feature drop-down menus for symptom selection, text fields for detailed descriptions, and options to attach relevant images or documents. The organized input will enhance communication with repair shops, speeding up diagnostics and repairs. By ensuring ease of use and accessibility, this feature will streamline the reporting process, leading to improved fleet performance through faster turnaround times on repairs and maintenance.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technicians are using the Issue Logging Interface to report a mechanical issue encountered during a vehicle operation.
Given the technician is logged into the Logi360 system, when they navigate to the Issue Logging Interface and input a mechanical issue using the drop-down menus and text fields, then the issue should be successfully saved and displayed in the technician's issue log.
A technician wants to attach an image of a mechanical issue to enhance the description in their issue report.
Given the technician is on the Issue Logging Interface, when they select an image file to attach from their device, then the system should successfully upload the image and display it alongside the issue entry.
Fleet managers need to review logged mechanical issues to evaluate recurring problems within the fleet.
Given the fleet manager is accessing the reports section of the Logi360 platform, when they filter by logged issues, then all relevant logged issues should display accurate details including symptoms, descriptions, and attachments.
A technician requires feedback on a previously logged mechanical issue from the repair shop to understand the resolution process.
Given the repair shop accesses the logged issue report, when they provide feedback and update the status in the system, then the technician should receive a notification with the feedback and updated status.
A technician wants to ensure the issue logging process is straightforward and effective during high-pressure situations in the field.
Given the technician is using a mobile device to log an issue while on-site, when they navigate the interface, then they should be able to log an issue within 3 minutes without significant errors or confusion.
Real-Time Issue Tracking
"As a fleet technician, I want to track the status of logged mechanical issues in real time so that I can plan vehicle usage and maintenance effectively."
Description

The Real-Time Issue Tracking requirement entails implementing a system that allows fleet technicians to monitor the status of reported mechanical issues. This feature will provide updates on the progress of repairs, estimated completion times, and any changes in priority. Integration with repair shop management systems will ensure accurate communication and updates. By enabling technicians to track issues in real time, this requirement will enhance transparency and allow for better planning of vehicle usage and maintenance, ultimately maximizing fleet availability and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technician logs a mechanical issue through the Logi360 platform, specifying the symptoms and urgency of the problem, ensuring clear communication for repair priorities.
Given a logged mechanical issue, when the technician submits the report, then the issue should be visible on the dashboard with a unique tracking number and status updates.
Fleet technician accesses the issue tracking interface to monitor the status of previously reported mechanical issues during their shift, enabling them to plan maintenance activities effectively.
Given the technician is on the issue tracking page, when they refresh the page, then they should see real-time updates on the status of all their logged issues.
Repair shop receives the reported mechanical issue details from Logi360, processes them, and updates the status back to the fleet technician, facilitating communication and repair tracking.
Given an issue is reported to the repair shop, when they update the issue status, then the technician should receive a notification of the status change with details of estimated completion times.
Fleet technician needs to prioritize repairs based on urgency and repair shop updates, allowing for better planning and resource allocation.
Given multiple active issues, when the technician accesses the priority sorting feature, then they should be able to filter issues by urgency, repair shop updates, and estimated completion times.
Fleet manager reviews the overall status of mechanical issues to assess fleet availability and plan future usage effectively based on real-time data.
Given the fleet manager is in the reporting dashboard, when they view the mechanical issue status report, then they should be able to see the summary of all active issues, including unresolved and resolved issues, and associated vehicle statuses.
Fleet technician utilizes a mobile device to receive push notifications about real-time status updates for reported mechanical issues, facilitating on-the-go management.
Given the technician has the mobile app installed and logged in, when a status update is made on a reported issue, then the technician should receive a push notification on their device immediately.
Automated Notifications
"As a fleet technician, I want to receive automated notifications about the status of mechanical issues so that I can stay informed and act quickly if needed."
Description

The Automated Notifications requirement focuses on implementing a notification system that alerts fleet technicians and managers about important updates related to logged issues. Notifications will be sent through the Logi360 dashboard and via email or mobile push notifications, informing users about status changes, priority updates, and completion of repairs. This proactive communication will minimize downtime and ensure that all relevant stakeholders are kept in the loop regarding vehicle performance issues. Enhanced communication fosters accountability and aids in timely decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
Notification for logged mechanical issues
Given a fleet technician logs a mechanical issue, when the issue is saved, then an automated notification is sent to the technician's Logi360 dashboard and their registered email address.
Update on issue status change
Given a logged mechanical issue status is updated by a repair shop, when the status changes, then an automated email and mobile push notification is sent to the technician and fleet manager.
Notification for repair completion
Given a repair shop marks a mechanical issue as resolved, when the resolution is recorded, then a notification is sent to all stakeholders involved in that issue via email and the Logi360 dashboard.
Priority update notification
Given a priority level of a logged mechanical issue is changed, when the change is made, then an immediate dashboard notification and an alert through email are sent to the technician and fleet manager.
Scheduled reminders for unresolved issues
Given that a mechanical issue remains unresolved for more than 48 hours, when this period elapses, then a reminder notification is sent to the technician and fleet manager via email and Logi360 dashboard.
Escalation notification for high priority issues
Given a high priority issue remains unresolved for 24 hours, when the unresolved time is reached, then an escalation notification is sent to the senior management team via email and dashboard alert.
Reporting and Analytics Module
"As a fleet manager, I want to review reports on mechanical issues so that I can identify trends and make informed decisions on fleet maintenance."
Description

The Reporting and Analytics Module requirement involves creating a system that analyzes logged mechanical issues and provides insights into trends, commonly reported issues, and overall fleet performance. This module will summarize data into actionable reports that can help identify recurring problems, assess the effectiveness of repairs, and guide future maintenance planning. By leveraging data analytics, this requirement will empower fleet managers to make informed decisions that enhance fleet reliability and significantly improve operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet technicians need to report mechanical issues as they arise during vehicle operation, ensuring that all relevant details are recorded for follow-up.
Given a technician encounters a mechanical issue, when they access the Diagnostic Issue Reporting feature and log the problem details, then the system must store the report and confirm successful entry with a timestamp and unique issue ID.
Fleet managers analyze reported mechanical issues to identify trends and common problems affecting fleet performance over a specified time period.
Given the Reporting and Analytics Module is implemented, when a fleet manager selects a date range and generates a report on mechanical issues, then the module must display a summary of issues, including frequency and category of reported problems, in a clear and readable format.
Repair shops need to receive detailed documentation of mechanical issues logged by technicians to expedite the repair process.
Given a logged mechanical issue is created, when a technician requests to send the report to a repair shop, then the system must generate and email a comprehensive issue report with all relevant details to the designated repair shop contact.
Fleet managers require insights into the effectiveness of repairs made on various mechanical issues to inform future maintenance decisions.
Given that a repair has been recorded and associated with a logged mechanical issue, when the Reporting and Analytics Module is used to evaluate repair effectiveness, then the system must provide metrics that include success rates of repairs and average time taken to resolve each issue.
Teams need to access historical data on mechanical issues to improve preventative maintenance strategies.
Given that historical reports are stored in the system, when a user requests historical data on mechanical issues over the past year, then the Reporting and Analytics Module must retrieve and present this data in a graphical format that highlights trends and patterns.
Technicians expect to receive feedback on recurring mechanical issues for continuous improvement and training purposes.
Given a set of recurring mechanical issues is identified, when the Reporting and Analytics Module generates a report for the fleet management team, then it must include actionable insights and recommended training topics for technicians based on these issues.

Maintenance Cost Calculator

The Maintenance Cost Calculator provides fleet managers with an overview of anticipated maintenance costs based on vehicle usage and service history. This feature helps in budgeting and financial planning, ensuring that maintenance expenditures remain in line with operational objectives.

Requirements

Historical Maintenance Data Integration
"As a fleet manager, I want the Maintenance Cost Calculator to pull historical maintenance data so that I can make accurate budget forecasts and plan for upcoming vehicle servicing needs."
Description

This requirement ensures that the Maintenance Cost Calculator integrates seamlessly with historical maintenance data from existing vehicle systems. It will pull relevant data such as previous maintenance records, costs, and frequency of services to provide a reliable calculation for future maintenance needs. This integration will enhance the accuracy of the cost forecasts and provide valuable insights for fleet managers to make informed decisions on budgeting and resource allocation.

Acceptance Criteria
Historical Maintenance Data Retrieval for Cost Calculation
Given that the Maintenance Cost Calculator is integrated with historical maintenance data, when a fleet manager initiates a cost calculation, then the system should retrieve and display at least the last three years of maintenance records, including costs and frequency of services.
Accuracy of Calculated Maintenance Costs
Given the retrieved historical maintenance data, when the Maintenance Cost Calculator processes this data, then the calculated maintenance cost estimates must fall within a 10% margin of error compared to actual historical averages.
User Interface for Maintenance Cost Display
Given that a fleet manager accesses the Maintenance Cost Calculator, when they view the calculated maintenance costs, then the interface should clearly display the breakdown of costs by service type and date alongside visual graphs for better comprehension.
Predictive Analytics Functionality
Given the integration of historical data, when a fleet manager uses the Maintenance Cost Calculator, then the system should provide predictive analytics that suggest potential future maintenance costs based on historical trends with at least 80% accuracy.
Error Handling for Missing Data
Given that some vehicles may not have complete historical data, when the Maintenance Cost Calculator encounters missing historical maintenance records, then it should notify the user with a clear error message and suggest a way to obtain or input the missing data.
Performance Speed of Data Integration
Given the requirement for historical data integration, when a fleet manager requests a maintenance cost calculation, then the system should retrieve and display results within 5 seconds for optimal user experience.
User Feedback Mechanism
Given the use of the Maintenance Cost Calculator, when a fleet manager completes a cost calculation, then the system should prompt them to provide feedback on the accuracy and usability of the results within a quick survey.
User-friendly Input Interface
"As a fleet manager, I want an easy-to-use input interface for the Maintenance Cost Calculator so that I can quickly and accurately enter vehicle data without complications."
Description

The feature requires a user-friendly input interface within the Maintenance Cost Calculator allowing fleet managers to easily enter details regarding vehicle usage, service intervals, and types of maintenance performed. The interface will utilize intuitive design principles to minimize input errors and improve user experience. This will facilitate quicker access to calculated maintenance costs and enhance overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager accesses the Maintenance Cost Calculator to input vehicle usage data after a recent service interval has been completed.
Given the fleet manager is on the Maintenance Cost Calculator page, when they input vehicle usage details and submit, then the input should be successfully recorded and reflected in the maintenance cost estimation.
A fleet manager attempts to enter service history for multiple vehicles in a single session using the Maintenance Cost Calculator.
Given the fleet manager has multiple vehicles to input, when they enter service history for each vehicle and navigate between inputs, then each vehicle's service history should be saved correctly without data loss.
The fleet manager uses the Maintenance Cost Calculator on a mobile device to enter vehicle maintenance data while on-the-go.
Given the fleet manager is accessing the Maintenance Cost Calculator through a mobile device, when they enter maintenance data, then the interface should remain responsive and user-friendly without errors occurring during data entry.
A fleet manager wishes to adjust previously entered maintenance data for accuracy after noticing an input error.
Given the fleet manager wants to edit prior entries, when they select an existing entry and make changes, then the updated maintenance data should reflect accurately without previous data persisting incorrectly.
Fleet manager needs to receive real-time feedback on data entered into the Maintenance Cost Calculator to ensure accuracy and completeness.
Given the fleet manager is entering data, when they input values that require specific formats (e.g., dates or numeric values), then the system should provide immediate visual cues or error messages indicating the nature of the issue.
A fleet manager utilizes the Maintenance Cost Calculator to review the estimated maintenance costs for the upcoming quarter based on the inputs provided.
Given the fleet manager has entered all necessary data, when they request an estimation summary, then the calculated maintenance costs should be displayed clearly with a breakdown of the projected expenses.
Fleet manager wants to ensure that the Maintenance Cost Calculator integrates seamlessly with other Logi360 features, such as reporting and analytics.
Given the fleet manager has entered maintenance data, when they navigate to the reporting section, then the maintenance data should be accessible and reflected in the analytics without discrepancies.
Real-time Cost Update Feature
"As a fleet manager, I want the Maintenance Cost Calculator to update costs in real-time as I enter new data so that I can always have the most accurate financial overview of my fleet's maintenance needs."
Description

This requirement specifies the implementation of a real-time cost update feature within the Maintenance Cost Calculator. As fleet managers input updates regarding vehicle usage and maintenance actions, the calculator will instantly reflect changes in anticipated maintenance costs. This feature is vital for providing the most current financial insights, allowing for timely adjustments in operational decisions and budgeting.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager inputs vehicle usage data for the past month, including mileage and service actions performed.
Given the fleet manager has input the vehicle usage data, when the data is saved, then the anticipated maintenance cost must update in real-time to reflect the changes based on the input.
A fleet manager needs to budget for upcoming maintenance costs based on current usage and historical service records.
Given that historical maintenance service records are integrated into the calculator, when the current usage data is entered, then the maintenance cost should accurately reflect all factors considered from both current and historical data.
As a fleet manager accesses the Maintenance Cost Calculator on a mobile device, they input immediate updates regarding vehicle usage and needed repairs.
Given that the calculator is accessible via mobile, when a fleet manager inputs immediate updates, then the anticipated maintenance cost should reflect the updates without significant delay (within 5 seconds).
The fleet manager regularly reviews anticipated maintenance costs during a budgeting meeting with the finance team.
Given that the maintenance cost calculator is updated in real-time, when anticipated costs are presented to the finance team, then all figures must be current and align with the latest data inputs for accuracy in decision-making.
The fleet manager requests a detailed report of anticipated maintenance costs to assess budget allocations for the upcoming quarter.
Given that the real-time cost update feature is implemented, when the report is generated, then it must include a breakdown of costs reflecting all updates made within the last 30 days, ensuring full transparency.
User accesses the Maintenance Cost Calculator at different times of day to input vehicle usage data and checks if the system consistently reflects real-time costs.
Given that multiple users operate the calculator, when vehicle data is updated by any user, then all users must observe the same real-time anticipated maintenance costs regardless of their login time.
Predictive Maintenance Alerts
"As a fleet manager, I want the Maintenance Cost Calculator to provide predictive maintenance alerts so that I can address maintenance issues before they escalate, reducing downtime and costs."
Description

The requirement involves integrating predictive analytics into the Maintenance Cost Calculator to provide alerts for potential maintenance needs based on usage patterns and vehicle performance. By analyzing data patterns, the feature will notify fleet managers of upcoming maintenance requirements before they become critical, helping to avoid unexpected breakdowns and associated costs. This proactive approach will contribute to maintaining fleet efficiency and reliability.

Acceptance Criteria
Predictive Maintenance Alerts for Fleet Manager during Regular Fleet Check-up
Given the fleet manager accesses the Maintenance Cost Calculator, when the vehicle usage data shows patterns indicating potential maintenance needs, then an alert should be triggered for upcoming maintenance tasks along with cost estimates.
Notification Delivery to Fleet Manager's Mobile App
Given the predictive maintenance alert is triggered, when the fleet manager is using the mobile application, then they should receive a push notification about the upcoming maintenance needs.
Data Analysis Accuracy during Predictive Analytics Process
Given historical vehicle performance data inputs, when the predictive analytics module processes this data, then the notifications generated should have an accuracy rate of at least 90% based on historical maintenance needs.
Impact Measurement of Predictive Maintenance Alerts on Operational Efficiency
Given a month of operations with predictive maintenance alerts active, when comparing breakdown incidents before and after implementation, then the number of unexpected breakdowns should decrease by at least 30%.
User Engagement with Maintenance Cost Calculator
Given fleet managers are using the Maintenance Cost Calculator, when asking users for feedback on the predictive maintenance feature, then at least 80% of users should rate the feature as helpful or very helpful.
Integration Testing between Predictive Analytics and Maintenance Cost Calculator
Given the predictive maintenance alerts are programmed, when performing integration tests, then the alerts should function correctly without errors across all supported vehicle models in the system.
Comprehensive Reporting Capability
"As a fleet manager, I want to generate comprehensive reports from the Maintenance Cost Calculator so that I can analyze maintenance trends and make informed operational decisions."
Description

The Maintenance Cost Calculator must include a comprehensive reporting capability that allows fleet managers to generate detailed reports on maintenance expenses, trends, and forecasts. These reports can aid in decision-making regarding fleet operations, budget adjustments, and identifying vehicles that may require more attention. The ability to customize reports further enhances its utility for different operational strategies.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers need to generate a maintenance expense report to compare costs across different vehicles for the last quarter.
Given a fleet manager selects the report type as 'Maintenance Expenses' for the last quarter, when they click 'Generate Report', then a detailed report is produced showing total expenses for each vehicle and their respective service history.
A fleet manager wants to analyze maintenance trends over the past year to identify any recurring issues that might be costing the company more.
Given the fleet manager selects 'Maintenance Trend Analysis' for the past year, when they click 'Generate Report', then the report displays a breakdown of the top five vehicles with the highest maintenance costs along with trends for each vehicle.
Fleet managers require the ability to forecast future maintenance costs based on current usage patterns and historical data.
Given the fleet manager inputs current vehicle usage data and service history, when they select 'Forecast Future Costs', then the system produces a forecast report detailing projected maintenance costs for the next quarter for each vehicle.
A fleet manager wants to customize a report to include only specific metrics relevant to their operational strategy.
Given the fleet manager selects 'Customize Report' and chooses specific metrics (e.g., total maintenance cost, frequency of service), when they generate the report, then the output should only display the selected metrics in a clear format.
Fleet managers need to download the reports generated by the Maintenance Cost Calculator for sharing with stakeholders.
Given a fleet manager has generated a report, when they click the 'Download' button, then the report should be available in PDF and Excel formats for download without any errors.

Feedback Collection Hub

The Feedback Collection Hub simplifies the process of gathering client feedback by providing a centralized platform for customers to submit their delivery experiences. This user-friendly interface empowers clients to share their thoughts easily, enabling customer success specialists to collect valuable insights and quickly address concerns, leading to improved customer satisfaction and loyalty.

Requirements

Centralized Feedback Submission
"As a logistics manager, I want clients to be able to easily submit their feedback so that I can address their concerns promptly and improve our services."
Description

The Centralized Feedback Submission requirement encompasses a user-friendly interface that allows clients to easily submit their delivery experiences through multiple channels such as web, mobile, and email. By centralizing this feedback collection process, Logi360 can streamline the analysis and integration of client insights, enabling customer success specialists to access real-time data. This functionality not only enhances the overall user experience but also ensures that valuable feedback is captured systematically, leading to timely resolutions of issues and improved customer satisfaction. Furthermore, this requirement supports integrations with CRM systems to push insights for actionable follow-ups and engagement strategies, reinforcing client relationships.

Acceptance Criteria
Client submits feedback via the web interface after a recent delivery experience.
Given a registered client, when they log in to the web interface and navigate to the Feedback Collection Hub, then they should be able to submit feedback successfully and see a confirmation message.
Client submits feedback through the mobile application while on-the-go, providing immediate insights about a delivery.
Given a mobile app user, when they access the feedback section and fill out the feedback form, then their feedback should be captured and visible in the central database immediately.
Client sends feedback through email regarding an unsatisfactory delivery experience.
Given a client sends an email to the specified feedback address, then the feedback should be automatically captured in the system and a follow-up notification should be triggered to the customer success team.
Customer success specialists analyze the submitted feedback for actionable insights.
Given a collection of feedback submissions, when the customer success team views the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see categorized feedback with trends and common issues highlighted.
CRM integration pushes client feedback into the CRM system for follow-ups.
Given a feedback submission is recorded, when integration with the CRM system is activated, then the relevant client feedback details should be synchronized correctly to the CRM, triggering follow-up tasks for the engagement team.
Client's feedback submission is automatically acknowledged.
Given a client has successfully submitted feedback, when the submission is processed, then an automated confirmation email should be sent to the client within 5 minutes.
UX testing of the feedback submission interface for ease of use.
Given a group of users testing the feedback submission interface, when they attempt to submit feedback, then at least 90% of users should successfully complete the process without assistance within 3 minutes.
Feedback Analytics Dashboard
"As a customer success specialist, I want to analyze feedback trends easily so that I can identify recurring issues and improve customer satisfaction levels."
Description

The Feedback Analytics Dashboard requirement involves the development of an interactive reporting tool that visualizes customer feedback data in real-time. This dashboard should aggregate submission metrics, categorize feedback by sentiment, and highlight trends over time, thus enabling stakeholders to make informed decisions based on actionable insights. By integrating this dashboard with existing reporting tools in Logi360, user teams can swiftly identify areas for improvement and measure the effectiveness of implemented changes. This analytical capability contributes immensely to refining service offerings, enhancing operational efficiency, and fostering a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria
User navigates to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to view real-time customer feedback data and insights.
Given the user is authenticated and on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard page, when they select a date range, then the dashboard should display aggregated feedback submission metrics for that date range in real-time, including total submissions and response rates.
A customer service specialist analyzes feedback categorized by sentiment to determine overall customer satisfaction.
Given the user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they filter the feedback by sentiment (positive, neutral, negative), then the dashboard should accurately reflect the number of feedback entries for each sentiment category and display corresponding visualizations such as pie charts or bar graphs.
Stakeholders review feedback trends over time to make informed decisions on service adjustments.
Given the user accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific feedback category and time period, then the dashboard should present visual trend data of that category over the selected time period, including metrics like monthly changes in customer satisfaction scores.
Operational teams utilize the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to assess the effectiveness of changes made in response to customer feedback.
Given the user has implemented a specific service change, when they access the dashboard to compare feedback data before and after the implementation, then the dashboard should clearly show the difference in customer satisfaction metrics and feedback sentiment.
Customer success specialists export feedback data from the Analytics Dashboard for offline analysis.
Given the user is viewing the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the export button, then the system should generate a downloadable report in CSV format containing all displayed feedback data within the current filters and visualizations applied.
Automated Feedback Notifications
"As a customer success specialist, I want to receive instant notifications when clients submit feedback so that I can address their concerns without delay and enhance our service quality."
Description

The Automated Feedback Notifications requirement consists of implementing a system that triggers notifications for customer success specialists whenever new feedback is submitted or existing feedback receives updates. This feature will ensure that the team is responsive and can take immediate action on critical feedback, preventing customer issues from escalating. The automated alerts can be customized based on feedback category or severity, ensuring that no crucial feedback goes unnoticed. By enhancing responsiveness to client concerns, this requirement supports Logi360’s commitment to high customer satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria
Trigger Notification for New Feedback Submission
Given a customer successfully submits feedback through the Feedback Collection Hub, When the feedback is submitted, Then a notification should be sent to the customer success specialists indicating new feedback has been received.
Trigger Notification for Feedback Update
Given existing feedback has been updated by the customer, When the update occurs, Then a notification should be sent to customer success specialists with details of the update.
Customize Notification Based on Feedback Category
Given feedback is submitted, When the feedback falls under a specific category (e.g., complaint, suggestion), Then the notification sent to customer success specialists should indicate the feedback category.
Customize Notification Based on Feedback Severity
Given feedback has been submitted with a defined severity level, When the feedback is processed, Then a priority notification should be sent to customer success specialists based on the severity level (high, medium, low).
Track Notification Delivery Status
Given an automated notification has been triggered for feedback submission or update, When the notification is sent, Then the system should log the notification delivery status (sent, delivered, failed) for future reference and accountability.
Ensure Timely Notifications
Given feedback is submitted or updated, When the action occurs, Then the notification should be delivered to customer success specialists within 5 minutes of the action.
Multi-Language Feedback Support
"As a client from a non-English speaking background, I want to submit feedback in my native language so that I can express my experiences comfortably."
Description

The Multi-Language Feedback Support requirement aims to provide the capability for clients to submit feedback in multiple languages. This feature will enable Logi360 to broaden its client base by being more accessible to non-English speaking customers. It will require integration with translation tools to present feedback in a unified manner for analysis, thereby ensuring that feedback from a diverse customer pool is collected and managed effectively. By accommodating different languages, this feature enhances user inclusivity and improves overall client satisfaction by acknowledging their preferred communication methods.

Acceptance Criteria
Client submits feedback in multiple languages through the Feedback Collection Hub interface.
Given a client selects a language option, When they submit their feedback, Then the feedback is recorded in the chosen language without errors.
Customer success specialists view feedback submissions in different languages.
Given a customer success specialist accesses the feedback dashboard, When they filter feedback by language, Then the system displays all feedback accurately translated into the selected language.
Feedback submission system integrates seamlessly with translation tools.
Given a client submits feedback in a foreign language, When the feedback is processed, Then it is automatically translated and stored for analysis in the primary language used by the platform.
Clients receive confirmation of their feedback submission in their language of choice.
Given a client submits feedback in their preferred language, When the submission is successful, Then a confirmation message is displayed in the same language to the client.
The system generates reports on multi-language feedback.
Given an administrator requests a report on feedback, When the report is generated, Then it includes aggregated data on feedback from multiple languages, reflecting insights accurately.
System handles language character encoding without issues.
Given feedback is submitted in various languages, When the data is stored in the database, Then character encoding issues are avoided, and all feedback remains intact and readable.
Feedback Resolution Tracking
"As a client, I want to track the status of my feedback so that I feel informed about the progress being made regarding my concerns."
Description

The Feedback Resolution Tracking requirement provides a systematic way for clients to track the status of their submitted feedback. This feature will allow clients to see when their feedback has been received, reviewed, and resolved, thus increasing transparency and trust in the process. The system needs to integrate with existing case management workflows to ensure timely updates and clarity for clients. This functionality not only enhances customer experience but also ensures accountability within the customer success team, driving faster resolutions and improving client retention levels.

Acceptance Criteria
Client submits feedback through the Feedback Collection Hub and views the status of their submission.
Given a client has submitted feedback, when they access the Feedback Resolution Tracking, then they should see the status of their feedback as 'Received' and the timestamp of submission.
Client checks the status of their feedback after it has been reviewed by the customer success team.
Given a client's feedback is being reviewed, when they check the status in the Feedback Resolution Tracking, then they should see the status change to 'Under Review' with the name of the assigned customer success specialist.
Client views the resolution timeline for their submitted feedback after it has been resolved.
Given a client's feedback has been resolved, when they access the Feedback Resolution Tracking, then they should see the status as 'Resolved', the resolution details, and the date of resolution.
Customer success specialist updates the feedback status after resolving an issue reported by the client.
Given a feedback submission has been reviewed and resolved, when the customer success specialist updates the feedback status to 'Resolved', then the client should receive a notification with the resolution details and time taken for resolution.
Client queries the status of their feedback through the provided tracking feature.
Given a client wants to track their feedback submission, when they access the Feedback Resolution Tracking feature, then they should be able to view a historical log of status updates for their submission.
Client does not receive a notification after their feedback is resolved.
Given a feedback has been marked as 'Resolved', when the resolution notification fails to send to the client, then the system should log an error message for the customer success team to address.
Tracking feature integrates with existing case management workflows for seamless updates.
Given the Feedback Resolution Tracking feature, when a feedback status is updated in the case management system, then this status should automatically reflect in the client's tracking interface.

Real-Time Sentiment Analysis

Real-Time Sentiment Analysis utilizes advanced algorithms to assess the tone and emotions behind customer feedback. This feature helps customer success specialists gauge overall client satisfaction and identify areas for improvement in real time, allowing for quicker responses to negative feedback and proactive measures to enhance service quality.

Requirements

Sentiment Data Collection
"As a customer success specialist, I want to collect sentiment data from various customer touchpoints so that I can have a complete view of client satisfaction and respond effectively."
Description

The Sentiment Data Collection requirement involves implementing mechanisms to capture and aggregate customer feedback from multiple sources, such as emails, chat interactions, and social media. This data collection process will ensure that a wide range of customer sentiments is gathered and ready for analysis. The objective is to provide a comprehensive pool of feedback to enhance the accuracy and reliability of sentiment analysis, which will ultimately help identify areas needing improvement and contribute to the overall enhancement of service quality.

Acceptance Criteria
Sentiment Data Collection from Email Interactions
Given that a customer sends an email with feedback, when the email is received, then the sentiment analysis system should successfully extract the sentiment from the email and store it in the feedback database.
Sentiment Data Collection from Chat Interactions
Given that a customer provides feedback through a chat interaction, when the chat ends, then the system should capture the sentiment and record it for analysis.
Sentiment Data Collection from Social Media Feedback
Given that a customer posts feedback on social media, when the sentiment analysis tool scans the social media platform, then it should collect and categorize the sentiment of the post correctly.
Aggregate Sentiment Data for Analysis
Given that customer feedback is collected from various sources, when the feedback is aggregated, then the system should provide a comprehensive report summarizing the overall sentiment trends for analysis.
Real-Time Feedback Notifications
Given that negative feedback is detected from collected sentiment data, when the system identifies this feedback in real-time, then it should notify the customer success team immediately for prompt action.
Historical Sentiment Data Comparison
Given that sentiment data is collected over time, when the team chooses to compare current sentiment data with historical data, then the system should provide accurate comparisons and visualizations of sentiment trends.
User Accessibility for Sentiment Analysis
Given that a user wants to access the sentiment analysis dashboard, when they log in to the Logi360 platform, then they should be able to view real-time sentiment data and trends in an intuitive manner.
Sentiment Analysis Algorithm
"As a data analyst, I want to utilize a sophisticated sentiment analysis algorithm to automatically categorize feedback so that I can quickly identify customer concerns and areas for improvement."
Description

The Sentiment Analysis Algorithm requirement focuses on developing advanced algorithms capable of processing the collected customer feedback data to assess sentiment accurately. These algorithms will utilize natural language processing (NLP) techniques to interpret the emotional tone behind the feedback and categorize it as positive, negative, or neutral. This functionality will empower customer success teams to gauge overall client satisfaction and quickly identify issues that require immediate attention, ultimately improving customer experience and retention.

Acceptance Criteria
Sentiment Analysis for Customer Feedback in a Dashbaord Context
Given customer feedback data is available, when the sentiment analysis algorithm is executed, then it categorizes each feedback entry as positive, negative, or neutral with an accuracy of at least 85%.
Real-Time Client Feedback Monitoring
Given that feedback is received, when the sentiment analysis runs, then it updates the sentiment scores on the dashboard within 5 seconds of feedback receipt.
Regularly Scheduled Reporting on Sentiment Trends
Given the sentiment analysis is functioning, when a report is generated, then it reflects sentiment trends over the last 30 days with visualization on a graph for easy interpretation.
Immediate Actionable Insights for Negative Feedback
Given customer feedback classified as negative, when the sentiment analysis detects it, then an alert is sent to the customer success team within 1 minute.
Feedback Analysis for Continuous Improvement
Given historical customer feedback data, when the sentiment analysis algorithm is run, then it should identify at least 3 recurring themes related to negative feedback.
User Accessibility and Interaction with Sentiment Analysis Results
Given the user interface is accessible, when a user searches for customer feedback sentiment, then the results are displayed clearly with filters for time range and sentiment type.
Real-Time Analytics Dashboard
"As a customer success manager, I want to access a real-time analytics dashboard displaying sentiment metrics so that I can monitor customer satisfaction trends and take proactive actions."
Description

The Real-Time Analytics Dashboard requirement entails creating an interactive dashboard that visualizes the sentiment analysis results in real-time. This dashboard will display key metrics such as overall sentiment scores, trends over time, and breakdowns by customer segment or feedback source. By providing a clear and concise view of customer sentiment analytics, this feature will enable customer success teams to make data-driven decisions and facilitate timely interventions based on real feedback from clients, substantially enhancing service quality and team responsiveness.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-Time Display of Sentiment Metrics
Given that the user has access to the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, When customer feedback is submitted, Then sentiment analysis results should update on the dashboard within 5 seconds and display overall sentiment scores, trends, and breakdowns by segment.
Historical Data Visualization
Given that the user selects a date range on the dashboard, When they apply the filter, Then the sentiment metrics should reflect data accurately for the selected period, showing trends over time with visual representation such as graphs or charts.
User Role-Based Access
Given a user with administrative privileges, When they access the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, Then they should be able to view all available sentiment metrics and settings, while a standard user should see limited data based on their role.
Exporting Sentiment Reports
Given that the user is viewing the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, When they click on the 'Export' button, Then they should be able to download a report of the sentiment metrics in PDF or Excel format without any data loss.
Mobile Accessibility
Given that a user accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard from a mobile device, When they log in, Then the dashboard should load correctly, and the user should be able to interact with it smoothly, seeing all key sentiment metrics.
Real-Time Notifications for Negative Feedback
Given that a negative sentiment score exceeds a predefined threshold, When this occurs, Then the system should send an immediate notification to relevant team members through email or in-app alerts.
Feedback Alerts System
"As a customer success representative, I want to receive alerts for significant negative feedback so that I can address customer issues before they escalate and improve overall satisfaction."
Description

The Feedback Alerts System requirement focuses on implementing notification mechanisms that trigger alerts when specific sentiment thresholds are met, such as a surge in negative feedback. This feature will utilize machine learning to detect patterns and automatically notify customer success specialists, enabling them to respond promptly to emerging issues. By facilitating quicker responses to negative sentiments, this requirement aims to enhance customer retention and satisfaction, preventing minor issues from escalating into major problems.

Acceptance Criteria
Triggering Alerts for Negative Feedback Surge
Given that the feedback analysis system is actively monitoring customer feedback, when the volume of negative feedback exceeds the predefined threshold, then an alert should be sent to customer success specialists within 5 minutes.
Real-Time Sentiment Analysis Accuracy
Given that the Real-Time Sentiment Analysis feature has been implemented, when customer feedback is analyzed, then the sentiment detection accuracy must reach at least 90% for both positive and negative classifications on a sample set of 100 feedback entries.
Notification Mechanism and Delivery
Given that an alert has been triggered by the feedback analysis system, when the alert is generated, then the notification should be sent via email and in-app notification to all designated customer success specialists within 5 minutes.
Feedback Resolution Tracking
Given that a negative feedback alert has been triggered, when the customer success specialist addresses the feedback, then the system should allow for the logging of actions taken and update the feedback status to 'Resolved' within the system.
User Interface for Alerts
Given that the feedback alerts system is active, when a customer success specialist logs into the system, then there should be a dedicated section on the dashboard displaying all current alerts and their statuses in real-time.
Automated Report Generation
Given that multiple alerts have been triggered over a month, when the reporting feature is activated, then the system should generate a report summarizing the number of alerts, response times, and resolutions within 24 hours.
Sentiment Reporting Tool
"As a part of the management team, I want to generate regular sentiment reports so that I can evaluate our service quality over time and make data-driven decisions for improvements."
Description

The Sentiment Reporting Tool requirement involves creating a feature that allows customer success teams to generate reports reflecting sentiment analysis over fixed periods. This reporting tool will include visualizations such as graphs and charts to illustrate sentiment trends and insights, helping to track progress over time and evaluate the effectiveness of interventions. By providing a clear view of the sentiment trajectory, this tool aims to assist management in making informed decisions about service improvements and customer engagement strategies.

Acceptance Criteria
Sentiment Reporting Tool generates a report for the last quarter.
Given the user selects the last quarter as the time frame, When they request a sentiment report, Then the tool should display a report including visualizations of sentiment trends over that quarter without errors.
User generates a real-time sentiment report after a recent customer feedback campaign.
Given that customer feedback data has been collected after the campaign, When the user generates a report, Then the report should accurately reflect the sentiment analysis based on the collected data, including negative, neutral, and positive feedback categories.
Management reviews the sentiment analysis report to make decisions about service improvements.
Given that the sentiment reporting tool provides insights through graphs and charts, When the management team accesses the report, Then they should be able to easily interpret sentiment trends and use the information to make informed decisions about service strategies.
User accesses the sentiment reporting tool on a mobile device.
Given that the user is on a mobile device, When they access the sentiment reporting tool, Then the layout should adapt for mobile viewing, ensuring all visualizations and reports are accessible and readable.
The sentiment tool provides an option to export reports.
Given that the user has generated a sentiment report, When they choose to export the report, Then the tool should successfully save the report in multiple formats (PDF, CSV) and notify the user of the successful export.
User filters the sentiment report by specific customer segments.
Given that the sentiment reporting tool includes a filter option, When the user selects a specific customer segment and generates the report, Then the report should accurately reflect the sentiment analysis for that selected segment only.
Customer success team evaluates report effectiveness post-implementation.
Given that the sentiment reporting tool has been in use for one month, When the customer success team reviews reports, Then they should be able to identify at least three actionable insights per report to improve customer service based on trends observed.

Automated Follow-Up Notifications

Automated Follow-Up Notifications send personalized messages to clients after delivery, inviting them to provide feedback. By facilitating timely follow-ups, this feature increases the likelihood of receiving feedback while also showing customers that their opinions matter, thereby fostering stronger relationships and enhancing overall customer engagement.

Requirements

Personalized Notification System
"As a logistics manager, I want to automate the follow-up notifications to clients after delivery so that I can easily gather feedback and strengthen relationships with customers."
Description

The Personalized Notification System will automate the process of sending follow-up messages to clients after delivery, tailored to their particular interactions with the service. This requirement encompasses the design and implementation of a notification template system that integrates with the Logi360 platform, utilizing client data to personalize messages. The system will leverage historical feedback patterns to optimize timings and content of notifications, thereby increasing feedback response rates. Its successful integration will enhance customer engagement by demonstrating attention to client needs and preferences, directly impacting customer satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria
User receives a follow-up notification after a successful delivery of their order.
Given a completed delivery, When the delivery is marked as 'Completed' in the Logi360 platform, Then an automated follow-up notification should be sent to the client's registered email address within 24 hours.
User receives a personalized follow-up notification based on their previous interaction and feedback history.
Given a client with historical feedback data, When a follow-up notification is triggered, Then the content of the notification should include personalized elements (e.g., addressing the client by name and referencing the recent delivery) that reflect the client's past interactions.
Client feedback is collected successfully through the notification sent.
Given a follow-up notification that includes a feedback request, When the client responds to the notification, Then the feedback should be captured in the Logi360 system immediately and linked to the respective delivery record.
Follow-up notifications should not overwhelm the customer with excessive messages.
Given a client who has received a follow-up notification, When the system checks for subsequent notifications, Then no additional notifications should be sent within a 48-hour window after the first notification unless a new delivery occurs.
Users can customize the messaging templates used for follow-up notifications.
Given an administrator accessing the notification template settings, When they modify the template for follow-up notifications, Then the changes should be saved and reflected in the next follow-up notification sent to clients.
The effectiveness of follow-up notifications is tracked and reported.
Given a series of follow-up notifications sent out over a month, When the reporting feature is utilized, Then it should provide metrics on open rates, response rates, and feedback collected relative to those notifications.
Feedback Data Analytics
"As a product owner, I want analytics on the feedback received from clients so that I can make informed improvements to our services and improve customer satisfaction."
Description

The Feedback Data Analytics requirement will implement a system to collect, analyze, and report on the feedback received from follow-up notifications. This feature will include the development of reporting dashboards that visualize key metrics such as response rates, feedback trends, and customer satisfaction scores. The analytics will enable logistics companies to derive actionable insights, identify service improvements, and track the effectiveness of the follow-up notifications over time, ultimately supporting strategic decision-making and enhancing service quality.

Acceptance Criteria
Feedback Collection Through Automated Follow-Up Notifications
Given that a delivery has been completed, when an automated follow-up notification is sent to the client, then the feedback request should be successfully delivered to the client's preferred communication channel within 10 minutes of delivery completion.
Feedback Visualization on Reporting Dashboards
Given that feedback has been received from clients, when the data is processed, then the reporting dashboard should display key metrics such as response rates and customer satisfaction scores in real-time and update dynamically with new feedback inputs.
Trend Analysis of Feedback Responses
Given that multiple feedback responses have been collected over time, when the analytics system processes this data, then it should identify and visualize trends in customer satisfaction scores across different periods (weekly, monthly) with the capability to filter by service types.
Service Improvement Identification Based on Feedback
Given that feedback includes comments about potential service improvements, when the analytics reports are reviewed, then at least three actionable insights for service improvements should be documented and prioritized for implementation.
Effectiveness Tracking of Follow-Up Notifications
Given that feedback data is collected, when the analytics system reviews customer engagement metrics, then it should demonstrate an increase in feedback response rates by at least 20% within three months of implementing the Automated Follow-Up Notifications feature.
Multi-Channel Notification Capability
"As a customer, I want to receive delivery follow-up notifications through my preferred communication channel so that I can provide feedback easily and conveniently."
Description

The Multi-Channel Notification Capability will allow the automated follow-up notifications to be sent through various communication channels such as email, SMS, and in-app notifications. This requirement aims to enhance user engagement by enabling customers to choose their preferred method of communication, thereby increasing the likelihood of feedback submission. The integration with different channels will require the backend system to manage preferences and ensure that messages are sent reliably across platforms.

Acceptance Criteria
Sending Automated Follow-Up Notifications via Email to a Client After Delivery Confirmation.
Given a client has received a delivery confirmation, when the logistics team triggers the automated follow-up, then an email notification is sent to the client's registered email address within 5 minutes.
Sending Automated Follow-Up Notifications via SMS to a Client After Delivery Confirmation.
Given a client has opted in for SMS notifications, when the logistics team triggers the automated follow-up, then an SMS notification is sent to the client's registered mobile number within 5 minutes.
Sending Automated Follow-Up Notifications as In-App Messages to a Client After Delivery Confirmation.
Given a client is logged into the Logi360 app at the time of delivery, when the logistics team triggers the automated follow-up, then an in-app notification is displayed to the client within 5 minutes of delivery confirmation.
Managing Client Notification Preferences for Automated Follow-Up.
Given a client can access their notification settings, when they update their preferences for follow-up notifications, then the system accurately reflects these changes and uses the updated preferences for future notifications.
Tracking Feedback Submission After Receipt of Automated Follow-Up Notifications.
Given a client receives a follow-up notification through their preferred channel, when they provide feedback about the delivery, then the system captures and logs this feedback associated with the client's profile.
Ensuring Consistent Delivery of Multi-Channel Notifications Across Platforms.
Given the backend system is managing notifications for multiple channels, when a follow-up notification is triggered, then the message is sent through the selected channel without any errors or delays.
Feedback Collection Workflow
"As a logistics coordinator, I want an easy workflow for clients to provide feedback after delivery so that I can improve our service offerings and address any issues rapidly."
Description

The Feedback Collection Workflow will outline the process by which customer feedback is collected, managed, and acted upon within the Logi360 platform. This requirement will detail the user interface elements needed for clients to respond to notifications, as well as backend processes that ensure data integrity and proper routing of feedback to relevant departments. It will include mechanisms for incentivizing feedback, thereby encouraging clients to share their experiences, contributing to a rich feedback ecosystem that informs service enhancements.

Acceptance Criteria
Triggering automated notifications after delivery completion
Given a delivery is marked as completed in the Logi360 system, when the system processes the delivery completion, then an automated follow-up notification is sent to the client within 5 minutes.
Client feedback submission through the notification
Given a client receives a follow-up notification, when they click the feedback link provided in the notification, then they should be directed to the feedback submission form without errors.
Ensuring data integrity in feedback collection
Given a client submits their feedback, when the feedback is saved in the system, then it must be accurately recorded without duplication and linked to the correct customer profile.
Incentivizing customer feedback participation
Given a client receives a follow-up notification, when they submit feedback, then they should receive an incentive (e.g., discount coupon) within 24 hours as a thank you for their input.
Reporting collected feedback for analysis
Given feedback has been collected from clients, when a report is generated, then the report must include categorized feedback types and summarized insights for relevant departments within the system.
User interface for submitting feedback is user-friendly
Given a client accesses the feedback submission form, when they interact with the form elements, then it must be intuitive and allow submission with less than three clicks.
Notifying relevant departments about new feedback
Given feedback is submitted, when the system processes the feedback, then relevant departments (e.g., customer service, operations) should receive automatic notifications about the new feedback submissions.
Notification Scheduling Feature
"As a logistics manager, I want to schedule the timing of follow-up notifications based on delivery times so that the feedback process aligns with my clients' availability and increase response rates."
Description

The Notification Scheduling Feature will empower logistics managers to customize the timing of follow-up messages based on delivery schedules and client preferences. This feature will include an intuitive scheduling interface within the Logi360 platform, allowing users to set parameters for when notifications should be sent post-delivery. By optimizing the timing of follow-ups, this requirement aims to maximize customer engagement and response rates, ultimately leading to a more responsive and customer-centric service approach.

Acceptance Criteria
Logistics manager sets up scheduling for follow-up notifications based on delivery timings to reach clients immediately after delivery.
Given a logistics manager is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they select the delivery schedule for a specific route and choose to schedule a follow-up notification, then the system should allow them to specify the time frame (within 1 hour, 2 hours, etc.) for sending the notification post-delivery, and save these settings without errors.
A logistics manager must view the current scheduling of follow-up notifications after they have been set up for multiple deliveries.
Given a logistics manager has scheduled follow-up notifications for multiple deliveries, when they access the notification scheduling interface, then they should see a clear list of all scheduled notifications including delivery times and planned follow-up notification times, accurately reflecting what has been set.
Feedback is collected successfully through follow-up notifications sent to clients according to their specified preferences.
Given a client receives a follow-up notification after their delivery, when they respond to the notification within 48 hours, then the log of client feedback should be updated in the Logi360 database, indicating successful collection of feedback with response time documented.
Logistics managers want to ensure that follow-up notifications are only sent to clients who have opted in to receive them.
Given a logistics manager is scheduling follow-up notifications, when they select a client for notification, then the system should check the opt-in preferences for that client, ensuring notifications are only sent to clients who have previously opted in, and reject any scheduling attempts for those who have not.
A logistics manager is notified of any scheduling conflicts or issues in setting up follow-up notifications.
Given a logistics manager attempts to schedule a follow-up notification that conflicts with another scheduled activity or exceeds the set limits, when the notification is submitted, then the system should display an error message detailing the conflict and not allow the notification to be saved until the issue is resolved.
Logistics managers must be able to edit or delete scheduled follow-up notifications if client preferences change.
Given a logistics manager decides to edit an existing scheduled follow-up notification, when they access the scheduling interface and change the timing or delivery preferences, then they should be able to successfully update the notification details or delete it altogether, with the system reflecting these changes immediately.

Feedback Visualization Dashboard

The Feedback Visualization Dashboard presents collected feedback in an intuitive and visually appealing format, showcasing trends, patterns, and satisfaction metrics. By providing customer success specialists with a clear overview of customer sentiments, this feature helps identify critical areas needing attention and supports data-driven decision-making to enhance service strategies.

Requirements

Data Integration Module
"As a Customer Success Specialist, I want to integrate feedback from various sources into Logi360 so that I can have a comprehensive view of customer sentiments and enhance our service strategies accordingly."
Description

The Data Integration Module is a critical component that enables Logi360 to aggregate and process feedback from multiple sources such as surveys, social media, and customer interactions. This module will ensure seamless data ingestion, allowing for real-time updates to the Feedback Visualization Dashboard. By centralizing feedback data, it enhances the accuracy and timeliness of insights, thereby improving the overall decision-making process for logistics teams. The integration will facilitate automated data submission through APIs and manual uploads, ensuring that all feedback is accounted for, ultimately leading to actionable insights that drive customer satisfaction improvement initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria
Data from multiple feedback sources is aggregated and displayed on the Feedback Visualization Dashboard.
Given the Data Integration Module is active, when feedback is collected from surveys, social media, and customer interactions, then all feedback data should be accurately aggregated and displayed in real-time on the Feedback Visualization Dashboard.
Automated data ingestion through APIs is tested and verified for accuracy.
Given a valid API endpoint for feedback submission, when the integration module sends feedback data via the API, then the data must be received, processed, and displayed accurately on the dashboard without errors.
Manual feedback data uploads are processed through the Data Integration Module.
Given a user manually uploads feedback data through the designated interface, when the upload is completed, then the system should validate the data format and successfully integrate the data into the Feedback Visualization Dashboard, providing confirmation of successful ingestion.
Real-time updates reflect feedback sentiment changes on the dashboard.
Given new feedback is aggregated, when there is a significant change in customer sentiment, then the Feedback Visualization Dashboard should update within 5 minutes to reflect the new sentiment metrics and trends accurately.
Reporting functionality accurately summarizes collected feedback data.
Given the aggregated feedback data, when a user requests a report summarizing customer satisfaction metrics, then the report should generate accurately reflecting the latest data and trends and be exportable in PDF format.
Error handling is tested for data integration failures.
Given a failure in data ingestion from any feedback source, when an error occurs, then the system must log the error details and notify the user via the dashboard with suggested corrective actions.
Visual Trend Analysis
"As a Customer Success Specialist, I want to visualize trends in customer feedback over time so that I can identify patterns that guide our service improvement initiatives."
Description

The Visual Trend Analysis component will provide advanced graphical representations of feedback data over time, showcasing trends and patterns in customer satisfaction metrics. This feature is designed to empower customer success teams with the ability to visualize data easily, identify key trends at a glance, and understand the evolution of customer sentiments. With this capability, operational teams can prioritize improvement areas based on clear visual data representations, enabling a proactive approach to enhancing service delivery. It will include customizable time frames and comparison features to assess the impact of changes made based on feedback.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer Success Team Reviews Feedback Trends
Given that the customer success team is on the Feedback Visualization Dashboard, when they select the Visual Trend Analysis component, then they should see a graphical representation of customer feedback data over the selected time frame.
Customizable Time Frame Selection
Given that a user is accessing the Visual Trend Analysis, when they choose a customizable time frame (e.g., last week, last month), then the dashboard should update to display trends based on the selected time period.
Comparison of Historical Data
Given that the user selects two different time frames in the Visual Trend Analysis, when they initiate a comparison, then the dashboard should visually display the differences in customer satisfaction metrics between the two selected periods.
Identifying Trends in Customer Satisfaction Metrics
Given that the Visual Trend Analysis is displaying customer feedback data, when a user hovers over a trend line, then they should see detailed information regarding customer satisfaction metrics for that specific point in time.
Display of Satisfaction Metrics and Patterns
Given that the user accesses the Visual Trend Analysis, when the data is being processed, then the dashboard should show clear indicators of satisfaction metrics and patterns in a visually appealing format, such as graphs and charts.
Real-Time Data Updates
Given that the feedback data is constantly being updated, when new feedback is received, then the Visual Trend Analysis should automatically refresh to reflect the latest trends without requiring a manual refresh.
User-Friendly Interface for Data Interaction
Given that the Visual Trend Analysis is open, when a user interacts with the graphical representation, then all interaction points (e.g., selecting data points, filtering views) should be intuitive and easy to navigate.
Real-time Alerting System
"As a Customer Success Specialist, I want to receive real-time alerts about negative feedback trends so that I can respond promptly and take corrective actions to improve customer satisfaction."
Description

The Real-time Alerting System will proactively notify customer success teams of critical feedback patterns or trends that require immediate attention. By implementing a system of rules and thresholds, this feature will ensure that relevant stakeholders are instantly informed about negative feedback spikes or significant changes in customer sentiment. This immediacy is essential for timely interventions that can enhance customer satisfaction and loyalty. Integration with communication tools like email and SMS will further ensure that alerts reach team members promptly, enabling them to act quickly based on the insights provided.

Acceptance Criteria
Notification Triggered by Feedback Spike
Given a predefined threshold for negative feedback is set, when customer feedback data exceeds this threshold, then the alert system should notify the customer success team via SMS and email within 5 minutes.
Integration with Communication Tools
Given the Real-time Alerting System is implemented, when a critical alert is triggered, then the alert should be successfully sent to the designated communication channels, ensuring alerts are received without delay.
Dashboard Display of Alerts
Given the Real-time Alerting System is in place, when an alert is triggered, then the alert should be displayed prominently on the Feedback Visualization Dashboard, allowing easy visibility for the customer success team.
Historical Data Analysis
Given the Real-time Alerting System has been operational, when reviewing the last 3 months of feedback data, then at least 95% of critical feedback trends should have triggered alerts accurately.
User Feedback on Alert Effectiveness
Given customer success teams have been using the alert system for a month, when conducting a survey, at least 80% of users should report the alerts as being timely and relevant to their operations.
Customization of Alert Thresholds
Given that customer success specialists need flexibility, when they access the settings of the Real-time Alerting System, they should be able to customize alert thresholds for different types of feedback without technical assistance.
Feedback Categorization Engine
"As a Customer Success Specialist, I want incoming customer feedback to be automatically categorized so that I can focus on resolving specific issues more efficiently and enhance our service offerings."
Description

The Feedback Categorization Engine automatically organizes incoming customer feedback into predefined categories and tags. This requirement is vital for streamlining the analysis process and ensuring that feedback is classified according to critical business objectives and themes. By leveraging natural language processing and machine learning techniques, this engine will enhance the accuracy of the categorization, enabling customer success teams to focus on specific areas of concern and tailor their responses effectively. This structured data approach will facilitate targeted analyses and reporting on customer sentiments.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer success specialists receive an influx of customer feedback through various channels. The Feedback Categorization Engine is used to automatically process this feedback within a specified time frame to categorize it into predefined themes such as 'Product Quality', 'Shipping Issues', and 'Customer Service'.
Given the Feedback Categorization Engine is trained with specific categories, when customer feedback is processed, then at least 90% of the feedback should be accurately categorized within 5 seconds of submission.
After categorizing feedback, the customer success team reviews the dashboard to identify the predominant themes and urgent issues reported by customers over the past month.
Given that feedback has been categorized, when the dashboard is accessed by the customer success team, then it should display a summary of feedback with at least 3 key themes highlighted, showing the number of instances per category.
A customer submits feedback about a shipping delay through the support portal. The Feedback Categorization Engine processes this feedback, categorizing it and tagging it for review.
Given the feedback from the customer, when it is processed by the engine, then it should be tagged with 'Shipping Issues' within 10 seconds of submission, and appropriate alerts should be generated for the customer success team.
Custom Reporting Tool
"As a Customer Success Specialist, I want to create custom reports from the feedback data so that I can share tailored insights with my team and support our service improvement strategies."
Description

The Custom Reporting Tool will allow users to generate tailored reports based on selected feedback metrics, time periods, and visualization preferences. This flexible reporting capability is essential for meeting the diverse needs of different stakeholders within the logistics team. Users will be able to create, save, and share reports that highlight specific insights relevant to their roles, aiding strategic decision-making and fostering a data-driven culture within the organization. The tool will include options for exporting reports in various formats, enhancing usability across teams.

Acceptance Criteria
As a customer success specialist, I need to create a custom report that includes feedback metrics for the last quarter to identify trends in customer satisfaction.
Given that I am on the Custom Reporting Tool page, When I select the 'Last Quarter' time period and choose 'Customer Satisfaction Score' as a metric, Then I should be able to generate a report that includes this data in a clear visual format.
As a logistics manager, I want to save my customized report on delivery performance to access it later for strategic meetings.
Given that I have generated a report on delivery performance, When I click on the 'Save Report' button and enter a report name, Then the report should be saved successfully and accessible from my saved reports list.
As a team member, I need to share a generated report on feedback trends with my colleagues via email to enhance team collaboration.
Given that I have generated a report on feedback trends, When I click the 'Share Report' button and enter the email addresses of my colleagues, Then those colleagues should receive an email with the report link and access permissions granted.
As a data analyst, I want to export a custom report in PDF format for presentation to stakeholders.
Given that I have completed a custom report, When I select the 'Export' option and choose 'PDF' as the format, Then the report should be downloaded as a PDF file with all visualizations intact.
As a user, I want to select different visualization preferences such as bar charts or line graphs to tailor the report to my needs.
Given that I am on the Custom Reporting Tool page, When I select 'Bar Chart' as my visualization preference and generate the report, Then the report should display all metrics in the selected bar chart format rather than the default format.
As a product owner, I need to ensure that users can filter feedback metrics by specific criteria such as geographic location or service type within the custom reporting tool.
Given that I am using the Custom Reporting Tool, When I apply filters to view feedback metrics by 'Region' and 'Service Type', Then the report should only display data that meets the specified filters.

Issue Resolution Tracker

The Issue Resolution Tracker allows customer success specialists to log and monitor customer complaints and suggestions from initial feedback to resolution. This comprehensive tracking system ensures that no feedback goes unresolved and enhances accountability, leading to improved customer trust and satisfaction as clients see their concerns being actively addressed.

Requirements

Feedback Logging System
"As a customer success specialist, I want to log customer feedback efficiently so that I can ensure all concerns are addressed and tracked to resolution."
Description

The Feedback Logging System enables customer success specialists to systematically log customer complaints and suggestions within the Issue Resolution Tracker. This requirement involves integrating an easy-to-use interface that allows users to quickly input feedback and categorize it by type, urgency, and customer impact. The system should automatically timestamp entries and link them to customer accounts for easy reference. This structured logging ensures that all feedback is captured in an organized manner, facilitating better tracking and follow-up actions. The functionality is crucial for maintaining a historical record of customer interactions, improving transparency, and fostering a culture of responsiveness within customer support departments.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer success specialist logs a new complaint from a customer regarding delivery delays.
Given the customer success specialist is on the Feedback Logging System, When they enter the complaint details and select 'Complaint' as the type, Then the system should successfully log the feedback with an automatically generated timestamp and link it to the customer's account.
Customer success specialist categorizes a suggestion for improving the delivery notification system.
Given the customer success specialist is on the Feedback Logging System, When they select 'Suggestion' as the type and input their feedback, Then the system should allow the specialist to categorize the feedback by urgency and customer impact before saving it.
Customer success specialist checks the logged feedback to ensure it is accurately recorded.
Given the customer success specialist has logged multiple pieces of feedback, When they navigate to the tracking dashboard, Then all feedback entries should be displayed in an organized manner, including details such as timestamp, category, and urgency level.
Customer success specialist attempts to log feedback without providing all required information.
Given the customer success specialist is in the Feedback Logging System, When they try to submit feedback without selecting a type or leaving mandatory fields empty, Then the system should display an error message indicating that all required fields must be completed before submission.
Customer success specialist links a logged feedback entry to a customer account post-resolution.
Given a feedback entry has been resolved, When the customer success specialist updates the status of the feedback, Then the system should successfully link the resolution details to the corresponding customer account for historical tracking.
Customer success specialist reviews historical feedback data for customer interactions.
Given the customer success specialist wants to view past feedback entries, When they search for a specific customer account, Then all related feedback should be retrievable along with their logged timestamps and categories for analysis.
Customer success specialist generates a report of unresolved feedback entries for management review.
Given the customer success specialist has access to unresolved feedback entries, When they request a report generation, Then the system should compile and provide a downloadable report highlighting all unresolved feedback categorized by type and urgency.
Resolution Tracking Dashboard
"As a customer success specialist, I want to view all customer issues and their resolution statuses in one dashboard so that I can prioritize my follow-ups and improve response times."
Description

The Resolution Tracking Dashboard provides an overview of all logged issues and their current statuses in one centralized interface. This requirement necessitates the development of a visual dashboard that categorizes issues based on their resolution stages, such as 'New', 'In Progress', 'Resolved', and 'Closed'. It should include filters that allow specialists to view issues by type, priority, or assigned team member. The dashboard aims to enhance accountability and streamline the process of resolving customer feedback, reducing response times, and ultimately boosting customer satisfaction. By having a clear, visual tracking system, specialists can prioritize their work more effectively and ensure timely follow-up on unresolved issues.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer Success Specialist accesses the Resolution Tracking Dashboard to review all logged issues for the current week before the team meeting to prioritize tasks.
Given the specialist is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the Resolution Tracking Dashboard, then they should see all logged issues categorized by their resolution stages: 'New', 'In Progress', 'Resolved', and 'Closed'.
A customer success specialist filters the logged issues by priority to address high-importance customer feedback during a crisis.
Given the specialist is on the Resolution Tracking Dashboard, when they apply the 'High' priority filter, then only issues marked as high priority should be displayed on the dashboard.
User successfully updates the status of an issue from 'In Progress' to 'Resolved' after fixing a customer complaint.
Given the specialist views an issue currently marked as 'In Progress', when they select 'Resolved' from the status dropdown and save the changes, then the issue should reflect the updated status as 'Resolved' on the dashboard.
A team lead reviews performance by generating a report from the Resolution Tracking Dashboard to assess response times for logged issues over the past month.
Given the team lead is on the Resolution Tracking Dashboard, when they generate a performance report for the last 30 days, then the report should include response times and categorizations of issues as 'New', 'In Progress', 'Resolved', and 'Closed'.
Customer success specialists check the Resolution Tracking Dashboard on mobile devices to ensure accessibility on the go while attending a client meeting.
Given the specialist accesses the Resolution Tracking Dashboard on a mobile device, then the dashboard should be fully responsive and maintain all functionalities as on the desktop version.
A customer success specialist indicates that they have followed up with a customer by adding a comment to an issue on the Resolution Tracking Dashboard.
Given the specialist views an issue, when they enter a comment in the comment section and save it, then the comment should be displayed in the issue's activity history log.
An admin needs to ensure that the Resolution Tracking Dashboard displays accurate metrics on the number of resolved issues for transparency during quarterly reviews.
Given the admin accesses the Resolution Tracking Dashboard, when they check the metrics, then the total number of resolved issues should accurately reflect the data from the logged issues database.
Automated Notifications for Updates
"As a customer success specialist, I want to receive notifications whenever there's an update on customer issues I’m managing so that I can stay informed and communicate effectively with customers about their concerns."
Description

Automated Notifications for Updates will send alerts to customer success specialists and customers whenever there is a status change on their logged issues. This requirement involves integrating a notification system that triggers emails or in-app alerts based on specific events, such as when a complaint is acknowledged, when it is assigned to a team member, or when it reaches resolution. Notifications should be customizable based on the users' preferences. This feature enhances user engagement and assures customers that their concerns are being actively managed, thus improving customer trust and satisfaction. It also aids specialists in keeping track of multiple issues without missing critical updates.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer Success Specialist receives a notification when a customer complaint is acknowledged by the system.
Given a customer complaint is logged, when the status changes to 'Acknowledged', then the assigned Customer Success Specialist receives an email and in-app notification alerting them of the update.
Customer receives an in-app notification when their logged complaint is assigned to a team member.
Given a logged complaint, when it is assigned to a team member, then the customer receives an in-app notification confirming the assignment and detailing the team member's contact information.
Customer Success Specialist gets notified when a complaint reaches resolution.
Given a complaint reaches the 'Resolved' status, when the change is made, then the assigned Customer Success Specialist and the customer receive an email and in-app notification confirming resolution.
User can customize their notification preferences for status updates.
Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they update their preferences to include or exclude specific types of notifications, then their preferences are saved and reflected in future notifications sent to them.
System tracks the accurate delivery status of notifications to users.
Given a notification is triggered, when it is sent to the user, then the system records the delivery time and status (delivered, bounced) for reporting and auditing purposes.
System allows Customer Success Specialists to resend notifications for unresolved complaints.
Given a complaint remains unresolved after a specified period, when the Customer Success Specialist opts to resend notifications, then the system sends updated notifications to both the specialist and the customer regarding the unresolved issue.

Client Satisfaction Scorecard

The Client Satisfaction Scorecard aggregates feedback data to generate a comprehensive score reflecting overall client satisfaction with the delivery experience. This clear metric provides customer success specialists with a quick reference to measure performance over time, identify trends, and implement necessary changes to elevate service quality.

Requirements

Feedback Aggregation System
"As a customer success specialist, I want to collect client feedback on the delivery experience so that I can analyze this data to improve satisfaction and service quality."
Description

The Feedback Aggregation System allows for the seamless collection of feedback data from clients regarding their delivery experience. This system is essential for compiling input from multiple sources, such as surveys, direct responses, and rating systems. By integrating this feature into Logi360, customer success specialists will have easy access to comprehensive data analytics tools that showcase client satisfaction over time. This feature is critical in identifying trends in customer experiences, enabling teams to implement changes that can enhance service quality and ultimately improve customer retention and loyalty.

Acceptance Criteria
Client submits feedback through multiple channels after a delivery experience.
Given a client has completed a delivery, when they submit feedback via survey, direct response, or rating system, then the system aggregates this feedback into the Client Satisfaction Scorecard without data loss.
Customer success specialists review the Client Satisfaction Scorecard.
Given that the feedback is aggregated, when a customer success specialist accesses the Scorecard, then they receive a clear, accurate score reflecting the client satisfaction based on the latest feedback.
Identifying trends from historical feedback data over time.
Given multiple feedback submissions over the last quarter, when a customer success specialist analyzes the data, then they can identify trends in client satisfaction scores accurately and generate actionable insights.
Integrating the feedback system with existing data analytics tools in Logi360.
Given the Feedback Aggregation System is fully integrated, when feedback is collected, then it should synchronize seamlessly with existing analytics tools and provide real-time updates to all relevant dashboards.
Clients receiving confirmation of their feedback submission.
Given a client has submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then the client receives a confirmation message via their preferred communication channel.
System performance during high volume feedback submissions.
Given multiple clients are submitting feedback simultaneously, when submissions occur at peak times, then the system should maintain performance and successfully aggregate all submissions without delays or errors.
Client Satisfaction Scorecard shows accurate historical performance data.
Given the Scorecard is designed to reflect historical performance, when a customer success specialist retrieves historical data, then it accurately displays client satisfaction metrics from the past six months.
Score Calculation Engine
"As a data analyst, I want the system to automatically compute a Client Satisfaction Score from feedback data so that I can easily monitor trends and make informed decisions to enhance service."
Description

The Score Calculation Engine processes the aggregated feedback data to generate a Client Satisfaction Score. This score acts as a quantifiable metric that reflects the overall satisfaction level across different delivery incidents. The engine uses sophisticated algorithms that weigh various factors, such as delivery timeliness, communication, and overall customer experience. It is important to implement this requirement as it will provide customer success teams with a real-time reference point to measure performance effectively and make informed decisions. The outcome of this engine will enable data-driven adjustments to be made in operations and customer interactions, leading to improved client relationships.

Acceptance Criteria
Client submits feedback after a delivery via an in-app survey, which includes ratings on delivery timeliness, communication, and overall satisfaction.
Given the feedback data is collected, When the Score Calculation Engine processes the data, Then it should generate a Client Satisfaction Score between 0 and 100 that accurately reflects the average ratings.
Customer success specialist wants to analyze changes in client satisfaction over a specific period.
Given a specified date range, When the specialist requests the Client Satisfaction Score report, Then the system should display the calculated scores for each month within the range, showing trends.
The logistics team identifies a drop in the satisfaction score related to communication during deliveries.
Given the recent feedback emphasizes issues in communication, When the Score Calculation Engine recalculates the satisfaction score, Then the factors affecting the score should include a 50% weight on communication-related ratings.
A manager wants to compare the new satisfaction score obtained this month with the previous month.
Given the current and previous month’s satisfaction scores are available, When the manager accesses the comparison report, Then the system should display the current and previous scores along with the percentage change.
Automated alerts are needed for the customer success team when satisfaction scores fall below a certain threshold.
Given a defined threshold for the Client Satisfaction Score, When a score is calculated and falls below this threshold, Then the system should automatically trigger an alert notification to the customer success team.
A new delivery protocol is tested to enhance client satisfaction and requires feedback evaluation.
Given the new protocol is implemented, When the Score Calculation Engine processes feedback from deliveries under the new protocol, Then it should be able to incorporate this data to generate an updated Client Satisfaction Score reflecting the effectiveness of the protocol.
Client requests a detailed breakdown of the satisfaction score components for their recent deliveries.
Given a client is logged in and accesses their satisfaction report, When the request is made, Then the system should display the satisfaction score along with detailed breakdowns of ratings such as delivery timeliness, communication, and customer experience.
Trend Visualization Dashboard
"As a customer success manager, I want to visualize Client Satisfaction Scores over time so that I can identify trends and areas needing improvement to enhance our service offerings."
Description

The Trend Visualization Dashboard will present the Client Satisfaction Scores alongside other relevant data in an easy-to-read format. This requirement encompasses the design and development of a user-friendly interface that visualizes trends over time, highlights areas of concern, and showcases improvements. Integration with the existing Logi360 dashboard will allow customer success specialists to access this information at a glance, making it more intuitive and actionable. The dashboard will empower teams by providing them with the tools to track performance over time and adjust strategies swiftly based on real-time data, ultimately enhancing client satisfaction and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Client Satisfaction Scorecard is displayed on the Trend Visualization Dashboard for customer success specialists to analyze trends in client satisfaction over the last quarter.
Given the user is on the Trend Visualization Dashboard, when they view the Client Satisfaction Scorecard, then the score should be accurately displayed along with trends for the last quarter.
User navigates to the Trend Visualization Dashboard to identify areas needing improvement in client satisfaction.
Given the user is on the Trend Visualization Dashboard, when they hover over any point on the trend line, then a tooltip should display the specific score and date corresponding to that point.
Customer success specialists need to evaluate service quality improvements over the past month using the Trend Visualization Dashboard.
Given the user accesses the Trend Visualization Dashboard, when they select the last month as the time frame, then the dashboard should update to reflect client satisfaction scores and highlight any improvements during that period.
Integration of the Trend Visualization Dashboard with existing Logi360 functionalities for real-time data updates.
Given that the dashboard integrates with Logi360, when a new Client Satisfaction Score is submitted, then the Trend Visualization Dashboard should automatically refresh to reflect the updated score within 5 seconds.
Customer success specialists need to filter trends based on specific client feedback categories.
Given the user is on the Trend Visualization Dashboard, when they apply a filter for specific feedback categories, then the displayed score trends should only include data relevant to the selected categories.
User expects an intuitive design for the Trend Visualization Dashboard that allows easy access to historical satisfaction data.
Given the user accesses the Trend Visualization Dashboard, when they first open the dashboard, then the layout must provide clear labels and a guide on how to interpret trends without needing additional training.

Feedback Categories and Templates

Feedback Categories and Templates streamline the feedback submission process by providing predefined categories and survey templates. This feature ensures that customers can easily navigate what type of feedback to give, making it more likely they will share their insights while also allowing customer success specialists to categorize and analyze responses more efficiently.

Requirements

Predefined Feedback Categories
"As a customer, I want to select a predefined category when submitting feedback so that I can easily identify the type of feedback I'm providing, making it more likely that my insights are captured correctly."
Description

This requirement involves creating a set of predefined feedback categories that users can select from when submitting their feedback. These categories will include options like 'Product Quality', 'Delivery Experience', 'Customer Support', and 'Feature Requests', making it easier for customers to specify the nature of their feedback. This functionality will streamline the feedback submission process, increase the likelihood of feedback sharing, and enable customer support teams to categorize and address feedback more effectively. The adoption of predefined categories will facilitate easier data analysis and reporting, ultimately leading to improved service and product offerings based on customer insights.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer selects a feedback category when submitting feedback through the Logi360 platform.
Given that the user is on the feedback submission page, when they click on the category dropdown, then they should see the predefined categories: 'Product Quality', 'Delivery Experience', 'Customer Support', and 'Feature Requests'.
Customer submits feedback after selecting a predefined category.
Given that the user has selected a category from the dropdown and entered their feedback, when they submit the feedback form, then the feedback should be successfully recorded and categorized according to the selected option.
Customer success specialists review feedback submissions by category.
Given that feedback has been submitted by multiple users, when a customer success specialist accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should be able to view feedback filtered by the selected predefined categories.
Analyzing feedback trends over time.
Given that multiple feedback submissions have been categorized, when a report is generated for feedback analysis, then the report should accurately reflect the number of submissions per predefined category and show trends over a selected time period.
User attempts to submit feedback without selecting a category.
Given that the user is on the feedback submission page and does not select any category, when they attempt to submit the feedback, then they should receive an error message indicating that a category selection is required.
Survey Templates for Feedback Submission
"As a customer, I want to use a customizable survey template to submit my feedback so that I can provide detailed information relevant to my experience, leading to better responses from your team."
Description

This requirement entails designing customizable survey templates that customers can fill out when providing feedback. These templates will be tailored for various feedback categories, ensuring that relevant questions are asked based on the type of feedback being submitted. This approach will not only enhance the clarity and purpose of customer input but also standardize feedback submissions across different categories, allowing for systematic analysis and reporting. Ultimately, the use of templates will encourage more detailed responses from customers, contributing to data-rich insights that can guide product improvements and service enhancements.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer submits feedback using the survey template for service improvement.
Given the customer is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the feedback section and select 'Service Improvement', then they should see a relevant survey template with applicable questions for providing feedback.
Customer success specialists analyze feedback submissions categorized by templates.
Given a customer success specialist has access to the feedback dashboard, when they filter submissions by 'Product Feedback', then they should see a list of all feedback that utilized the product feedback survey template.
Customer is able to customize a survey template prior to submission.
Given the customer is filling out a feedback survey template, when they click on 'Customize', then they should be able to make edits to the template before submitting their feedback.
Feedback survey template includes all mandatory fields.
Given a customer is viewing the feedback survey template, when they attempt to submit the survey without filling in mandatory fields, then they should see an error message indicating which fields still need to be completed.
Feedback submissions automatically categorize based on selected survey template.
Given a customer submits feedback through the selected survey template, when the submission is completed, then the feedback should automatically be categorized according to the template used.
Review analytics on feedback responses collected via survey templates.
Given a product manager accesses the analytics dashboard, when they select 'Feedback Responses' report, then they should see relevant insights based on responses collected from survey templates used.
Customer can save incomplete feedback submissions to continue later.
Given a customer is in the process of filling out a survey template, when they select 'Save Progress', then their current responses should be saved for future completion.
Feedback Analysis Dashboard
"As a customer success specialist, I want to access an analysis dashboard that visualizes customer feedback so that I can quickly identify trends and areas for improvement in our services."
Description

The creation of a feedback analysis dashboard is essential for visualizing the collected feedback data. This dashboard will aggregate responses from the feedback categories and survey templates, providing valuable insights and trends over time. Users, including customer success specialists and product managers, will have the ability to access real-time analytics, reports, and visual data representations. By presenting data in an easily digestible format, this dashboard will empower stakeholders to make informed decisions based on customer feedback, identify areas for improvement, and enhance overall product strategy.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the feedback analysis dashboard for the first time to review customer feedback metrics.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, When they navigate to the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, Then they should see an overview of key metrics including total feedback collected, categorized feedback types, and visual graphs of feedback trends over time.
Customer success specialists want to filter feedback data by a specific feedback category to analyze responses.
Given the user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, When they select a specific feedback category from the filter options, Then the dashboard should update to display only the feedback responses related to the selected category.
Product managers require a report of the feedback analysis to present in a meeting.
Given the user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, When they click on the 'Export Report' button, Then they should receive a downloadable report in PDF format containing all analyzed feedback data and trends.
User analyzes trends in customer feedback over the past month.
Given the user is viewing the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, When they select a date range filter for the last month, Then the dashboard should display only the feedback data collected during that month with visual representation of trends.
User needs to identify areas for product improvement based on customer feedback analysis.
Given the user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, When they drill down into the feedback responses, Then they should be able to see individual comments and ratings, highlighting specific areas mentioned for improvement.
User wants to understand the performance of a specific feedback template.
Given the user is on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, When they select the 'Template Performance' view, Then the dashboard should show metrics related to the selected survey template including response rate and average ratings.

Emission Tracker

Emission Tracker provides real-time monitoring of CO2 emissions generated by each vehicle in the fleet. This feature enables fleet managers to identify high-emission vehicles and implement targeted strategies to reduce their carbon footprint, supporting corporate sustainability goals and enhancing compliance with environmental regulations.

Requirements

Real-time Emission Monitoring
"As a fleet manager, I want to monitor the CO2 emissions of each vehicle in real-time so that I can identify high-emission vehicles and develop strategies to reduce our carbon footprint."
Description

The Real-time Emission Monitoring requirement focuses on providing fleet managers with the ability to access and monitor CO2 emissions from each vehicle in real-time through the Logi360 platform. By integrating with the vehicle telematics systems, this feature will ensure the continuous tracking of emissions data, enabling fleet managers to identify high-emission vehicles quickly. This functionality will not only support corporate sustainability goals but also enhance compliance with environmental regulations. The expected outcome includes improved decision-making regarding vehicle use and maintenance, and actionable insights for reducing the overall carbon footprint of the fleet.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager needs to access the real-time emissions data of each vehicle while reviewing route performance during weekly management meetings.
Given the fleet manager is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the 'Emission Tracker', then they should see real-time CO2 emission data for each vehicle displayed in an organized table.
A fleet manager wants to identify which vehicles need maintenance due to high emissions before the next scheduled maintenance check.
Given the fleet manager is viewing the emissions data, when they filter the list by emissions level, then vehicles emitting above the regulatory threshold should be highlighted in red.
While reviewing data trends, the fleet manager wishes to analyze emissions over a specified time period to identify patterns and possible interventions.
Given the fleet manager selects a date range, when they request emission analytics, then the system should generate a report showing average CO2 emissions per vehicle over the selected period with visual graphs.
In a bid to enhance compliance with environmental regulations, the fleet manager needs to set alerts for vehicles exceeding a certain emission threshold.
Given the fleet manager sets an emission threshold, when a vehicle exceeds this threshold, then the system should send an automatic notification to the fleet manager's registered device.
The fleet manager is conducting a training session with new team members on interpreting emissions data from the platform.
Given the fleet manager accesses the help documentation, when they search for information on the 'Emission Tracker', then they should find a detailed guide explaining how to use the feature with examples.
The fleet manager wants to see the overall impact of changes made to the fleet to reduce emissions over time.
Given the fleet manager accesses the historical emissions data, when they generate a comparison report, then it should show emissions data before and after implementing changes to the fleet.
After a vehicle's emissions data has been reviewed, the fleet manager wishes to document any necessary follow-up actions.
Given the fleet manager identifies a high-emission vehicle, when they enter follow-up actions in the platform, then those actions should be saved and linked to that specific vehicle's profile for future reference.
Emission Reporting Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want a reporting dashboard that displays emissions data over time so that I can analyze trends and report on our sustainability performance to stakeholders."
Description

The Emission Reporting Dashboard requirement encompasses the development of a comprehensive reporting feature that visualizes the CO2 emissions data collected from vehicles in the fleet. This dashboard will aggregate emissions data over time, allowing fleet managers to analyze trends, compare emissions across different vehicles, and evaluate the impact of implemented sustainability strategies. The reporting feature will be pivotal in communicating performance against sustainability goals to stakeholders. Furthermore, it will integrate seamlessly with existing Logi360 functionalities, enhancing overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager Reviews CO2 Emissions Data for the First Time
Given the fleet manager accesses the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they select a specific vehicle, then the dashboard should display the total CO2 emissions for that vehicle over the last month, in a clear and visually distinct format.
Fleet Manager Analyzes Trends in Emissions Data
Given the fleet manager is on the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they select the 'Trends' view, then the system should display a line graph showing the emissions data trends for all vehicles over the past six months.
Fleet Manager Compares Emission Data Across Vehicles
Given the fleet manager is using the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they select 'Compare Vehicles', then the dashboard should allow them to compare emissions data for at least three vehicles side-by-side with relevant metrics.
Fleet Manager Generates a Sustainability Report
Given the fleet manager is on the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they click on 'Generate Report', then a PDF report should be created containing the summary of emissions data and insights, which can be downloaded.
Fleet Manager Views Emissions Compliance Status
Given the fleet manager is viewing the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they check the compliance tab, then the dashboard should indicate whether the fleet is within regulatory emissions limits, using clear status indicators.
Stakeholder Reviews Emission Reports
Given a stakeholder accesses a report generated from the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they open the report, then it should present clear visualizations and summaries of the fleet's emission statistics and compliance status.
Fleet Manager Sets Emission Reduction Goals
Given the fleet manager is using the Emission Reporting Dashboard, when they enter new emissions reduction targets, then the system should update the display to reflect these goals and track progress against them over time.
Alerts for High Emission Levels
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive alerts when a vehicle's emissions exceed the set thresholds so that I can take immediate action to reduce emissions and ensure compliance."
Description

The Alerts for High Emission Levels requirement is designed to notify fleet managers immediately when a vehicle exceeds predetermined CO2 emission thresholds. This feature will utilize real-time data feeds and set customizable alerts that can be sent via SMS or email. By quickly highlighting vehicles that need immediate attention, fleet managers can take proactive measures for maintenance or operational adjustments. This capability will contribute to reducing overall emissions and ensuring compliance with environmental standards.

Acceptance Criteria
Notification upon exceeding CO2 emissions threshold for fleet vehicles.
Given a vehicle in the fleet, when its real-time CO2 emissions exceed the predefined threshold, then an alert should be triggered and sent via SMS and email to the fleet manager within 5 minutes.
Customization of emission thresholds for different vehicles.
Given the emission tracker feature, when the fleet manager accesses the settings, then they should be able to customize and save different CO2 emission thresholds for each vehicle in the fleet.
Reporting mechanism for historical emission data and alerts.
Given that the fleet manager requests reports, when they generate an emissions report, then it should display historical data of emissions and a record of alerts triggered for each vehicle within the selected timeframe.
User interface for viewing active alerts on high emissions.
Given the fleet manager is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when they navigate to the alerts section, then they should see a list of active alerts for high emissions, including vehicle identification, timestamp, and emission levels.
Mobile accessibility for alerts on high emissions.
Given that the fleet manager has the Logi360 mobile application, when a vehicle exceeds the emission threshold, then they should receive a push notification on their mobile device within 5 minutes.
Integration with maintenance scheduling based on emission alerts.
Given a vehicle has exceeded its CO2 emissions threshold, when the alert is triggered, then a maintenance request should automatically be created in the system for follow-up action.
Sustainability Strategy Recommendations
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive recommendations for reducing emissions based on our data so that I can implement effective sustainability strategies."
Description

The Sustainability Strategy Recommendations requirement aims to provide fleet managers with actionable insights and suggestions for reducing emissions based on collected data. Using predictive analytics algorithms, this feature will analyze emissions trends and vehicle performance to recommend specific strategies, such as vehicle upgrades, route optimization, or operational changes. By enabling informed decision-making, this feature will enhance the efficiency of the fleet and support overarching sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager logs into the Logi360 platform to access the Sustainability Strategy Recommendations feature after reviewing vehicle emissions data from the Emission Tracker.
Given the fleet manager is on the Sustainability Strategy Recommendations page, when they view the emissions analysis report, then they should see suggested actions tailored to specific high-emission vehicles and routes.
Fleet manager requests recommendations for reducing emissions during a quarterly sustainability review meeting with stakeholders.
Given the fleet manager has activated the Sustainability Strategy Recommendations, when they export the report, then it should include actionable insights with data justifying each recommendation.
Fleet manager uses the predictive analytics feature to analyze past emissions data and assess its impact on current vehicle performance.
Given the historical emissions data is available, when the predictive analytics is run, then it should provide forecasts for emissions reduction for each vehicle targeted by recommendations.
Fleet manager implements the recommended strategies and tracks their effectiveness over the next quarter.
Given the manager has chosen at least one recommendation, when they monitor emissions post-implementation, then there should be a measurable reduction in CO2 emissions by at least 15% for the targeted vehicles.
Fleet manager evaluates the recommendations before applying them to gauge their potential effectiveness and cost implications.
Given the fleet manager accesses the cost-benefit analysis feature, when they review the recommendations, then they should see projected savings and costs associated with each recommended strategy.
Fleet manager receives alerts for vehicles that fail to meet the emissions reduction targets set by the Sustainability Strategy recommendations.
Given the Sustainability Strategy has been implemented, when a vehicle exceeds the targeted emissions threshold, then the manager should receive an alert within 24 hours of the violation.
Fleet manager conducts a mid-year audit of the Sustainability Strategy Recommendations effectiveness against sustainability goals.
Given the mid-year audit is conducted, when they assess the overall emissions data, then they should find at least a 10% improvement in fleet emissions compared to the previous year.
Integration with Regulatory Compliance Systems
"As a fleet manager, I want Logi360 to integrate with regulatory compliance systems so that I can stay updated on emission regulations and ensure our fleet remains compliant."
Description

The Integration with Regulatory Compliance Systems requirement emphasizes the need for Logi360 to connect with external databases and regulatory frameworks related to fleet emissions. This integration will facilitate automatic updates regarding regulations and compliance requirements, allowing fleet managers to stay informed and adaptable to changes in environmental laws. This proactive approach will ensure the fleet maintains compliance and mitigates the risk of penalties, while also enhancing the credibility of sustainability claims made by the organization.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager needs to receive automated updates regarding any changes in emissions regulations applicable to the fleet during their daily monitoring activities.
Given the regulatory compliance system is successfully integrated, when new emissions regulations are published, then the fleet manager receives a real-time notification in the Logi360 dashboard.
Fleet manager wants to verify compliance status based on the latest emissions regulations for their vehicles.
Given that the integration with regulatory compliance systems is active, when the fleet manager reviews compliance reports, then the reports reflect the most current regulatory requirements and each vehicle's compliance status.
Fleet manager is implementing strategies for emissions reduction and needs to track the real-time emissions data alongside current regulatory requirements.
Given the emission tracker is connected to the regulatory compliance system, when the fleet manager accesses the emissions dashboard, then the dashboard displays real-time emissions data, highlighting vehicles that are exceeding compliance thresholds with alerts for necessary actions.
Fleet manager needs a historical log of compliance updates to understand how changes in regulations have impacted fleet operations.
Given the integration is functional, when the fleet manager accesses the compliance history section, then it shows a chronological log of all regulatory updates and corresponding compliance actions taken by the fleet.
Fleet manager aims to ensure that any updates in regulatory requirements are effectively communicated to the entire logistics team.
Given the regulatory compliance integration is established, when an update occurs, then an email alert is sent to all team members who need to be informed about the changes in compliance requirements.
Fleet manager wants to assess the potential risks of non-compliance based on current fleet emissions data prior to audits or inspections.
Given that emissions data and regulatory compliance information are integrated, when the fleet manager runs a risk assessment report, then the report highlights potential non-compliance risks along with suggested mitigation strategies.

Fuel Efficiency Insights

Fuel Efficiency Insights offers detailed analytics on fuel consumption patterns, helping fleet managers identify inefficiencies and optimize routes for better fuel economy. By using this feature, organizations can significantly reduce fuel costs while promoting environmentally responsible practices that contribute to a sustainable future.

Requirements

Fuel Consumption Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to track fuel consumption patterns across my vehicles so that I can identify inefficiencies and reduce fuel costs."
Description

The Fuel Consumption Tracking requirement entails developing a module within Logi360 that records and analyzes fuel usage across the fleet. This feature will allow fleet managers to monitor vehicle fuel efficiency over time, providing detailed reports that highlight trends, identify high-consumption vehicles, and suggest corrective actions. Integration with telematics systems will facilitate automatic data collection, ensuring real-time accuracy and enabling proactive management of fuel costs. Benefits include cost savings from optimized fuel usage, reduced carbon emissions, and support for green initiatives within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria
Fuel Consumption Tracking for a specific vehicle in the fleet during a week-long delivery schedule.
Given a telematics integration is active, when a fleet manager views the fuel consumption report for the selected vehicle for the past week, then the report displays accurate fuel usage metrics and identifies consumption patterns, including average MPG and total fuel used.
Comparison of fuel efficiency across multiple vehicles in the fleet for a monthly period.
Given the fuel consumption data is collected, when the fleet manager generates a monthly report, then the report lists all vehicles with their fuel efficiencies, highlights the top 3 most efficient and least efficient vehicles, and provides actionable insights for improvements.
Real-time fuel consumption tracking during a delivery route.
Given the vehicle is in active delivery mode, when the driver completes the delivery, then the system automatically logs the fuel consumption for the route taken and updates the fleet manager with a notification regarding any anomalies from the expected fuel consumption thresholds.
Automated alerts for vehicles exceeding fuel consumption thresholds.
Given predefined fuel consumption thresholds are set, when a vehicle exceeds this threshold during a specific period, then the fleet manager receives an automated alert with details about the vehicle and suggested actions for optimizing fuel efficiency.
Analysis of fuel consumption patterns over multiple months to identify long-term trends.
Given historical fuel consumption data is available, when the fleet manager requests an analysis report for the past 6 months, then the report provides detailed trends, comparisons, and recommendations for improving overall fleet fuel efficiency.
Integration of user feedback on fuel consumption tracking reports for improvement.
Given that the fleet manager has access to the fuel consumption tracking reports, when they submit feedback about the report layout and data presented, then the system collects this feedback and logs it for future implementation improvements to enhance user experience.
Utilization of fuel consumption data for future route optimizations.
Given that the fuel consumption tracking system is operational, when the fleet manager utilizes insights from the fuel consumption data to adjust routes for the next month's deliveries, then the adjusted routes should demonstrate improved fuel efficiency as tracked in subsequent reports.
Route Optimization Suggestions
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive route optimization suggestions based on fuel efficiency so that I can minimize fuel costs and improve delivery times."
Description

The Route Optimization Suggestions requirement involves creating an intelligent system that leverages historical fuel consumption and real-time traffic data to recommend optimal driving routes for each vehicle in the fleet. This feature will utilize predictive analytics to take into account factors such as distance, road conditions, traffic patterns, and fuel consumption rates to enhance routing decisions. By providing actionable recommendations, fleet managers can expedite delivery times, reduce fuel expenditures, and improve overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers want to use the Route Optimization Suggestions feature during daily operations to enhance routing decisions based on real-time data for their vehicles.
Given the fleet managers have provided historical fuel consumption and real-time traffic data, When they initiate the route optimization process for a specific vehicle, Then they should receive a recommended route that minimizes fuel consumption by at least 15% compared to the currently used route.
A fleet manager is planning deliveries for the day and needs to optimize routes for multiple vehicles simultaneously using the Route Optimization Suggestions feature.
Given that the fleet manager selects three vehicles and inputs their destinations, When they request route optimizations, Then the system should generate and display optimized routes for each vehicle within 2 minutes, with a notification of the estimated fuel savings for each route.
A fleet operator is evaluating the effectiveness of the Route Optimization Suggestions feature after a week of usage to understand its impact on overall fuel expenditures.
Given that the fleet operator has accessed the reporting dashboard, When they review the fuel consumption reports for the week, Then the data should show a reduction in fuel expenditures by at least 10% compared to the average fuel costs from the previous month without optimization suggestions.
A dispatcher needs to make adjustments to routes during the day due to unexpected traffic conditions, leveraging the Route Optimization Suggestions functionality.
Given the dispatcher receives a real-time traffic alert for a vehicle's current route, When they adjust the vehicle's route using the optimization feature, Then the system should propose a new route that decreases the estimated delivery time by a minimum of 20% while maintaining fuel efficiency.
A logistics manager wants to assess the predictive analytics capability of the Route Optimization Suggestions feature for upcoming trips.
Given the logistics manager inputs future delivery schedules into the system, When they request predicted fuel consumption and route recommendations, Then the system should provide a comprehensive report that includes estimated fuel usage and the most fuel-efficient routes for each trip within 5 minutes.
Customizable Reporting Dashboard
"As a fleet manager, I want to customize my reporting dashboard to focus on fuel efficiency metrics so that I can gain insights specific to my operations."
Description

The Customizable Reporting Dashboard requirement focuses on offering fleet managers the ability to create tailored reports that visualize fuel efficiency metrics and consumption trends. Users will be able to select specific data points, time frames, and comparative metrics to deliver insights directly related to their unique operational needs. This feature will empower organizations to make informed decisions based on visual analytics, ultimately enhancing strategic planning, operational efficiency, and fuel management processes.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers require the ability to create customized reports for visualizing fuel efficiency metrics during quarterly reviews to analyze consumption trends across different routes.
Given a user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they navigate to the reporting dashboard and select the 'Create Custom Report' option, then they should be able to select desired metrics, time frames, and have the option to compare multiple data sets before generating the report.
A fleet manager wants to visualize fuel consumption patterns over the last six months to present to stakeholders during a strategy meeting.
Given the user has selected a six-month time frame for their report, when they generate the report, then it should visually display trends in fuel consumption and highlight areas with potential savings, ensuring data accuracy within a 5% margin of error.
Users need to save and retrieve their customized reports for future analysis and presentations.
Given a user has created a custom report, when they choose to save it, then they should be able to see the report listed under 'Saved Reports' and have the ability to retrieve it at any time without data loss.
A fleet manager wants to share fuel efficiency insights from their customized report with other team members to inform operational decisions.
Given a user has generated a report, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to send the report via email or share it through a secure link, ensuring recipients can view the report without requiring additional access permissions.
Fleet managers require the ability to set parameters that trigger alerts for unusual fuel consumption data captured in their custom reports.
Given a user has defined specific thresholds for fuel consumption, when the report is generated, then the system should automatically highlight any data points that exceed these thresholds and notify the user through a dashboard alert.
Users want to export their customized reports in various formats for further analysis and record-keeping.
Given a custom report has been generated, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then they should be able to choose from formats such as PDF, Excel, or CSV for seamless data integration and sharing.
Alerts for Anomalies
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive alerts for anomalies in fuel consumption so that I can quickly investigate and reduce unnecessary costs."
Description

The Alerts for Anomalies requirement aims to implement a real-time alert system that notifies fleet managers of unusual fuel consumption patterns or potential inefficiencies as they occur. By utilizing machine learning algorithms, the system will analyze fuel data and identify deviations from expected consumption, prompting immediate investigation. This proactive approach to monitoring can prevent excessive fuel costs and foster timely interventions to optimize operations and minimize waste.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Alert Notification for Unusual Fuel Consumption Patterns
Given the fuel consumption data is being analyzed in real-time, when an anomaly is detected that deviates from the expected consumption patterns, then an alert notification should be sent to the fleet manager's dashboard and mobile app within 5 minutes of detection.
Alert Customization for Threshold Setting
Given the alert system is operational, when a fleet manager sets custom thresholds for fuel consumption anomalies, then the system should trigger alerts according to the specified thresholds without delays or errors.
Alert History Access for Analysis and Review
Given alerts have been triggered over a defined period, when the fleet manager accesses the alert history, then they should see a complete log of all anomalies, including timestamps, anomaly details, and actions taken, ensuring all information is clearly displayed and easily navigable.
Integration with Reporting Tools for Insights
Given the alert system generates notifications, when the fleet manager integrates this with reporting tools, then they should receive cumulative reports within 24 hours that analyze repetitive anomalies, suggesting actionable insights for fuel optimization.
System Performance Under High Data Load
Given that the fleet has multiple vehicles with high fuel consumption data processing, when an unusual fuel consumption anomaly occurs, then the system should still be able to generate an alert without lag or performance issues, ensuring consistent monitoring under load.
User Feedback Mechanism for Alert Effectiveness
Given alerts are being generated, when a fleet manager receives an alert, then there should be an option to provide feedback on the alert's relevance and accuracy, with feedback data being collected for system improvements.
User Notifications via Multiple Channels
Given an anomaly is detected, when the alert is triggered, then the fleet manager should receive notifications through various channels such as email, SMS, and in-app notifications within 5 minutes of detection.
Integration with Maintenance Scheduling
"As a fleet manager, I want to integrate fuel efficiency data with maintenance scheduling so that I can ensure my vehicles are running at peak performance and efficiency."
Description

The Integration with Maintenance Scheduling requirement entails linking fuel efficiency data with the vehicle maintenance scheduling system. This functionality will ensure that fleet managers can correlate fuel inefficiencies with maintenance needs, such as engine performance issues or tire wear. By addressing maintenance proactively, organizations can improve vehicle performance, enhance fuel efficiency, and extend the lifespan of the fleet. This feature aligns operational maintenance with sustainability goals by enabling timely vehicle upkeep to optimize both performance and fuel economy.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers receive real-time fuel efficiency reports that highlight anomalies in fuel consumption related to specific vehicles based on maintenance schedules.
Given a vehicle shows abnormal fuel consumption, when the maintenance scheduling system correlates this data, then the system should generate a maintenance alert recommending inspection of potential issues such as engine performance or tire wear.
The fleet management dashboard displays detailed insights into fuel consumption alongside maintenance schedules for each vehicle in the fleet.
Given the integration is active, when a fleet manager accesses the dashboard, then all vehicles should display their fuel efficiency metrics alongside their upcoming maintenance dates without data discrepancies.
Fleet managers analyze fuel efficiency trends over a specified period (e.g., monthly) alongside maintenance records to inform decision-making.
Given the user selects a time frame, when the report is generated, then it must display a correlation between fuel efficiency drops and scheduled maintenance activities, confirming the data reflects the input parameters.
Fleet managers receive automated recommendations for maintenance actions based on fuel efficiency data trends.
Given persistent low fuel efficiency data for a vehicle, when the threshold is crossed, then the system should automatically recommend a maintenance check or a specific adjustment (e.g., tire rotation, engine diagnostics).
The system allows users to filter fuel efficiency data by vehicle type and corresponding maintenance schedule.
Given the fleet comprises multiple vehicle types, when a manager applies a filter for a specific vehicle type, then the fuel efficiency data and maintenance schedules should correctly reflect only those vehicles without errors in data retrieval.
Fleet managers plan maintenance schedules based on real-time fuel efficiency insights to enhance fleet performance.
Given that fuel efficiency insights are available, when a fleet manager schedules maintenance, then the insights should directly influence the scheduling decisions made in the system, showing a direct link between analytics and action.

Green Route Planner

Green Route Planner suggests eco-friendly routing options that consider fuel consumption and emissions. This feature not only prioritizes minimizing environmental impact but also ensures that the fleet operates efficiently, striking a balance between sustainability and timely deliveries.

Requirements

Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm
"As a fleet manager, I want to access eco-friendly routing options so that I can minimize our environmental impact while maintaining efficient delivery times."
Description

The Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm will optimize delivery routes based on fuel consumption and emissions data, providing logistics companies with the most environmentally sustainable options available. By integrating real-time GPS and telematics data, the algorithm will ensure timely deliveries while prioritizing eco-conscious routing. This requirement is crucial for supporting Logi360's commitment to sustainability and will help customers reduce their carbon footprint, operational costs, and improve their overall corporate social responsibility (CSR).

Acceptance Criteria
Delivery route optimization for a transportation company using the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm on Logi360.
Given that the fleet manager accesses the Green Route Planner within Logi360, when they input delivery destinations, then the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm should generate at least three route options that prioritize minimal fuel consumption and emissions, while still delivering on time.
A driver receiving their delivery route on the mobile application integrated with the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm.
Given that the driver opens the Logi360 mobile application, when they view their assigned delivery route, then the route should reflect eco-friendly options identified by the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm, displaying estimated fuel savings and emission reductions for each route.
Evaluating the performance of the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm after a month of use in operational settings.
Given that the logistics company has been using the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm for one month, when the fleet manager reviews the fuel consumption and emission reports generated by Logi360, then there should be a demonstrated reduction of at least 15% in fuel consumption and a comparable decrease in emissions compared to the previous month without the algorithm.
Integration of real-time GPS data with the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm for dynamic routing adjustments.
Given that the Eco-Friendly Routing Algorithm is operational, when there are unexpected traffic conditions or route disruptions identified by real-time GPS, then the system should automatically adjust the routing to maintain optimal eco-friendly performance while ensuring timely deliveries.
Feedback collection from drivers on the usability of the eco-friendly routes suggested by the Green Route Planner.
Given that drivers have completed deliveries using the routes suggested by the Green Route Planner, when they submit feedback on the usability and effectiveness of the routes, then at least 80% of drivers should indicate satisfaction with the eco-friendly routes based on ease of navigation and efficiency.
Real-Time Emissions Tracking
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to view real-time emissions data for our routes so that I can make informed decisions to improve our fleet's sustainability."
Description

Real-Time Emissions Tracking will provide users with live data on the emissions generated by their fleet during each delivery. This feature will utilize telematics data to calculate emissions, offering insights into fleet performance concerning environmental standards. The benefit of this requirement is twofold: it aids logistics companies in compliance with environmental regulations and supports continuous improvement in sustainable practices, ultimately enhancing the brand image and customer loyalty of our users.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time emission data is displayed on the dashboard for fleet managers monitoring ongoing deliveries during peak operational hours.
Given that a delivery is in progress, when the fleet manager views the dashboard, then the real-time emissions data for that vehicle must be visible and updated every 10 seconds.
Fleet operators need to review emissions data from past deliveries to assess compliance with environmental regulations.
Given that a fleet operator selects a completed delivery, when the operator requests emissions data for that delivery, then the system must display the total emissions calculated during the trip within 5 seconds.
Users wish to compare emissions levels of different routes taken by the same vehicle to identify more sustainable options.
Given that the user inputs two different routes taken by a vehicle, when the user requests a comparison of emissions, then the platform must present a side-by-side comparison of the total emissions for each route.
Users want alerts for any delivery that exceeds set emissions thresholds to ensure compliance with company sustainability goals.
Given that a delivery exceeds the defined emissions threshold, when the delivery is in progress, then an alert must be triggered and visible to the fleet manager on the dashboard in real-time.
Fleet management teams wish to generate a report on total emissions over a selected timeframe for strategic decision-making.
Given that a user selects a timeframe for analysis, when the user requests an emissions report, then the system must generate a report detailing total emissions within 5 minutes, categorized by vehicle and route.
Sustainability Reports Generation
"As a business owner, I want to generate sustainability reports so that I can showcase our commitment to reducing our environmental impact and improve our market position."
Description

The Sustainability Reports Generation feature will automate the creation of reports detailing the fleet's carbon emissions, fuel consumption, and compliance with eco-friendly routing metrics. This feature will allow users to analyze their operational impact over time, facilitating data-driven decisions and promoting transparency in sustainability efforts. It aligns with Logi360's long-term goal of helping businesses track their eco-friendly initiatives and provides key insights that can be shared with stakeholders and clients.

Acceptance Criteria
The logistics manager at a transportation company uses the Sustainability Reports Generation feature at the end of each month to review the fleet's performance in terms of carbon emissions and fuel consumption, ensuring the company meets its sustainability goals and compliance requirements.
Given that the user is logged into Logi360, When they navigate to the Sustainability Reports section and select the report date range, Then the system should generate a report that includes total carbon emissions, total fuel consumption, and compliance with eco-friendly routing metrics in a downloadable format.
A fleet manager wants to compare the sustainability metrics of this month with last month to identify trends and make data-driven decisions for future operations.
Given that the user has accessed the Sustainability Reports Generation feature, When they select the comparison option between two different date ranges, Then the report should clearly display side-by-side metrics for carbon emissions, fuel consumption, and eco-routing compliance for both time periods.
A user is required to present sustainability reports to stakeholders during a quarterly business review meeting. They leverage the Sustainability Reports Generation feature to prepare for this meeting.
Given that the user selects a quarterly report generation option, When they specify the relevant quarter and review the generated report, Then the report must provide an overview of sustainability performance, highlight areas of improvement, and include visual graphs and charts for clarity in presentation.
As part of an internal audit process, the finance department requests a detailed breakdown of the fleet's emissions data to ensure transparency and accountability in environmental reporting.
Given that the user initiates a detailed report generation request, When they select the detailed report option for a specified period, Then the generated report must itemize emissions data by vehicle, including fuel consumption and eco-routing adherence, and be exportable in CSV format.
The head of operations wishes to analyze long-term trends in fuel consumption and emissions over the past year to contribute to the annual environmental impact report.
Given that the user accesses the long-term sustainability reports, When they select a one-year range for analysis, Then the system should generate a comprehensive report reflecting monthly trends in emissions and fuel consumption, along with predictive analytics for future performance based on existing data.
User Customization for Eco-Routing Preferences
"As a fleet manager, I want to customize the eco-routing options based on our sustainability goals so that we can align our delivery process with our company's values."
Description

The User Customization feature will allow fleet managers to set preferences for eco-routing based on their specific sustainability goals and delivery constraints. Users can input parameters such as maximum emissions levels, preferred fuel usage, and delivery timeframes. This requirement enhances user experience by providing tailored routing options, ensuring that the solutions offered meet their unique operational needs while promoting greener practices.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager sets emission levels for eco-routing preferences
Given a fleet manager is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the User Customization section and input a maximum emissions level, then the system should save this preference and apply it to future routing suggestions.
Fleet manager configures preferred fuel usage for route planning
Given a fleet manager is on the User Customization page, when they select their preferred fuel type and consumption levels, then the system should successfully update and store these preferences for eco-routing purposes.
Fleet manager sets delivery timeframes for eco-friendly routing
Given a fleet manager has accessed the User Customization feature, when they specify delivery deadlines, then the Green Route Planner should generate routes that meet the specified timeframes while prioritizing eco-friendliness.
Verify integration of eco-routing preferences in route optimization
Given the fleet manager has set eco-routing preferences, when they initiate a route optimization, then the suggested routes should adhere to the defined emission and fuel preferences without exceeding the specified parameters.
Fleet manager reviews and modifies eco-routing settings
Given a fleet manager has previously set eco-routing preferences, when they revisit the User Customization section, then they should be able to view, modify, or delete existing configurations without data loss.
User receives notifications for routes adjusted due to eco-routing preferences
Given a fleet manager has activated eco-routing preferences, when a route is adjusted based on these settings, then they should receive an automated notification detailing the changes made to the route.
Fleet manager analyzes reporting on eco-routing effectiveness
Given the fleet manager has been using eco-routing for a certain period, when they access the reporting system, then they should see metrics related to fuel consumption and emissions reductions based on their defined preferences.
Integration with Third-Party Sustainability Databases
"As a logistics analyst, I want to access external sustainability data to benchmark our fleet's performance against industry standards so that we can identify improvement areas."
Description

Integrating with Third-Party Sustainability Databases will enhance Logi360's eco-routing capabilities by allowing access to a broader range of environmental data sources. This integration will provide users with additional insights into sustainability standards, best practices from other companies, and comparative data against industry benchmarks. This requirement is important as it enriches the eco-routing feature with relevant external data, enabling better decision-making and strengthening the user's ability to adopt sustainable logistics solutions.

Acceptance Criteria
Integration of Green Route Planner with third-party sustainability databases to enhance eco-routing capabilities.
Given that the integration is executed, when a logistics manager requests eco-friendly route options, then the system must retrieve and display environmental data from at least three different third-party sustainability databases.
Using the integrated sustainability databases to compare fleet performance against industry benchmarks.
Given that the necessary data from third-party databases is available, when the fleet performance data is analyzed, then the system should generate a report that highlights at least three areas of improvement compared to industry benchmarks.
Enabling users to manually input additional sustainability data for more customized routing.
Given that a user accesses the routing interface, when they input new sustainability data, then the system must allow this data to be saved and factored into future route plans.
Ensuring data accuracy and reliability from third-party sustainability databases during integration.
Given that third-party databases are integrated, when their data is accessed, then the system must validate the accuracy of at least 95% of the retrieved data against established standards.
Allowing users to filter eco-friendly routing options based on specific sustainability criteria.
Given that the user is viewing route options, when they apply filters for specific sustainability criteria (e.g., lowest emissions), then the system must update the route options to display only those that meet the selected criteria.
Providing real-time updates and notifications for sustainability data changes.
Given that sustainability data is continuously monitored, when a significant change in data is detected from third-party databases, then the system must notify users in real-time with an alert and update any relevant metrics on the dashboard.
Facilitating user training and support for utilizing the third-party sustainability integration.
Given that training materials are prepared, when new users complete the training, then they must demonstrate understanding of how to utilize the integrated databases to enhance eco-routing features as per a follow-up assessment.

Eco-Friendly Vehicle Recommendations

Eco-Friendly Vehicle Recommendations assists fleet managers in evaluating and choosing alternative vehicles that align with sustainability goals. By providing insights into electric and hybrid options based on operational needs, this feature helps organizations reduce their greenhouse gas emissions while enhancing fleet capabilities.

Requirements

Sustainability Assessment Tool
"As a fleet manager, I want to assess my current fleet's sustainability impact so that I can make informed decisions about transitioning to more eco-friendly vehicles."
Description

The Sustainability Assessment Tool allows fleet managers to input their current vehicle fleet data and receive an analysis of their greenhouse gas emissions. This feature will evaluate various metrics, including fuel efficiency, mileage data, and average emissions output of current vehicles, providing a comprehensive report to aid in decision-making. By integrating real-time reporting and analytics, this functionality will assist organizations in making informed choices that align with their sustainability goals. It enhances the product by providing actionable insights and reinforces the commitment to eco-friendly logistics management.

Acceptance Criteria
As a fleet manager, I need to input the data from our current vehicle fleet into the Sustainability Assessment Tool so that I can receive an analysis of our greenhouse gas emissions and make informed decisions about our fleet's sustainability.
Given the fleet manager inputs all necessary vehicle data, when they submit the data, then the tool should generate a comprehensive report detailing greenhouse gas emissions based on the provided metrics within 5 minutes.
As a fleet manager utilizing the Sustainability Assessment Tool, I want to be able to retrieve real-time reporting on my vehicle fleet's emissions, so I can track our sustainability efforts over time.
Given that the fleet manager has previously submitted vehicle data, when they access the real-time reporting feature, then they should see updated emissions data and performance metrics with a timestamp reflecting the latest update.
As a fleet manager, I want the Sustainability Assessment Tool to provide recommendations for eco-friendly vehicle alternatives based on the emissions data so that I can enhance our fleet's sustainability profile.
Given the fleet manager reviews the comprehensive report, when they access the vehicle recommendation feature, then the tool should display at least three eco-friendly vehicle options tailored to our operational needs along with estimated emissions reductions and cost comparisons.
As a fleet manager, I need to ensure that the Sustainability Assessment Tool allows for easy data input and validation, so that I can quickly and accurately analyze our fleet's performance.
Given that the fleet manager is inputting vehicle data, when they enter the data into the required fields, then the tool should validate the inputs for correctness and format, providing immediate feedback on errors or missing information.
As a fleet manager, I would like to access historical data on emissions and performance metrics through the Sustainability Assessment Tool for better long-term planning.
Given that the fleet manager requests historical data, when they navigate to the historical reporting feature, then the tool should deliver a downloadable report of the past 12 months of emissions and performance metrics in a user-friendly format.
As a fleet manager, I want the Sustainability Assessment Tool to provide educational resources based on our emissions data, so that I can improve our sustainability knowledge and practices.
Given that the fleet manager generates a comprehensive report, when they access the educational resources section, then the tool should provide relevant articles, guides, and tips that align with our fleet's sustainability goals and findings from the report.
Alternative Vehicle Database
"As a fleet manager, I want access to a database of eco-friendly vehicle options so that I can easily assess which alternatives best meet our operational requirements."
Description

The Alternative Vehicle Database will serve as a comprehensive repository of available electric and hybrid vehicles suitable for various operational needs. This feature will include specifications, costs, and vendor information, allowing fleet managers to easily compare options. Integrating this database into the platform enhances user experience by providing accessible information at their fingertips, ensuring that users have all necessary details to make informed procurement decisions that support sustainability objectives.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet managers need to search for electric and hybrid vehicles that fit specific operational needs such as cargo capacity and range.
Given a fleet manager accessing the Alternative Vehicle Database, when they input their specific operational requirements, then the system should return a list of suitable electric and hybrid vehicles that match those criteria.
Fleet managers want to compare specifications and costs among a selection of alternative vehicles.
Given a fleet manager viewing the results from the Alternative Vehicle Database, when they select multiple electric and hybrid vehicles, then the system should display a comparison table showing the key specifications and costs of the selected vehicles side by side.
Fleet managers require detailed vendor information for procurement processes.
Given a fleet manager has received a list of recommended vehicles, when they click on a specific vehicle, then the system should present a detailed view including the vendor's contact information, purchase options, and support details.
Fleet managers aim to analyze the impact of different vehicle choices on sustainability metrics.
Given a fleet manager has selected electric or hybrid vehicles, when they view the sustainability impact report, then the system should calculate and display estimates of carbon emissions reductions compared to conventional vehicles.
Fleet managers need to update vehicle details in the Alternative Vehicle Database.
Given an authorized fleet manager has access to the database, when they submit an update for a vehicle record, then the system should successfully save the changes and confirm the update with a success message.
Stakeholders require access to the Alternative Vehicle Database for reporting purposes.
Given a stakeholder is logged into the system, when they request access to the Alternative Vehicle Database, then the system should provide them with a downloadable report containing vehicle data and analytics.
Cost-Benefit Analysis Tool
"As a fleet manager, I want to perform a cost-benefit analysis of eco-friendly vehicles so that I can justify the investment to stakeholders and make informed purchasing decisions."
Description

The Cost-Benefit Analysis Tool evaluates the financial implications of transitioning to eco-friendly vehicles. By analyzing costs such as purchase price, insurance, maintenance, and anticipated fuel savings, this tool will help fleet managers understand the long-term financial impacts against their sustainability goals. This requirement plays a crucial role in helping organizations weigh the benefits of investing in green technology against traditional options, fostering a data-driven approach to sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria
Cost-Benefit Analysis Tool enables fleet managers to input various eco-friendly vehicle options and evaluate their financial impacts over a specified time period.
Given that the fleet manager inputs data for purchase price, insurance, maintenance costs, and anticipated fuel savings for both eco-friendly and traditional vehicles, when they run the cost-benefit analysis, then the tool should generate a comparative report displaying total cost savings over a five-year period.
Fleet managers need to generate reports for stakeholders to make informed decisions about transitioning to eco-friendly vehicles based on predictive analytics.
Given that the fleet manager selects a specific eco-friendly vehicle and runs the cost-benefit analysis, when the report is generated, then it should include a clear breakdown of costs and savings along with visual data representations (graphs/charts) of the financial implications.
The tool should provide recommendations based on the financial analysis to help the fleet manager make strategic decisions.
Given that a fleet manager completes the cost-benefit analysis, when the analysis is fully processed, then the tool should suggest whether to invest in eco-friendly vehicles or stick with traditional options based on the calculated return on investment (ROI).
Fleet managers want to understand the long-term environmental impact of their vehicle choices alongside financial metrics.
Given that the tool is used to analyze eco-friendly vehicle options, when the analysis is conducted, then it should include estimations of greenhouse gas emissions reduction aligned with the cost-benefit analysis results, focusing on a five-year timeline.
The cost-benefit analysis tool must be able to handle different fleet sizes and configurations for meaningful insights.
Given that the fleet manager inputs various fleet configurations (number of vehicles and types), when the cost-benefit analysis is run, then the tool should accurately adjust costs and savings forecasts according to the size and type of fleet entered.
Fleet managers require guidance on best practices for entering data into the cost-benefit analysis tool.
Given that a fleet manager accesses the cost-benefit analysis tool, when they view the data entry guidance, then it should provide clear instructions and examples for inputting relevant financial data for accurate analysis.
The tool must maintain user-friendly navigation for fleet managers accessing the Cost-Benefit Analysis Tool.
Given that the fleet manager is navigating through the cost-benefit analysis tool, when they access any feature of the tool, then the interface should remain intuitive, allowing for easy data entry and access to analysis results without extensive training.
User-Friendly Comparison Interface
"As a fleet manager, I want to compare different eco-friendly vehicle options side by side so that I can easily identify the best choice for our fleet's needs."
Description

The User-Friendly Comparison Interface will allow fleet managers to compare multiple eco-friendly vehicle options side by side, highlighting their features, costs, and emissions data. This visual comparison will facilitate easier decision-making and encourage fleet managers to consider sustainable alternatives. Integration with existing features will ensure that this tool is intuitive and user-centered, ultimately enhancing the decision-making process regarding fleet sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager accessing the User-Friendly Comparison Interface to evaluate multiple eco-friendly vehicle options for the upcoming quarter, ensuring that the evaluated options align with the organization's sustainability goals.
Given a fleet manager is on the comparison interface, when they select multiple eco-friendly vehicles, then the interface should display a side-by-side comparison of features, costs, and emissions data for each vehicle.
Fleet Manager reviewing the eco-friendly vehicle comparison during a team meeting to present findings and recommendations to upper management.
Given the comparison results are presented, when the fleet manager shares the interface during the meeting, then all data should load without delay, and comparisons should be clearly readable for each selected vehicle.
Fleet Manager utilizing the comparison tool to assess which eco-friendly vehicle best meets specific operational needs for a logistics route scheduled for the next month.
Given the fleet manager has selected vehicles based on operational needs, when filtering options based on emissions and cost, then the comparison results should dynamically update and only show vehicles that meet the selected criteria.
Fleet Manager attempting to export the vehicle comparison results for documentation purposes after conducting evaluations.
Given the fleet manager is satisfied with the comparison results, when they choose to export the data, then a downloadable report should be generated that includes all selected vehicle information formatted correctly.
Fleet Manager adjusting the parameters of the eco-friendly vehicle search based on changing organizational priorities.
Given the fleet manager wants to change the criteria for comparisons, when they modify the selection parameters (e.g., budget, emissions standards), then the UI should update to reflect only those vehicles that meet the new criteria immediately.
Fleet Manager seeking assistance through the comparison interface's help feature.
Given the fleet manager has questions about using the comparison tool, when they click on the help feature, then relevant tutorial information should be displayed, guiding them through various functionalities of the tool.
Real-Time Emissions Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to track our fleet's emissions in real-time so that I can identify trends and make adjustments to improve our environmental impact."
Description

The Real-Time Emissions Tracking feature monitors the fleet's emissions data continuously, providing fleet managers with updated insights into their sustainability performance. This functionality will enable proactive adjustments to operations and enhance compliance with environmental regulations. By integrating this feature with telematics and GPS systems, fleet managers can track deviations in expected emissions, ensuring continuous improvement in environmental performance and fleet operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager accesses the Real-Time Emissions Tracking dashboard to monitor emissions of a vehicle during a delivery route in real-time.
Given the fleet manager is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the Real-Time Emissions Tracking dashboard, then they should see real-time emissions data for all vehicles in operation, updated at least every minute.
Fleet manager receives a notification when a vehicle's emissions exceed the set threshold during operations.
Given the emissions threshold is defined, when the emissions data from a vehicle exceeds that threshold, then the fleet manager should receive an automatic notification within 5 minutes.
Fleet manager analyzes emissions data trends over the previous month to identify high-emission vehicles.
Given the fleet manager is viewing the emissions data report for the last month, when they filter for vehicles with emissions above average, then they should be able to see a list of those vehicles along with their respective emissions data and historical trends.
Fleet manager compares emissions data before and after implementing eco-friendly vehicles recommendations.
Given the eco-friendly vehicle recommendations have been applied, when the fleet manager views the emissions data report, then they should see a percentage reduction in emissions for vehicles that have adopted eco-friendly options compared to the previous quarter.
Fleet manager inputs operational parameters to receive tailored eco-friendly vehicle suggestions that suit specific operational needs.
Given the fleet manager inputs the required operational parameters like load capacity, route type, and distance, when they request eco-friendly vehicle recommendations, then the system should provide at least three vehicle options that meet the criteria.
Fleet manager integrates the Real-Time Emissions Tracking feature with existing telematics and GPS systems.
Given the fleet manager has the telematics and GPS systems set up, when they link these systems with Logi360, then emissions tracking data should automatically populate in the Real-Time Emissions Tracking feature without manual input.
Fleet manager reviews compliance with environmental regulations using emissions data from Logi360.
Given the fleet manager is reviewing compliance, when they generate a report from the Real-Time Emissions Tracking feature, then the report should clearly indicate compliance status based on emissions thresholds set by relevant environmental regulations.

Sustainability Dashboard

The Sustainability Dashboard consolidates all environmental metrics into a single visual interface, allowing users to track overall fleet sustainability performance. By easily accessing CO2 emissions, fuel consumption trends, and alternative options, this feature empowers fleet managers to make informed decisions that drive greener operations.

Requirements

Real-time CO2 Emissions Tracking
"As a fleet manager, I want to track real-time CO2 emissions from our vehicles so that I can make informed decisions to reduce our environmental impact and comply with regulations."
Description

This requirement involves integrating a real-time tracking feature that monitors and displays the CO2 emissions of each vehicle in the fleet. Fleet managers will have access to a visual representation of emissions data, allowing for accurate analysis of their fleet's environmental impact. This feature will enhance the Sustainability Dashboard by providing instantaneous feedback on emissions, aiding in regulatory compliance and promoting greener practices. The information gathered can help inform decisions on vehicle maintenance and replacement, ultimately fostering a more sustainable fleet operation.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time CO2 Emissions Tracking for Fleet Decision-Making
Given the fleet manager accesses the Sustainability Dashboard, When the real-time CO2 emissions tracking feature is enabled for each vehicle, Then the dashboard displays current emissions data accurately for all fleet vehicles within 5 seconds.
Historical Data Comparison for CO2 Emissions
Given the fleet manager selects a specific date range on the Sustainability Dashboard, When the real-time CO2 emissions tracking feature is used, Then the dashboard provides a comparison of emissions data against historical data for the selected period.
Alert System for High CO2 Emissions
Given the real-time CO2 emissions tracking is active, When a vehicle's emissions exceed a predefined threshold, Then the fleet manager receives an immediate alert notification through the dashboard.
Visual Representation of Emissions Data
Given the fleet manager is viewing the Sustainability Dashboard, When the real-time CO2 emissions data is displayed, Then it shows a clear visual representation (such as graphs or charts) indicating the emissions trends over time.
Mobile Accessibility of CO2 Emissions Tracking
Given the fleet manager is using the mobile version of the Sustainability Dashboard, When they access the real-time CO2 emissions feature, Then the emissions data is presented in a user-friendly format that is easily navigable on mobile devices.
Fuel Consumption Analytics
"As a fleet manager, I want to analyze fuel consumption data across our fleet so that I can identify inefficiencies and implement strategies to reduce costs and improve sustainability."
Description

The Fuel Consumption Analytics feature will enable fleet managers to analyze fuel usage across different parameters, such as vehicle type, routes, and driving behavior. By integrating this requirement into the Sustainability Dashboard, users can view patterns and trends in fuel performance, identify inefficiencies, and develop strategies to optimize fuel consumption. This analytics capability will also provide benchmarks and goals for reducing fuel waste and enhancing operational efficiency, supporting sustainability initiatives and cost savings.

Acceptance Criteria
Fuel Consumption Data Access
Given a fleet manager accesses the Sustainability Dashboard, when they navigate to the Fuel Consumption Analytics section, then they should be able to view aggregated fuel usage data across all vehicles for the selected time period.
Driving Behavior Analysis
Given a fleet manager selects a specific vehicle type in the Fuel Consumption Analytics, when they analyze the driving behavior data, then they should be able to see the correlation between driving habits and fuel consumption metrics.
Route Optimization Insights
Given a fleet manager views the Fuel Consumption Analytics, when they filter the data by routes taken, then they must be able to identify the top three routes with the highest fuel consumption and receive recommendations for improvement.
Alternative Fuel Options Visibility
Given a fleet manager explores the Fuel Consumption Analytics, when they access the insights for alternative fuel options, then they should see data on potential cost savings and emissions reductions by switching to alternative fuel sources.
Benchmarking Against Industry Standards
Given a fleet manager reviews the Fuel Consumption Analytics, when they compare their fleet's fuel consumption data to industry benchmarks, then they should receive feedback on areas needing improvement and achievable goals.
User-Friendly Reporting Feature
Given a fleet manager is using the Fuel Consumption Analytics, when they generate a report on fuel usage trends, then the report should be clearly formatted, include visual charts, and be exportable in PDF format for sharing.
Scheduled Analytics Review Notifications
Given a fleet manager configures the Fuel Consumption Analytics alerts, when fuel consumption exceeds a certain threshold, then they should receive an automatic email notification with suggested actions.
Alternative Fuel Options Display
"As a fleet manager, I want to see the available alternative fuel options for our fleet so that I can evaluate the feasibility of transitioning to greener fuels and improve our sustainability metrics."
Description

This requirement entails providing information on alternative fuel options within the Sustainability Dashboard. Users will be able to view types of alternative fuels available, their benefits, and specifics on implementation for their fleet. By comparing alternative fuel options against traditional fuels, fleet managers can make knowledgeable decisions when considering transitioning to greener alternatives, thereby enhancing their fleet’s sustainability profile and reducing overall emissions.

Acceptance Criteria
Display Alternative Fuel Options for Fleet Managers
Given a fleet manager accesses the Sustainability Dashboard, when they navigate to the Alternative Fuel Options section, then they should see a list of at least three alternative fuel types available for their fleet, complete with benefits and implementation details.
Compare Alternative Fuels Against Traditional Fuels
Given the fleet manager is on the Alternative Fuel Options section, when they select a specific alternative fuel type, then they should be able to view a comparison table that highlights differences in CO2 emissions, fuel efficiency, and cost against traditional fuel options.
Display Detailed Information for Each Fuel Option
Given a selected alternative fuel type, when the fleet manager clicks on it, then they should see detailed information including benefits, drawbacks, implementation steps, and case studies of fleets that have successfully transitioned to that fuel.
User-Friendly Interface for Fuel Options Comparison
Given the fleet manager is viewing the Alternative Fuel Options, when they interact with the comparison tool, then they should be able to easily select and deselect fuel options for comparison without any technical issues or confusion.
Sustainability Metrics Update in Real-Time
Given the fleet manager has selected their preferred alternative fuel options, when they return to the main dashboard, then the sustainability metrics reflecting potential changes in CO2 emissions and fuel consumption should update in real-time.
Export and Share Alternative Fuel Comparison Reports
Given the fleet manager has completed their analysis of alternative fuel options, when they choose to export their findings, then they should be able to download or share a comprehensive report that includes charts and data from their comparison analysis.
Accessibility on Mobile Devices
Given the fleet manager accesses the Sustainability Dashboard on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Alternative Fuel Options section, then all information displayed should be fully responsive and accessible, maintaining usability and readability on smaller screens.
Sustainability Reporting Tools
"As a fleet manager, I want to create detailed sustainability reports so that I can track our progress over time and share insights with stakeholders for accountability."
Description

Sustainability Reporting Tools will enable fleet managers to generate comprehensive reports on sustainability metrics, capturing data on emissions, fuel consumption, and alternative fuel usage over time. This feature will aid in understanding long-term trends and progress towards sustainability goals, facilitating transparency and accountability within the organization. Reports can be customized and exported, making it easier for managers to present findings to stakeholders and ensure continuous improvement in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager needs to generate a sustainability report covering CO2 emissions over the past quarter to present at a stakeholders meeting.
Given the fleet manager is logged in to Logi360, when they navigate to the Sustainability Reporting Tools and select 'Generate Report', then a detailed report on CO2 emissions for the specified timeframe should be generated and displayed in PDF format.
A fleet manager wants to customize the sustainability report by selecting specific metrics such as fuel consumption and alternative fuel usage for the last year.
Given the fleet manager is on the report customization page, when they select the desired metrics and apply the filters for the desired timeframe, then the customized report should accurately display the selected metrics and be ready for export.
The fleet manager needs to export the sustainability report generated earlier in various formats for distribution to stakeholders.
Given the sustainability report is displayed, when the fleet manager clicks on the 'Export' button, then they should be presented with options to export the report in PDF, Excel, or CSV formats and the export should complete without errors.
The fleet manager requires insights on trends in fuel consumption to identify improvement opportunities for sustainability efforts.
Given the fleet manager accesses the Sustainability Reporting Tools, when they generate a report focused on fuel consumption over the past six months, then the report should include visual trends (charts/graphs) that summarize the fuel consumption data.
The fleet manager intends to evaluate the sustainability performance of the fleet over time to measure progress against defined sustainability goals.
Given that sustainability goals are defined in the system, when the fleet manager generates a historical report on emissions and fuel usage over the past year, then the report should include comparative analyses against the established sustainability goals.
User Alerts for Sustainability Metrics
"As a fleet manager, I want to receive alerts when our sustainability metrics are exceeded so that I can take immediate action to address potential issues and maintain our sustainability goals."
Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a notification system that alerts fleet managers when sustainability metrics exceed predetermined thresholds, such as emissions levels or fuel usage. These alerts will allow users to take prompt action to mitigate issues and maintain optimal performance. By ensuring that fleet managers receive timely updates, this feature supports proactive decisions that align with the organization's sustainability objectives and enhance overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet Manager Receives Alerts for CO2 Emissions Exceeding Thresholds
Given the fleet manager is monitoring sustainability metrics, when CO2 emissions exceed the threshold set, then an alert is sent to the fleet manager's dashboard and email.
Fleet Manager Receives Alerts for Fuel Consumption Trends
Given the fleet manager is tracking fuel consumption, when fuel usage trends indicate a significant increase over the past month, then a notification is generated and sent to the fleet manager.
Fleet Manager Can Configure Alert Thresholds
Given the fleet manager is in the settings page, when they adjust the thresholds for emissions and fuel usage alerts, then the new thresholds are saved and effective immediately.
Historical Data Accessibility for Alerts
Given a fleet manager wants to review past alerts, when they access the alert history page, then they can see a comprehensive list of past alerts along with the corresponding metrics that triggered them.
Real-Time Alerts During Fleet Operations
Given that vehicles are in operation, when any sustainability metric exceeds the set threshold, then an instant alert is pushed to both the dashboard and the designated mobile app.
Multi-User Alert Notification
Given a fleet operates with multiple managers, when an alert is triggered, then notifications are sent to all designated users without delay.

Carbon Offset Calculator

The Carbon Offset Calculator estimates the environmental impact of fleet operations and suggests possible carbon offset programs to mitigate the fleet’s carbon footprint. This feature enables organizations to take action towards compensating emissions, promoting corporate responsibility and climate action.

Requirements

Carbon Footprint Assessment
"As a fleet manager, I want to assess the carbon footprint of my operations so that I can identify areas for improvement and implement greener strategies."
Description

The Carbon Footprint Assessment requirement involves developing a comprehensive module within the Carbon Offset Calculator that accurately estimates the CO2 emissions produced by various fleet operations based on real-time data. This functionality will enable logistics companies to measure their environmental impact effectively, using metrics such as distance traveled, fuel consumption, and vehicle efficiency. By integrating this assessment into the Logi360 platform, users will receive actionable insights that can inform their operational strategies and enhance sustainability efforts. This requirement is crucial in supporting organizations to become more environmentally responsible and align with current trends in corporate sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria
Carbon Footprint Assessment for a Fleet Optimization Meeting.
Given a user accesses the Carbon Offset Calculator, when they input real-time data on distance traveled and fuel consumption, then the system calculates and displays the estimated CO2 emissions for the fleet operations accurately within 5% of known benchmarks.
Integration with GPS and Telematics Systems for Accurate Data.
Given that the fleet's GPS and telematics systems are active, when the data is fed into the Carbon Offset Calculator, then the system should automatically update CO2 emissions estimates every hour without lag or data loss.
User Interface for Carbon Footprint Assessment Results.
Given the user completes the footprint assessment, when they review the results, then the user should see a clear and detailed report that includes CO2 emissions figures, suggested offsets, and actionable insights in a user-friendly format accessible on both web and mobile platforms.
Feedback Mechanism for Suggested Carbon Offset Programs.
Given a user receives suggestions for carbon offset programs after the footprint assessment, when they select a program, then they should be able to view detailed information about the program, including costs, impact, and next steps for implementation.
Training and Support for Using the Carbon Offset Calculator.
Given that a new user registers on the Logi360 platform, when they access the training materials, then they should be able to navigate and use the Carbon Offset Calculator independently after completing a quick start tutorial.
Data Privacy and Security Compliance in Assessments.
Given that a user engages with the Carbon Offset Calculator, when they submit fleet operation data, then the system should ensure that all data is encrypted and compliant with GDPR standards regarding user data protection.
Reporting and Analytics Capabilities for Fleet Emissions.
Given a user wants to track their fleet's emissions over time, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to generate customized reports showing trends in CO2 emissions compared to set targets for at least the past year.
Offset Program Suggestions
"As an operations director, I want to receive tailored suggestions for carbon offset programs so that I can choose the most effective options for mitigating our emissions."
Description

The Offset Program Suggestions requirement focuses on integrating an intelligent recommendation engine within the Carbon Offset Calculator that suggests suitable carbon offset programs tailored to the specific emissions profile of the fleet. The system will analyze the assessed carbon emissions data and match it with various verified offset programs available in the market. This functionality will help organizations take concrete steps toward reducing their carbon footprint, enhancing their corporate responsibility by supporting sustainability initiatives. It will also foster stronger relationships with customers who prioritize environmental responsibility, driving a competitive advantage.

Acceptance Criteria
As a logistics manager, I want to input my fleet's carbon emissions data into the Carbon Offset Calculator so that I can receive tailored recommendations for carbon offset programs that fit our specific emissions profile and corporate sustainability goals.
Given the user inputs the fleet’s carbon emissions data, when the calculation is processed, then the system should return at least three relevant carbon offset programs that match the emissions profile, including key details such as cost, impact, and duration of the offset.
As a sustainability officer, I need to review the suggested carbon offset programs generated by the Carbon Offset Calculator to evaluate their alignment with our company’s sustainability objectives and values.
Given a logistics manager has received suggestions for carbon offset programs, when the sustainability officer reviews these programs, then there should be an option to filter programs based on cost, impact area (e.g., reforestation, renewable energy), and verification standard (e.g., Gold Standard, Verified Carbon Standard).
As an operations director, I want to understand the potential impact of implementing the recommended carbon offset programs on our fleet’s overall carbon footprint, so I can make informed decisions about which programs to adopt.
Given the recommended carbon offset programs are displayed, when the user selects a program, then the system should display an estimated percentage reduction in overall carbon emissions and the expected timeline for achieving this reduction.
As a financial analyst, I want to analyze the cost-effectiveness of the suggested carbon offset programs to ensure they fit within our budget while also maximizing environmental impact.
Given the user reviews the suggested carbon offset programs, when they access the detailed cost information, then the system should provide a cost per ton of CO2 offset, and a detailed breakdown of potential return on investment (ROI) for each program.
As a stakeholder in our corporate responsibility initiatives, I want to have access to metrics that show the impact of the adopted carbon offset programs over time, ensuring transparency and accountability in our sustainability efforts.
Given that one or more carbon offset programs are selected and adopted, when the user accesses the reports section of the dashboard, then the system should present metrics on total CO2 offset, program cost, and improvements in sustainability score over time, available in visual formats like charts or graphs.
As a project manager, I need to ensure that our employees are aware of the carbon offset programs we are implementing and understand their significance within our corporate sustainability goals.
Given an employee is accessing the training or resources section of the Logi360 platform, when they search for carbon offset programs, then relevant educational materials and guidelines should be available, outlining the importance of these initiatives and steps for participation.
User-Friendly Interface for Calculator
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to quickly navigate the Carbon Offset Calculator interface so that I can obtain emissions estimations and suggestions without wasting time."
Description

The User-Friendly Interface for Calculator requirement entails designing and implementing a straightforward, visually appealing interface for the Carbon Offset Calculator feature. This interface should allow users to easily input data, view results, and navigate through different functionalities of the calculator without confusion. An intuitive design will significantly enhance the user experience by lowering the learning curve and facilitating quick decisions based on the output received. The success of this requirement is vital for ensuring high engagement levels and maximizing the utility of the Carbon Offset Calculator within the Logi360 framework.

Acceptance Criteria
As a user, I want to easily access the Carbon Offset Calculator from the main dashboard in Logi360 so that I can start inputting my fleet data without any navigation challenges.
Given a logged-in user on the Logi360 dashboard, when they click on the 'Carbon Offset Calculator' tile, then they should be redirected to the calculator interface without any error or additional steps.
As a user, I want to input fleet data into the Carbon Offset Calculator through clearly labeled fields, ensuring I understand what information is required for accurate calculations.
Given the calculator interface is open, when the user views the input fields, then all fields must be clearly labeled and include tooltips to provide additional guidance if necessary.
As a user, I want to receive immediate visual feedback when I input data into the Carbon Offset Calculator to confirm that my entries are recognized and accepted.
Given the user inputs data into the relevant fields, when the input is valid, then the interface should display a 'success' message alongside the entered data to indicate acceptance.
As a user, I want to view the calculated carbon offset metrics on a results page that is cleanly laid out, making it easy to interpret the data and understand the recommendations.
Given the user has inputted all required data and submitted it, when the results are generated, then the results page must present carbon offset metrics in a clear, visually appealing format that is easy to read and understand.
As a user, I want to access a help section from the Carbon Offset Calculator interface so that I can resolve any uncertainties I have about using the tool.
Given the calculator interface is open, when the user clicks on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a dedicated help section with FAQs and guidance on using the calculator effectively.
As a user, I want the Carbon Offset Calculator to save my previous inputs and results, so I can review and compare them later for better decision-making.
Given the user has inputted data, when they navigate away from the calculator and return later, then their previous inputs and results should be saved and displayed in the interface.
Integration with Existing Data Sources
"As a data analyst, I want the Carbon Offset Calculator to pull real-time data from our existing systems so that I can ensure the accuracy of emissions assessments without additional manual entries."
Description

The Integration with Existing Data Sources requirement seeks to establish seamless connections between the Carbon Offset Calculator and the existing data sources utilized within the Logi360 platform. This includes GPS, telematics, and fleet management systems, allowing the calculator to automate data retrieval for emissions calculations. By ensuring that the tool can leverage real-time operational data, it will provide more accurate and timely assessments and recommendations while reducing manual input errors. Effective integration is necessary for the calculator's functionality, as it enhances data reliability and supports user confidence in the outputs generated.

Acceptance Criteria
Integration between the Carbon Offset Calculator and GPS data sources is established, ensuring real-time retrieval of location and route data to accurately calculate emissions.
Given the Carbon Offset Calculator is connected to GPS data sources, when the user initiates a carbon calculation for a specific route, then the calculator retrieves real-time GPS data and displays accurate emissions based on the route taken.
The Carbon Offset Calculator receives accurate telematics data from the fleet management system to assess vehicle fuel consumption and driving behavior for emissions estimation.
Given the Carbon Offset Calculator is integrated with the telematics system, when the user requests an emissions report, then the calculator uses the received telematics data to generate a detailed and accurate emissions estimate.
Automated data retrieval from existing fleet management systems is functional, allowing the Carbon Offset Calculator to minimize manual input errors.
Given the Carbon Offset Calculator is connected to the fleet management system, when the system performs an emissions calculation, then it automatically pulls the necessary data without any manual user input error occurring.
The Carbon Offset Calculator generates recommendations for carbon offset programs based on retrieved data about emissions from integrated systems.
Given the user inputs emissions data into the Carbon Offset Calculator, when the calculation is completed, then the system should display at least three recommended carbon offset programs tailored for the specific emissions profile.
The performance of data integration is tested under varied loads to ensure reliability during peak operational times for the Carbon Offset Calculator.
Given the system is under peak load conditions, when multiple users request emissions calculations simultaneously, then the Carbon Offset Calculator should maintain response times of less than 5 seconds for each request without failure.
The integration layer between the Carbon Offset Calculator and existing data sources is secured against unauthorized access to protect sensitive operational data.
Given the integration layer is in operation, when an unauthorized access attempt is made, then the system should block the access and log the attempt for security review purposes.
Reporting and Dashboard Insights
"As a sustainability officer, I want to generate comprehensive reports on our carbon emissions and offset initiatives so that I can track progress and communicate our sustainability achievements effectively."
Description

The Reporting and Dashboard Insights requirement involves creating a robust reporting framework that provides comprehensive summaries and visualizations of the carbon emissions assessed and the effectiveness of offset programs selected. This feature will enable users to generate reports that not only highlight the current state of their carbon footprint but also track mitigation efforts over time. The reporting tool will play a crucial role in promoting transparency, accountability, and continuous improvement in sustainability efforts by visualizing data trends and performance metrics related to carbon emissions and offsets. Through these insights, organizations can enhance decision-making processes and demonstrate corporate responsibility to stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Reporting and Dashboard Insights feature after completing carbon offset program selections.
Given the user has selected carbon offset programs, when they navigate to the Reporting and Dashboard Insights feature, then they should see an overview of their current carbon emissions and the efficacy of the selected offset programs displayed in a user-friendly dashboard.
User generates a report highlighting carbon emissions and mitigation efforts over a specified period.
Given the user is on the Reporting section, when they specify a date range and click 'Generate Report', then the system should produce a report summarizing total emissions, offsets applied, and visual trends for the specified period.
User visualizes carbon emissions trends through graphs and data analytics on the dashboard.
Given the user is on the Dashboard, when they view the visualization widgets, then they should see real-time graphs representing the data trends for carbon emissions and offsets, with tooltips providing detailed metrics.
User evaluates the effectiveness of selected carbon offset programs through reporting insights.
Given the user has completed the carbon offset selections, when they review the Reporting Insights, then they should see a section dedicated to the effectiveness of each selected program with clear metrics for evaluation.
Administrator checks the accuracy of emissions data calculated within the reporting framework.
Given the administrator is reviewing the data in the Reporting Insights, when they cross-check the reported emissions against known metrics, then all emissions data should be accurate to within 95% of the corrected figures.
User accesses mobile dashboard for real-time updates on carbon emission metrics.
Given the user is accessing the Logi360 platform on a mobile device, when they navigate to the carbon emissions dashboard, then they should be able to view all key metrics and visualizations responsive to the mobile interface.

Eco-Driving Score

The Eco-Driving Score rates driver performance based on fuel efficiency and driving habits that impact emissions. By providing this feedback, the feature encourages drivers to adopt more sustainable driving behaviors, reducing fuel costs and promoting environmental stewardship within the organization.

Requirements

Eco-Driving Score Calculation
"As a fleet manager, I want to view the Eco-Driving Score for each driver so that I can provide targeted feedback and coaching to improve driving habits and reduce fuel consumption."
Description

The Eco-Driving Score Calculation requires the integration of data from the vehicle’s telematics systems to evaluate and compute a driver's performance based on specific metrics related to fuel efficiency and driving habits. This system should assess factors such as acceleration patterns, braking intensity, and idling time. The calculated score will be dynamically updated and displayed on the dashboard, allowing drivers to quickly gauge their performance. This feature aims to empower drivers to make informed decisions and adjust their driving behavior to minimize their environmental impact and reduce fuel costs. Additionally, the persistent collection of performance data will support overall fleet analysis and reporting, enhancing the organization's ability to track improvements over time.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers receive real-time feedback on their driving habits through the Eco-Driving Score displayed on their dashboard after completing a trip.
Given a driver completes a trip, when the trip data is processed, then the Eco-Driving Score must be calculated and displayed within 5 seconds of trip completion.
The Eco-Driving Score is based on specific driving behaviors that impact fuel efficiency and emissions, allowing drivers to improve their performance.
Given a set of predefined metrics (acceleration, braking, idling), when the system processes telematics data, then the Eco-Driving Score must accurately reflect the calculated performance based on these metrics.
A driver wants to view their historical Eco-Driving Scores to track improvements and identify areas for further enhancement.
Given a driver accesses their performance history, when they request their Eco-Driving Scores, then the system must provide a report showing scores for the last 30 trips with visual trends over time.
Fleet managers need to analyze overall driver performance across the fleet to identify training opportunities and improve driving behaviors.
Given a fleet manager requests a report on Eco-Driving Scores, when the data is compiled, then the report must provide aggregated scores and include averages and highest/lowest performers within the fleet.
Drivers are encouraged to adopt better driving habits through gamification of their Eco-Driving Scores, motivating them to compete with peers.
Given multiple drivers are using the Eco-Driving Score, when their scores are compared, then the system must display a leaderboard showcasing the top performers and their scores on the dashboard.
The system ensures that Eco-Driving Scores are up-to-date even when driving conditions change, such as weather or traffic, affecting driving behavior.
Given real-time environmental data is available, when driving behavior changes due to external factors, then the Eco-Driving Score must reevaluate and update dynamically every 10 minutes during a trip.
Driver Feedback Notification
"As a driver, I want to receive notifications about my Eco-Driving Score and recommended improvements so that I can adjust my driving habits immediately and reduce my fuel costs."
Description

The Driver Feedback Notification system will automatically alert drivers about their Eco-Driving Score and provide insights into specific driving behaviors that require improvement. This feature will generate alerts based on thresholds set for eco-driving performance and can deliver feedback through in-app notifications or email. By making this feedback timely and accessible, drivers are encouraged to adapt their behaviors in real-time, enhancing their contribution to sustainable driving efforts. This continuous engagement promotes a culture of accountability and drives improvements in driving performance across the fleet.

Acceptance Criteria
Drivers receive real-time notifications about their Eco-Driving Scores in the Logi360 app after each trip, allowing them to promptly adjust their driving behaviors based on feedback.
Given a driver completes a trip, when the trip summary is generated, then the driver should receive a notification in the app that includes their Eco-Driving Score and specific behaviors to improve.
Drivers opt-in to receive Eco-Driving Score notifications via email, ensuring they have multiple channels to receive critical performance feedback.
Given a driver opts-in for email notifications, when their Eco-Driving Score is calculated, then an email should be sent to the driver with their score and insights into areas for improvement.
The system automatically adjusts notification thresholds based on individual driver performance to provide personalized feedback that is both relevant and actionable.
Given a driver’s performance has been evaluated over a set period, when the Driver Feedback Notification system recalibrates the thresholds, then the new thresholds should respect the driver's historical performance data to deliver appropriate feedback.
The Eco-Driving Score includes specific measures such as harsh braking and rapid acceleration, ensuring that drivers receive comprehensive feedback on their driving habits.
Given a driver completed multiple trips, when their Eco-Driving Score is calculated, then the notification should detail individual metrics of driving behaviors, like harsh braking or rapid acceleration, which impact their score.
Drivers can view historical Eco-Driving Scores and feedback to track their progress over time, promoting a culture of continuous improvement and sustainability awareness.
Given a driver accesses their performance history in the app, when they select the Eco-Driving Score section, then they should be able to view their scores from previous trips along with actionable insights to track their performance trends.
Managers receive aggregated Eco-Driving Score reports to assess team performance and identify potential training needs for improvement.
Given the Eco-Driving Scores of all drivers are compiled, when a manager requests a report, then the system should generate a summary report showing average scores and areas needing attention across the fleet.
Eco-Driving Score Reporting
"As a fleet manager, I want to generate reports on Eco-Driving Scores so that I can track trends over time and assess the success of our sustainable driving initiatives."
Description

The Eco-Driving Score Reporting feature will allow fleet managers to generate analytical reports on the Eco-Driving Scores over specific timeframes. These reports will blend data from individual drivers, identify trends, and highlight areas for collective improvement. Simple visualization tools and insights will aid in presenting data in a meaningful way, enabling managers to align training and educational programs accordingly. By analyzing this data, organizations can plan eco-driving initiatives and track their effectiveness, fostering a data-driven approach to sustainability in fleet operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Fleet manager accesses the Eco-Driving Score Reporting feature to analyze driver performance over the last quarter.
Given the fleet manager is logged into Logi360, when they select the Eco-Driving Score Reporting feature and specify a quarterly timeframe, then the system should generate a report displaying Eco-Driving Scores for each driver with data visualizations including graphs and tables.
Fleet manager reviews trends in Eco-Driving Scores to identify areas of improvement for drivers.
Given the generated Eco-Driving Score report, when the fleet manager examines the trends, then the system should highlight drivers with scores below the average and provide insights on common driving behaviors associated with lower scores.
Fleet manager wants to create a training program based on Eco-Driving Scores to promote more sustainable driving habits.
Given the fleet manager has reviewed the Eco-Driving Score report, when they click on the option to generate training recommendations, then the system should provide a list of training modules tailored to the identified driving behaviors impacting the scores.
Fleet manager uses the report to track the effectiveness of implemented eco-driving initiatives over time.
Given the fleet manager has access to the Eco-Driving Score reports from multiple timeframes, when they compare the scores before and after the implementation of eco-driving initiatives, then the system should display a clear improvement in scores and track the progress visually.
Fleet manager exports the Eco-Driving Score report for presentation to stakeholders.
Given the fleet manager has generated the Eco-Driving Score report, when they choose to export the report, then the system should allow export options in multiple formats such as PDF and Excel without loss of visual data representation.
Incentive Program Integration
"As a fleet manager, I want to implement an incentive program linked to Eco-Driving Scores so that I can motivate drivers to adopt better driving habits and reduce overall fuel consumption."
Description

The Incentive Program Integration feature will link the Eco-Driving Score with performance-based rewards for drivers. By establishing a program that incentivizes high eco-driving scores, organizations can encourage a culture focused on sustainability and efficiency. This feature will define criteria for rewards and facilitate the tracking of performance against those criteria, allowing for periodic evaluations and reward disbursements. Additionally, the system should provide visibility for drivers into their earned incentives, fostering motivation for continuous improvement in driving habits.

Acceptance Criteria
Integration of Eco-Driving Score with the Incentive Program where drivers access their scores through the Logi360 dashboard after each trip completion.
Given a driver completes a trip, when they check their Logi360 dashboard, then their Eco-Driving Score should be displayed along with the corresponding incentive points earned based on predefined criteria.
Tracking the performance of drivers against the Eco-Driving Score criteria for the purpose of reward disbursement at the end of the evaluation period.
Given the end of the evaluation period, when the performance of drivers is analyzed, then the system should accurately generate a report detailing each driver's Eco-Driving Scores and the rewards to be disbursed based on these scores.
Visibility for drivers to view their accumulated incentives over time and how they are derived from their Eco-Driving Scores.
Given a driver accesses their incentives section in the Logi360 app, when they view their incentive history, then they should see a detailed breakdown of Eco-Driving Scores, incentives earned for each period, and any notifications related to rewards.
Establishing criteria and thresholds for rewards based on Eco-Driving Scores that align with organizational sustainability goals.
Given the setup of the Incentive Program, when the criteria for Eco-Driving Scores are defined, then those criteria must be documented, approved, and made available to drivers before the program launch.
Evaluation of individual driver performance against the Eco-Driving Score to identify trends and areas for improvement within the Incentive Program.
Given ongoing monitoring of Eco-Driving Scores, when the system analyzes the data monthly, then it should generate insights highlighting individual performance trends and recommendations for driver improvement.
Implementation of automated notifications to drivers regarding their Eco-Driving Score changes and associated incentives.
Given a change in a driver’s Eco-Driving Score, when the system processes this update, then the driver should receive an automated notification via the Logi360 app detailing the score change and any impact on their incentives.
Driver Training Module
"As a driver, I want access to training resources on eco-driving so that I can learn how to improve my driving behavior and contribute to lower fuel consumption in our fleet."
Description

The Driver Training Module will provide educational resources and training modules focused on eco-driving techniques. It will draw from the feedback and insights obtained from the Eco-Driving Score system, offering targeted content that addresses the common areas for improvement identified in driving behaviors. This module will be integrated within the Logi360 platform, providing drivers easy access to training materials that can help them enhance their eco-driving skills. The module will also include assessments to track training progress and effectiveness, ultimately aiming to create a more knowledgeable workforce committed to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver accesses the Driver Training Module through the Logi360 platform.
Given the driver is logged in to the Logi360 platform, When the driver navigates to the Driver Training Module, Then the driver should see a list of eco-driving training modules available for completion.
Driver completes an eco-driving training module and takes the assessment.
Given the driver has selected an eco-driving training module, When the driver completes the module and submits the assessment, Then the system should provide immediate feedback on the driver's performance and a score out of 100.
Driver reviews eco-driving score and training recommendations based on performance.
Given the driver has accessed their Eco-Driving Score, When the driver views their score, Then the system should display specific areas for improvement and link to relevant training modules.
Admin monitors training progress across all drivers in the organization.
Given the admin is logged into the Logi360 platform, When the admin accesses the Driver Training Module analytics, Then the admin should see a report of training completion rates, average assessment scores, and areas needing focus across all drivers.
Driver retakes training assessment to improve eco-driving score.
Given the driver has taken the assessment previously, When the driver retakes the assessment after additional training, Then the system should compare the new score to the previous score and provide feedback on improvement or decline.
System administrators update training content and modules regularly.
Given the admin has new eco-driving content to add, When the admin uploads new training modules to the platform, Then the updated modules should be immediately accessible by drivers without any errors.
Drivers receive notifications about new training modules and updates.
Given there are new eco-driving training modules available, When the modules are released, Then each driver should receive an automated notification via the Logi360 platform and email regarding the new content.

Trend Analyzer

Trend Analyzer provides advanced analytical tools to identify patterns and shifts in logistics data over time. By visualizing historical performance metrics, users can make informed forecasts and strategic decisions, enhancing their understanding of operational trends and improving efficiency.

Requirements

Data Visualization Dashboard
"As a logistics manager, I want to view historical performance metrics visually so that I can easily identify trends and make informed decisions about our operations."
Description

The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement involves creating an interactive interface that displays key performance metrics and trends derived from logistics data. This feature will allow users to easily visualize historical performance metrics through graphs and charts, enhancing their understanding of operational trends. By integrating various data sources, the dashboard will facilitate real-time updates and comparisons, empowering users to make proactive decisions based on actionable insights. This requirement is crucial for users looking to quickly interpret data and respond accordingly, thereby improving overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
Data visualization for historical performance metrics in the logistics dashboard.
Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they select a historical date range, then the dashboard displays graphs and charts representing key performance metrics for that period.
Real-time updates on logistics data in the dashboard.
Given the dashboard is open, when new logistics data is received, then the dashboard refreshes the key performance metrics within 5 seconds to reflect the latest information.
Comparison of performance metrics over two selected time periods in the dashboard.
Given the user selects two different historical date ranges, when they click on the compare button, then the dashboard shows a side-by-side comparison of performance metrics for both periods.
User customization of dashboard display preferences.
Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they choose to customize the dashboard layout and select preferred metrics, then these preferences are saved and reflected every time they access the dashboard.
Accessibility of the dashboard on mobile devices.
Given the user accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard from a mobile device, when they load the dashboard, then the dashboard is fully functional and displays all features without loss of fidelity.
Exporting visualized data from the dashboard.
Given the user has selected specific metrics to visualize, when they choose to export the data, then the dashboard generates a downloadable report in PDF format that includes the requested metrics and graphs.
User alerts for significant trend changes in logistics data.
Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when a significant change in logistics trends is detected, then the user receives an alert notification regarding the trend shift within the dashboard interface.
Automated Reporting Generation
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to receive automated reports on operational performance so that I can assess efficiency without having to create reports manually."
Description

Automated Reporting Generation will allow for the creation of customized performance reports at scheduled intervals without manual intervention. This feature will collect relevant data, analyze it, and generate comprehensive reports that include statistics, visualizations, and insights pertaining to logistics operations. The benefit of this requirement is that it will save time for users and reduce the chance of human error in report creation. By automating this process, logistics teams can focus on more strategic tasks while still receiving crucial performance insights regularly.

Acceptance Criteria
User schedules a customized performance report to be generated weekly, which includes a breakdown of delivery times, costs, and employee performance metrics.
Given that the user has selected the report parameters and scheduled the report for weekly generation, when the scheduled time arrives, then an email notification is sent to the user with a downloadable report attached.
User specifies that the automated report should include visual representations of data trends over the last month.
Given that the user has defined the visualizations required (e.g., bar charts, pie charts) in the report parameters, when the report is generated, then the report displays the specified visualizations accurately reflecting the data.
User wants to review the automated report generated on logistics performance for the past month.
Given that the report has been generated and sent to the user's email, when the user accesses the report, then they can view all data, visualizations, and insights without any missing information or errors.
User needs to ensure the report generation process is free of errors and includes necessary disclaimers where applicable.
Given that the user has set parameters for data accuracy and disclaimers, when the report is generated, then all disclaimers are included correctly and the data passes validation checks with no errors.
User encounters an issue where the report is not being generated as scheduled.
Given that the user reports a missed scheduled report, when the system is checked, then the scheduling logs confirm whether the missed report was due to a system error or user configuration error.
User examines the historical performance metrics to evaluate trends in logistics operations over a specific timeframe.
Given that the user requests a report for the past three months, when the report is generated, then it accurately reflects the metrics and highlights any trends or anomalies during that period.
Predictive Analytics Engine
"As a data analyst, I want to use predictive analytics tools to forecast logistics trends so that I can optimize resource allocation and improve service delivery."
Description

The Predictive Analytics Engine requirement centers around developing algorithms that analyze historical logistics data to forecast future trends and performance metrics. This engine will utilize machine learning techniques to identify patterns and correlations within the data, providing users with predictive insights that can inform strategic decision-making. By anticipating future demands and identifying potential issues, this feature will enhance operational planning and resource allocation, ultimately leading to improved efficiency and cost-effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria
As a logistics manager, I want to view predictive analytics that identify potential delays in delivery based on historical data, so that I can proactively manage resources and communicate effectively with clients.
Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has processed at least three months of historical data, when I request a forecast for delivery times, then the system should provide an estimated percentage of on-time deliveries and highlight any predicted delays with suggested actions.
As a user accessing the Trend Analyzer, I need to visualize the forecasted performance metrics over the next quarter, allowing me to adjust my operational strategies accordingly.
Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has completed its analysis, when I access the Trend Analyzer dashboard, then I should see a graph depicting forecasted metrics, along with clear indications of projected increases or decreases in key performance indicators (KPIs) for the next quarter.
As a warehouse supervisor, I want to receive alerts for any anticipated resource shortages identified by the predictive analytics, to minimize disruptions in logistics operations.
Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine identifies potential resource shortages based on predictive trends, when a shortage is forecasted, then the system should automatically send an alert via email to the relevant staff with details of the anticipated shortfall and recommendations for mitigation.
As an operations analyst, I need the ability to filter predictive analytics results by specific timeframes and metrics, so I can narrow down relevant insights for particular decision-making.
Given that I am on the Predictive Analytics insights page, when I apply specific filters (such as date range and type of metrics), then the system should update the displayed data instantly to reflect my selected criteria without any delay.
As a business owner, I want to access a summary report generated by the predictive analytics feature that highlights key insights and recommendations for improving operational efficiency.
Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has completed analysis for the last two quarters, when I request the summary report, then I should receive a downloadable document that includes at least three actionable insights and corresponding data visualizations to support each recommendation.
As a fleet manager, I need to be able to compare actual performance against the predictive insights provided by the analytics engine, enabling me to assess the accuracy of forecasts.
Given that there are established KPIs for delivery performance, when I view the dashboard comparing actual vs. predicted performance, then the system should clearly indicate the percentage of accuracy of the predictive insights with graphs showing trends for both actual and predicted data.
Customizable KPI Alerts
"As an operations manager, I want to receive alerts on critical KPIs so that I can respond quickly to changes in our logistics performance."
Description

The Customizable KPI Alerts feature will enable users to set specific key performance indicators (KPIs) for their logistics operations and receive notifications when those indicators meet or exceed predefined thresholds. This functionality ensures that users stay informed about critical metrics without needing to continuously monitor the dashboard. The alerts will enhance responsiveness to operational changes and allow for quicker decision-making, resulting in better management of logistics activities.

Acceptance Criteria
Setting Up Custom KPI Alerts for Delivery Timeliness
Given a user has access to the Trend Analyzer feature, when they navigate to the KPI Alerts section and set a delivery timeliness KPI threshold, then they should receive a notification when delivery times exceed the predefined threshold.
Receiving Notifications for Exceeded KPI Thresholds
Given a user has configured their customizable KPI alerts, when the operational data meets or exceeds the threshold for any of the KPIs, then the user should receive an email and/or in-app notification informing them of the exceeded threshold.
Modifying Existing KPI Alerts
Given a user has previously set up a KPI alert, when they access the KPI configuration screen and modify the threshold, then the new threshold should be saved and a confirmation notification displayed to the user.
Deleting an Unwanted KPI Alert
Given a user has an active KPI alert, when they select the option to delete the alert, then the alert should be removed from the system and the user should receive a confirmation message that the alert has been deleted.
Viewing Historical Performance Metrics with KPI Alerts
Given a user has set KPIs, when they access the Trend Analyzer to view historical performance data, then they should see the trend of those KPIs over time and how often alerts were triggered based on the historical thresholds.
Ensuring Alerts for Multiple KPIs Work Simultaneously
Given a user has set multiple KPI alerts, when the operational metrics fluctuate and meet the thresholds for multiple KPIs, then the user should receive separate notifications for each KPI that is triggered at the same time.
Integration with External Data Sources
"As a logistics analyst, I want to integrate external data sources so that I can enhance our analysis and reporting with additional information."
Description

The Integration with External Data Sources requirement involves establishing connections to third-party systems and data sources, such as shipping carriers and customer databases, to enrich the logistics data pool. This integration will allow for more comprehensive analysis and reporting by combining internal and external data sets. The ability to pull in additional data will provide a holistic view of operations, facilitating better decision-making and strategic planning across the logistics team.

Acceptance Criteria
Integration with External Shipping Carrier Data
Given that the user has access to external shipping carrier data, when they connect Logi360 to the shipping carrier API, then the system should successfully retrieve and display the shipping data within the Logi360 dashboard.
Combining Internal and External Data for Reporting
Given that the user has selected both internal logistics data and external data sources, when they generate a trend report, then the report should accurately reflect combined insights from both datasets without data loss.
User Access to External Data Integration Features
Given that the user has the appropriate permissions, when they navigate to the data integration section, then they should have the ability to view, configure, and manage all connected external data sources.
Real-time Data Synchronization
Given that the user has initiated a data sync with an external customer database, when the synchronization process is completed, then the latest external data should be reflected in Logi360 within 5 minutes.
Error Handling for Failed Data Integration
Given that the system attempts to connect to an external data source and fails, when the error occurs, then the system should provide a clear error message outlining the reason for the failure and suggest corrective actions.
Testing Data Integrity Post-Integration
Given that the external data sources have been successfully integrated, when the user runs a data integrity check, then the system should confirm that 100% of the data from external sources matches the expected formats and values.
User Notification of Data Integration Completion
Given that the integration process for external data sources has been completed, when the process is finished, then the user should receive a notification confirming the successful integration and any relevant details.

KPI Benchmarking

KPI Benchmarking enables users to compare current performance metrics against industry standards and past performance. This feature empowers logistics analysts to identify areas for improvement, set realistic goals, and drive operational excellence through data-driven insights.

Requirements

Performance Metrics Dashboard
"As a logistics analyst, I want to access a Performance Metrics Dashboard so that I can visualize our KPIs in real-time and make informed decisions to improve operational efficiency."
Description

The Performance Metrics Dashboard provides users with a centralized interface to visualize key performance indicators (KPIs) in real-time. It integrates data from various sources within Logi360 and presents it through intuitive charts, graphs, and tables. This dashboard will highlight performance trends, comparisons against industry benchmarks, and historical data to allow users to track their operational efficiency effectively. By providing actionable insights, the dashboard empowers logistics teams to identify strengths and weaknesses, make data-informed decisions, and enhance their overall performance.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Performance Metrics Dashboard to monitor real-time KPIs during a peak operational period.
Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Performance Metrics Dashboard, then they should see real-time data visualizations that update every minute and display key performance indicators (KPIs) such as delivery time, vehicle utilization, and cost per mile.
A logistics analyst requests historical data comparisons on the Performance Metrics Dashboard to evaluate quarterly performance against industry benchmarks.
Given the user selects the 'Historical Data' option, when they apply the date range for the last quarter, then the dashboard should display historical KPIs with clear benchmarks for comparison, represented in charts and tables.
User interacts with the Performance Metrics Dashboard to identify trends and generate reports for internal review.
Given the user has selected a specific KPI, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then the system should create a comprehensive report that includes trends, comparisons to benchmarks, and actionable insights, which can be downloaded as a PDF.
A user seeks to customize the Performance Metrics Dashboard to focus on specific KPIs relevant to their fleet operations.
Given the user accesses the customization settings, when they select KPIs and save their preferences, then the dashboard should update to reflect the selected KPIs and display them prominently on the main interface.
During a review meeting, a logistics manager presents the Performance Metrics Dashboard to the team to discuss operational efficiencies.
Given the dashboard is being displayed, when the team discusses different KPIs and their implications, then the user should be able to hover over elements in the dashboard to view tooltips with detailed explanations of each KPI's significance and data source.
User receives an alert on the Performance Metrics Dashboard regarding any KPI that falls below the set industry benchmark.
Given the user is monitoring the dashboard, when any KPI drops below the predefined threshold, then an alert should be displayed prominently on the dashboard indicating which KPI is affected, the current value, and the benchmark value.
A user wants to share insights from the Performance Metrics Dashboard with external stakeholders.
Given the user has selected multiple KPIs in the dashboard, when they click on 'Share Insights', then a sharing link should be generated that includes a snapshot of the selected KPIs and their visualizations, which can be sent via email.
Automated Reporting System
"As a logistics manager, I want an Automated Reporting System so that I can generate performance reports effortlessly and share them with my team to support data-driven decisions."
Description

The Automated Reporting System allows users to generate comprehensive performance reports automatically, scheduled to run at regular intervals or triggered by specific events. This feature consolidates KPIs, data trends, and insights directly related to fleet operations and logistics performance. Users can customize report parameters based on their unique needs, ensuring relevance and clarity. The reports are generated in various formats (PDF, Excel) for easy sharing and analysis. By reducing manual reporting tasks, the automated reporting system enhances productivity and provides timely insights to stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria
Automated performance reports generation for the logistics team to assess fleet operations every Monday morning.
Given the scheduled report generation is set for Mondays at 8 AM, When the system executes the report generation, Then a comprehensive performance report including KPIs and data trends should be generated and emailed to all relevant stakeholders in PDF format.
User customization of report parameters prior to generating a performance report.
Given that a user accesses the report generation interface, When they select specific KPIs and date ranges for the report, Then the system should successfully save these parameters and generate a report reflecting the user's choices.
Triggering of automated reporting based on specific events, such as reaching a predefined KPI threshold.
Given that the fleet's average delivery time exceeds the predefined threshold, When this event occurs, Then the system should automatically generate and send a performance report detailing the delivery times and other related KPIs to designated stakeholders.
Users needing performance reports in multiple formats for different stakeholders.
Given a user selects the format options during report generation, When they choose both PDF and Excel formats, Then the system should generate and make both formats available for download immediately after the report generation is complete.
Ensuring reports contain actionable insights and trends related to fleet operations.
Given a user reviews the generated performance report, When they analyze the KPIs, Then the report must include insights and recommendations based on the data trends for informed decision-making.
Reports must clearly reflect changes in performance metrics over time for comparative analysis.
Given that a user requests a performance report over the last quarter, When the report is generated, Then it should display comparative metrics against the previous quarter to highlight performance changes.
Automated reporting system accessibility via mobile devices for on-the-go users.
Given that a user accesses the reporting feature from a mobile device, When they navigate to the automated reporting section, Then the interface should adapt to mobile constraints, ensuring full functionality and user experience similar to the desktop version.
Benchmark Comparison Tool
"As a logistics analyst, I want a Benchmark Comparison Tool so that I can understand how our performance measures against industry standards and drive our targets toward excellence."
Description

The Benchmark Comparison Tool enables users to systematically compare their logistics performance metrics against industry standards and historical data. This tool will provide a side-by-side analysis of key metrics, highlighting gaps and opportunities for improvement. It allows users to set and track performance goals based on comparative analysis, fostering a culture of continuous improvement within the organization. Its integration with the existing KPI Benchmarking feature will ensure comprehensive insights for users aiming for operational excellence.

Acceptance Criteria
Users can access the Benchmark Comparison Tool through the Logi360 dashboard.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the KPI Benchmarking feature, then they should see an option to access the Benchmark Comparison Tool.
The Benchmark Comparison Tool allows users to input their performance metrics for comparison.
Given the user is on the Benchmark Comparison Tool page, when they enter their metrics and submit, then the tool should save the inputted metrics without errors.
Users should be able to view a side-by-side comparison of their metrics against industry standards.
Given the user has inputted their performance metrics, when they view the comparison results, then the tool should display their metrics alongside relevant industry standards.
The tool highlights performance gaps and opportunities for improvement.
Given the user has received the comparison results, when they analyze the data, then the tool should visually indicate any gaps or opportunities with clear markers or alerts.
Users can set performance goals based on the provided analytics.
Given the user has reviewed the comparison results, when they choose to set a performance goal, then the tool should allow them to create and save a new goal linked to the identified gaps.
The Benchmark Comparison Tool integrates with existing KPI Benchmarking features.
Given the user is using the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they navigate to the KPI insights, then the data from the comparison should sync accurately with existing KPI metrics.
Alert Notifications for KPI Deviations
"As a logistics manager, I want to receive alert notifications for KPI deviations so that I can respond quickly to performance issues and maintain efficient operations."
Description

The Alert Notifications for KPI Deviations feature automates the monitoring of performance metrics and sends immediate alerts when KPIs fall below or exceed predefined thresholds. This proactive approach enables users to address potential issues quickly, making it easier to maintain operational excellence. Users can customize their alert preferences and choose which KPIs to monitor, ensuring they receive relevant notifications that help them remain agile and responsive in managing their logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria
User sets up alert notifications for specific KPIs in the Logi360 dashboard.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the KPI Benchmarking settings and select KPIs to monitor, then the selected KPIs should be saved successfully, and the user should see a confirmation message.
User receives alerts for KPIs that deviate from set thresholds.
Given the user has set alerts for a KPI, when the KPI value crosses the predefined threshold, then the user should receive an immediate notification via their chosen communication method (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notification).
User customizes their notification preferences for KPI alerts.
Given the user is in the notification settings, when they adjust the frequency and method of alert notifications, then the changes should be saved, and the user should receive alerts according to the new preferences.
A user views a historical log of KPI alerts triggered.
Given the user navigates to the historical alerts section, when they view the triggered alerts list, then they should see a complete record of all KPI deviations, including timestamps and details, for the specified date range.
System validates KPI threshold settings before saving.
Given the user is setting thresholds for a KPI, when they input the threshold values, then the system should validate these values and prompt the user if any thresholds are invalid, preventing the save action until corrections are made.
User receives consolidated weekly summary of KPI performances and alerts.
Given the alert notification feature is enabled, when the week ends, then the user should receive a weekly summary report that includes any alerts triggered and KPI performance metrics compared to their thresholds.
User accesses alert history for troubleshooting.
Given the user wants to review past alerts, when they access the Alerts History page, then they should be able to filter alerts by date and KPI and view details for each alert in a user-friendly format.
User Access Control for KPIs
"As an administrator, I want to manage user access control for KPIs so that I can ensure that only authorized personnel can view and modify sensitive performance data."
Description

The User Access Control for KPIs feature allows administrators to specify which users can access and modify performance metrics and KPI data. This capability enhances data security and ensures that sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel. By managing user roles and permissions, organizations can foster accountability and compliance in handling performance data, thereby protecting their competitive edge and maintaining data integrity within Logi360.

Acceptance Criteria
User Role Assignment for KPI Access Control
Given an administrator is logged into the Logi360 platform, When they navigate to the user management section and assign roles, Then the assigned user should only have access to view KPIs based on their designated role.
Modification Permissions for KPI Data
Given a user with edit permissions accesses the KPI metrics section, When they attempt to modify KPI data, Then the changes should be saved successfully and reflected in real-time for other users with access.
User Access Audit Trail
Given the user access control feature is implemented, When an administrator views the access logs, Then the logs should display all access and modification actions taken on KPI data, including timestamps and user identities.
Unauthorized Access Attempt Notification
Given a user attempts to access KPI data without sufficient permissions, When the access attempt is logged, Then a notification should be sent to the administrator, and the user should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.
Role-Based Data Visibility
Given a user is assigned a specific role that restricts access to certain KPIs, When they access the KPI dashboard, Then they should see only the KPIs they are authorized to view according to their role.
Multiple User Roles Implementation
Given an administrator is setting up user roles, When they define multiple roles with varying permissions for KPI access, Then each user should correctly inherit permissions based on their assigned role with appropriate access levels enforced.
User Training for Access Control
Given the access control feature is live, When an administrator receives training on how to manage user roles, Then they should be able to successfully assign roles and permissions without external assistance.

Customized Reporting

Customized Reporting allows users to create tailored reports based on specific metrics and time frames. This feature ensures logistics analysts can quickly generate insights relevant to their needs, facilitating streamlined communication with stakeholders and supporting action-oriented decision-making.

Requirements

Dynamic Metric Selection
"As a logistics analyst, I want to select specific metrics for my reports so that I can provide my stakeholders with targeted insights that meet their needs."
Description

The Dynamic Metric Selection requirement enables users to pick and choose specific metrics they wish to analyze in their reports. This functionality is crucial as it allows logistics analysts to generate personalized insights depending on their immediate needs or stakeholder requests. By implementing a user-friendly interface for metric selection, it empowers users to interactively customize their reporting experience, thus enhancing their ability to deliver focused and relevant data to stakeholders. This feature will promote better decision-making and improve communication by ensuring that the information shared is pertinent and actionable.

Acceptance Criteria
Logistics analysts need to create a report to evaluate the performance of different delivery routes over the last quarter. They want to select specific metrics such as delivery times, costs, and customer satisfaction ratings to generate insights for an upcoming stakeholders meeting.
Given the user is on the Customized Reporting page, when they click on the 'Select Metrics' button, then they should see a checklist of available metrics to include in their report.
A logistics analyst is tasked with generating a report to analyze the impact of recent route changes. They need to customize the report to include only those metrics that are relevant to the route changes, such as average delivery time and fuel consumption.
Given the user has chosen metrics from the checklist, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then the report should reflect only the selected metrics for the specified time frame.
The operations manager wants to view a comparison between selected metrics over several time frames to determine trends in delivery performance. They want to ensure that the correct metrics are visually represented.
Given the user has specified multiple time frames and metrics, when they view the generated report, then the report should display accurate graphical representations of the selected metrics over the chosen time frames.
A user needs to share a customized report with stakeholders who are not familiar with the metrics used in reports. They want to ensure that the report includes a legends or explanations for the selected metrics.
Given the report has been generated, when the user opts to download the report, then the report should include a section with definitions and explanations for all selected metrics.
In the event that a user does not select any metrics and attempts to generate a report, the platform should provide clear feedback on the action they need to take.
Given the user has not made any metric selections, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then they should see a prompt indicating that at least one metric must be selected to proceed.
A logistics analyst wants to reset their metric selections to start over after making multiple selections during their reporting session.
Given the user has selected multiple metrics, when they click on the 'Reset Selections' button, then all metric checkboxes should be cleared and the user should be able to make new selections easily.
A user wants to filter metrics based on specific categories, such as financial metrics or customer satisfaction metrics, to streamline their reporting process.
Given the user is on the Customized Reporting page, when they select a category filter from the dropdown menu, then only metrics that belong to the selected category should be displayed in the metric selection checklist.
Time Frame Customization
"As a logistics analyst, I want to customize the time frames of my reports so that I can analyze performance over periods relevant to my operational needs."
Description

The Time Frame Customization feature allows users to set and adjust the time periods for which they want to generate reports. This requirement is essential for analyzing trends, performances, and changes over specified durations, thereby enabling key insights relevant to operational timelines. Users can choose from predefined ranges such as daily, weekly, monthly, or create custom ranges. This flexibility will significantly enhance the utility of the reporting feature, as analysts will be able to align the reporting output with business cycles or specific operational questions, ultimately assisting in forecasting and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria
User wants to generate a report for the last month to analyze delivery performance metrics.
Given that the user selects the 'Monthly' predefined range, when they generate the report, then the system should display a report covering the entire last month with accurate metrics and data points.
User needs to create a custom report for the period of the last 10 days to focus on the recent delivery issues.
Given that the user selects a custom time range of '10 days from today', when they generate the report, then the system should accurately reflect data and metrics for the chosen custom period.
Logistics analyst wants to compare the weekly performance of the fleet over the last four weeks to identify trends.
Given the user selects 'Weekly' for the last four weeks, when the report is generated, then the system must provide a comparative report showing all relevant metrics for each of the four weeks with a visual representation of trends.
User intends to assess the company's performance during a specific holiday week last year.
Given the user selects a custom time frame that specifies the holiday week from last year, when they request the report, then the system should generate a report that includes only the data from that specific week last year.
Analyst requires a daily breakdown of deliveries for this month to identify operational bottlenecks.
Given the user selects the 'Daily' predefined range for the current month, when the report is generated, then the system must provide daily metrics with clear insights into delivery performance.
User wants to quickly adjust the report parameters to see different date ranges without reloading the page.
Given the user is on the report generation page, when they change the date range using the date picker, then the report should automatically update to reflect the new chosen time period without requiring a page reload.
Automated Report Scheduling
"As a logistics analyst, I want to schedule reports to be generated automatically so that I can save time and ensure stakeholders receive timely updates without manual intervention."
Description

Automated Report Scheduling provides users with the ability to set timing for automatic generation and delivery of reports at specified intervals. This feature is pivotal in ensuring that stakeholders receive updates and insights without the need for manual report generation, thus saving time and promoting efficiency. Users can schedule daily, weekly, or monthly reports, providing consistency and reliability in data reporting. This capability enables logistics teams to stay informed with timely data, ensuring decisions are made based on the most up-to-date information available.

Acceptance Criteria
User schedules a report to be generated daily at 8 AM for delivery to stakeholders via email.
Given the user is logged in to the Logi360 platform, when the user selects 'Automated Report Scheduling' and sets the report to generate daily at 8 AM, then the system should save the schedule and confirm the setup with a success message.
The user receives a daily report via email at the scheduled time without any manual intervention.
Given the user has scheduled a daily report for 8 AM, when the clock strikes 8 AM, then the user should receive an email containing the generated report without needing to log in to the system.
User modifies the scheduled report to be sent weekly instead of daily.
Given the user has a daily report scheduled, when the user changes the frequency to weekly and saves the changes, then the next report should only be generated and sent on the next scheduled week at the specified time.
User checks the history of generated reports to confirm they were sent as scheduled.
Given the user is on the reports history page, when the user filters by date and checks the scheduled reports, then the user should see a list of all reports generated with timestamps indicating successful delivery.
The system handles a scenario where a report fails to generate due to an error in data retrieval.
Given that the report is scheduled for generation, when an error occurs during data retrieval, then the system should notify the user via email about the failure and include the reason for the failure.
User sets a monthly report to include specific metrics for the last 30 days.
Given the user schedules a monthly report, when the user specifies particular metrics for the last 30 days, then the system should accurately generate the report including only the specified metrics at the scheduled time.
User attempts to schedule a report but forgets to select the report type.
Given the user is in the report scheduling interface, when the user tries to save the schedule without selecting a report type, then the system should display an error message prompting the user to select a report type before saving.
Collaboration Tools Integration
"As a logistics analyst, I want to be able to share my reports directly through collaboration tools so that I can enhance communication and ensure timely action on insights."
Description

The Collaboration Tools Integration allows users to seamlessly share customized reports through various communication channels such as emails, chat applications, or project management tools directly from the reporting interface. This requirement is significant as it facilitates quick dissemination of insights to stakeholders, promoting collaboration and timely decision-making. By integrating with popular tools, analysts can enhance their workflow and ensure that relevant parties are kept in the loop, reducing delays in communication that can impact logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria
User shares a customized report via email directly from the reporting interface within Logi360.
Given the user is on the customized reporting interface, when they select the email option and enter recipient details, then the report should be sent successfully without errors and the recipient should receive the correct report shortly after.
User shares a customized report to a chat application from Logi360.
Given the user has generated a customized report, when they click on the 'Share to Chat' option and select a chat application, then the report should be uploaded to the chat application successfully, and participants should be able to access it instantly.
User integrates customized reporting with a project management tool to share insights.
Given a customized report has been created, when the user selects the option to share the report with a project management tool, then the report should be correctly attached to a new task or comment in the selected tool, with relevant metadata about the report included.
User utilizes the sharing feature to disseminate reports to multiple stakeholders simultaneously.
Given the user has multiple recipients to share the customized report, when they select the 'Share' option and input multiple email addresses, then each recipient should receive the report independently without errors, and all should have access to the current version of the report.
User attempts to share a customized report with an unsupported tool to validate error handling.
Given the user is on the customized reporting interface, when they attempt to share the report with a non-integrated or unsupported tool, then an error message should be displayed explaining the lack of support for that tool and suggesting available options.
User confirms that the shared report maintains data integrity and formatting.
Given a report has been shared via email or chat, when the recipient opens the report, then the data presented should match the original report without any formatting errors, ensuring clarity and accuracy of the information shared.
Visual Data Representation
"As a logistics analyst, I want to create visual representations of my report data so that I can present insights more effectively and facilitate better understanding among stakeholders."
Description

The Visual Data Representation requirement focuses on providing users with the tools to create visual charts, graphs, and dashboards from their custom reports. This feature is vital as visual representation of data enhances understanding and retention, making it easier for stakeholders to grasp complex metrics at a glance. By including options for different types of visualizations, users can present data in ways that best convey their stories and findings, fostering clearer communication and more impactful presentations.

Acceptance Criteria
User wants to create a bar chart from a customized report to compare delivery times across different regions over the last month.
Given a customized report with delivery time metrics for various regions, when the user selects 'Bar Chart' as the visualization type and specifies the report parameters, then the system should generate a bar chart that accurately represents the data with appropriate labels and scales.
A logistics analyst needs to visualize the total number of orders delivered on time versus late for the last quarter using a pie chart.
Given a customized report containing delivery status metrics for the last quarter, when the user selects 'Pie Chart' as the visualization type, then the system should display a pie chart illustrating the proportion of on-time versus late deliveries with correctly calculated values.
A manager wants to create a dashboard that summarizes key performance indicators (KPIs) related to fleet efficiency and delivery success rates.
Given a set of customized reports that contain various KPIs, when the user selects the KPIs to be displayed and chooses 'Dashboard' as the visualization type, then the system should generate a dashboard view showing all selected KPIs with visual representations that are easy to interpret.
A user is tasked with presenting the performance of different drivers based on delivery efficiency metrics.
Given a customized report that includes driver performance metrics, when the user opts for 'Line Graph' visualization, then the system should produce a line graph displaying each driver’s performance over time with clear differentiation between drivers.
An analyst needs to adjust the time frame of a previously generated visual report to provide stakeholders with the latest insights.
Given an existing visual report, when the user changes the date range parameters and requests an update, then the system should refresh the visualization to reflect the new data accurately while maintaining the same visual format.
A logistics coordinator wants to export a visual report to share it with stakeholders via email.
Given a visual report generated from custom metrics, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then the system should allow the user to download the report in a common formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) that retains the visual formatting accurately.

Real-Time Alerts

Real-Time Alerts notify users of significant changes or anomalies in key performance indicators. By providing immediate insights into potential issues, this feature enables logistics teams to react promptly and address challenges before they impact performance.

Requirements

Instant Notifications
"As a logistics manager, I want to receive real-time alerts about performance anomalies so that I can address issues promptly and maintain smooth operations."
Description

This requirement encompasses the capability of sending real-time alerts to users based on significant changes or anomalies in key performance indicators. It is crucial for the logistics teams to receive immediate notifications to mitigate potential issues proactively. The feature must integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard and utilize data from connected GPS and telematics systems to ensure that alerts are timely and based on accurate performance metrics. By allowing users to customize alert thresholds and notification settings, this feature enhances user engagement and responsiveness in managing fleet operations. The expected outcome is that logistics teams can react promptly to issues, minimizing disruption and improving overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria
User receives instant alerts during a vehicle's route optimization to address any deviations or delays in real time.
Given the vehicle is on a route, when GPS detects a deviation exceeding set thresholds, then the user should receive an instant notification via the dashboard and mobile app.
A logistics manager adjusts the alert settings for key performance indicators based on the team's operational strategies.
Given the manager is in the alert settings menu, when the manager customizes threshold values for alerts, then the system should save these values and activate them for real-time monitoring.
A fleet operator responds to an alert indicating a significant drop in delivery performance metrics.
Given an alert is triggered for a drop in metrics, when the fleet operator acknowledges the alert, then a follow-up report should be generated automatically detailing the performance impact.
The system integrates with existing telematics data sources to provide accurate alert generation for users.
Given that the telematics system is connected, when a significant anomaly is detected in the performance data, then the system should generate and send an alert without delays.
The users receive alerts based on both email and in-app notifications for greater flexibility in communication.
Given that a new alert is generated, when the user's notification settings allow for multiple channels, then the system should send notifications through both email and the mobile app.
Users can see a history of alert notifications for review and analysis.
Given that alerts have been generated over a period, when the user accesses the alerts history section on the dashboard, then the system should display a comprehensive list of past alerts with timestamps and details.
Alert Customization Options
"As a fleet operator, I want to customize my alert settings so that I only receive notifications about the metrics I care about, allowing me to focus on what matters most."
Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to tailor their alert preferences based on specific KPIs and thresholds they deem critical for their operations. Users should have the ability to select which performance indicators trigger alerts, set the severity of alerts, and choose preferred communication channels (e.g., SMS, email, app notifications). This customization will empower logistics teams to prioritize their focus on metrics that align with their operational goals. The implementation of this feature will enhance user satisfaction and responsibility, ensuring that team members only receive notifications that are relevant to their roles, thus preventing alert fatigue and improving efficiency in responses to alerts.

Acceptance Criteria
Users can customize their alert preferences for specific KPIs and thresholds in the Logi360 platform.
Given a logged-in user, when they access the alert customization settings, then they should be able to select performance indicators from a list, set a severity level for each indicator, and choose preferred communication channels for notifications.
A user sets an alert for a high severity KPI that exceeds a predefined threshold.
Given a user has set a high severity alert for 'Delivery Delays' at a threshold of 15 minutes, when the daily performance data indicates a delivery delay of 20 minutes, then the user should receive an immediate alert through their selected communication channel.
Users can save and reset their alert preferences in the Logi360 platform.
Given a user has made changes to their alert preferences, when they choose to save these preferences, then their settings should be updated in the system, and if they choose to reset, the system should revert to the default settings.
Users should receive alerts only for the KPIs they have customized.
Given a user has set up alerts for 'Vehicle Maintenance' and 'Fuel Consumption', when a maintenance issue is detected and fuel consumption remains normal, then the user should only receive an alert related to 'Vehicle Maintenance'.
Users can adjust their alert notification settings at any time from their profile.
Given a user navigates to their account settings for alert notifications, when they modify their preferences and save, then the changes should take effect immediately and be reflected in their notification history.
An admin can view and manage user alert settings across the platform.
Given an admin user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they access the user management dashboard, then they should have the ability to view and modify alert customization settings for any user within the organization.
Report Generation for Alerts
"As a logistics analyst, I want to generate reports on past alerts so that I can identify trends and improve our response strategies effectively."
Description

This requirement entails developing a reporting feature that summarizes past alerts and anomalies over a specified timeframe. Users should have the ability to generate reports that provide insights into the frequency, type, and resolution status of alerts. This functionality will allow logistics teams to analyze alert trends, evaluate their response effectiveness, and identify recurring issues that may need long-term solutions. By facilitating the documentation of alert history, this requirement will enhance strategic decision-making processes within the organization and promote continuous improvement in operations.

Acceptance Criteria
User generates a report summarizing alerts from the past month to identify trends and anomalies in fleet performance.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the report generation section and select the past month as the timeframe, then they must receive a report detailing the frequency, type, and resolution status of alerts generated in that period.
User filters the report by alert type to analyze specific challenges faced by the logistics team.
Given the user has accessed the report generation feature, when they select a specific alert type filter and generate the report, then the report must display only alerts of that specified type within the chosen timeframe.
User exports the generated report to a CSV file for external analysis and sharing with other stakeholders.
Given the user has successfully generated a report, when they click on the export option, then a CSV file containing all report data should be downloaded to their device without errors.
User wants to evaluate the resolution status of alerts to improve future response strategies.
Given the user has selected a timeframe for the report, when they view the report, then it must include a section that clearly indicates the resolution status (resolved, unresolved, in-progress) of each alert.
User needs to quickly assess the overall performance of the logistics team in responding to alerts over the past quarter.
Given the user selects the last quarter as the timeframe for report generation, when they click on 'Generate Report', then the report should show a summary with key metrics such as average response time and percentage of resolved alerts.
User compares the alert data between different timeframes to identify patterns over time.
Given the user is on the report generation page, when they select two different timeframes and generate a comparison report, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of alert trends for both periods, including visual statistics.
User reviews alerts to support continuous improvement initiatives within the logistics team.
Given the user generates a report on past alerts, when they analyze the report's summaries and insights, then they must be able to extract actionable recommendations for improving alert response strategies and operational practices.
Real-Time Dashboard Integration
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to see real-time alerts on my dashboard so that I can quickly respond to any issues affecting our fleet operations."
Description

This requirement involves integrating the real-time alerts feature with the existing dashboard to provide users with instant visibility of alerts within their operational view. The alerts must be displayed prominently on the dashboard, including details such as the nature of the alert, affected KPIs, and suggested actions for resolution. This integration is critical for fostering a proactive management culture within the logistics teams; it ensures that relevant information is always at the users' fingertips, enhancing their decision-making to react swiftly and effectively to critical situations. The result is an improved operational responsiveness and better resource allocation during incidents.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-Time Alerts Integration on User Dashboard
Given a user is logged into the Logi360 dashboard, when an alert is triggered based on a significant change in KPI, then the alert should be displayed prominently at the top of the dashboard with a brief description and corresponding suggested action.
Detailed Alert Information Display
Given an alert is triggered, when the user clicks on the alert notification, then a detailed view should be presented, showing all relevant KPI data, the nature of the alert, and historical performance trends related to the alert.
Alert Response Functionality
Given a user receives a real-time alert, when the user selects the suggested action from the alert details, then the system should initiate the recommended action (e.g., rerouting a vehicle) and confirm it to the user via a notification.
Historical Alert Tracking
Given that real-time alerts have been integrated, when a user navigates to the 'Alerts History' section, then the user should see a complete list of past alerts, timestamps, and resolutions taken for each alert.
User Customization of Alerts
Given the alerts feature is integrated, when the user accesses alert settings, then they should be able to customize which KPIs generate alerts and set thresholds for notifications.
Mobile Accessibility of Real-Time Alerts
Given a user accesses the Logi360 mobile app, when an alert is triggered, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device with the alert summary and suggested actions.
Performance Impact Measurement of Alerts
Given the real-time alert feature is implemented, when alerts are triggered and resolved, then the system should track the operational performance metrics before and after the alerts to evaluate the effectiveness of the alerts in preventing performance degradation.

Interactive Data Drilling

Interactive Data Drilling enables users to dive deeper into specific metrics by clicking through data points for a more granular view. This feature enhances analytical capabilities by allowing logistics analysts to uncover underlying causes of trends, improving their ability to identify actionable insights.

Requirements

Dynamic Metric Filtering
"As a logistics analyst, I want to apply filters to my data drills so that I can focus on specific metrics that are most relevant to my analysis and uncover actionable insights more effectively."
Description

Dynamic Metric Filtering allows users to customize which metrics are displayed during their data drilling process. Users can apply filters based on various parameters such as date ranges, vehicle types, or delivery statuses to focus on the most relevant data. This feature is crucial for enabling users to analyze specific segments of their operations, leading to more targeted insights and improvements. By integrating seamlessly with Logi360's existing dashboard, users can easily switch between different filter settings to refine their analyses, ensuring they always work with the most pertinent data for decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
User applies filters based on a specific date range to analyze metrics related to deliveries.
Given a user selects a date range filter, when they apply the filter, then only metrics related to deliveries within that date range should be displayed on the dashboard.
User selects multiple vehicle types to analyze performance metrics across different types of vehicles.
Given a user selects multiple vehicle type filters, when they apply the filters, then the dashboard should display metrics corresponding to the selected vehicle types only.
User wants to analyze delivery statuses across various filters to identify trends in on-time versus delayed deliveries.
Given a user applies delivery status filters, when they view the metrics, then the displayed metrics should exclusively reflect the chosen delivery statuses (e.g., delivered, delayed).
User removes a previously applied filter and expects the dashboard to revert to displaying all available metrics.
Given a user has one or more filters applied, when the user removes a filter, then the dashboard should update to show all available metrics without that filter applied.
User interacts with the filter settings to refine their analysis based on different operational segments over time.
Given a user adjusts filter settings on the dashboard, when they apply these settings, then the displayed metrics should reflect the changes immediately, allowing for real-time analysis.
User saves their filter configurations for future analyses to maintain consistency across different sessions.
Given a user saves a custom filter configuration, when they revisit the dashboard, then they should see an option to load their saved filter settings, ensuring consistency in analysis.
User encounters an issue where the filtering system does not apply the selected parameters correctly.
Given a user has selected one or more filters, when they apply the filter and observe the metrics displayed, then the metrics should match the criteria of the applied filters without discrepancies, confirming the functionality is working as intended.
Visual Trend Analysis
"As a logistics manager, I want to visualize trends in my metrics so that I can quickly understand performance changes and make informed decisions about my fleet operations."
Description

Visual Trend Analysis provides users with the capability to visualize trends within their data through graphical representations such as line charts, bar graphs, and heat maps. This functionality enhances users' ability to quickly identify patterns and anomalies in their logistics operations over time. The feature integrates with existing data points in the Logi360 system, allowing automatic updates in visuals as users drill down into specific metrics. By offering an intuitive way to observe changes, this capability supports faster decision-making and identifies opportunities for optimization.

Acceptance Criteria
User accessing the Visual Trend Analysis feature to view quarterly delivery performance through a bar graph representation.
Given the user has selected the 'Delivery Performance' metric, when they choose to visualize the data for the last quarter, then a bar graph should be displayed representing the delivery performance metrics for each month of that quarter.
User drilling down into specific metrics to analyze the impact of a new routing strategy on delivery times.
Given the user has visualized the trend analysis for delivery times, when they click on a specific data point for July, then the detailed metrics for July should be displayed, including average delivery times and any relevant notes.
User requiring visualization of temperature trends for perishable goods transportation over the past year.
Given the user selects the 'Temperature Trends' option, when they request the visualization for the past year, then a line chart should be generated showcasing the temperature data throughout the year with highlighted anomalies.
User wanting to compare delivery performance across different regions.
Given the user has accessed the Visual Trend Analysis feature, when they select the region filter options, then the graphical representation should update to reflect the delivery performance comparisons between selected regions.
User wants to receive real-time updates after drilling down into delivery anomalies.
Given the user is analyzing the delivery performance data and identifies an anomaly, when they drill down on that specific data point, then the system should automatically fetch and display the contextual information and recent updates regarding the anomaly within 5 seconds.
User needs to download the trend analysis visuals for reporting purposes.
Given the user has created a visual representation of the delivery trends, when they click the 'Download' button, then the system should generate a downloadable file containing the visual and any relevant data points in both PDF and PNG formats successfully.
Root Cause Analysis Tools
"As a logistics coordinator, I want to perform root cause analysis on my metrics so that I can identify underlying issues that affect our performance and address them effectively."
Description

Root Cause Analysis Tools enable users to not only observe data trends but also to trace them back to their origins. This functionality includes features such as backward drilling, where users can click on data points to uncover previous metrics and conditions that led to current outcomes. The value of this requirement lies in its ability to enhance users' understanding of operational issues, enabling proactive problem-solving and improved operational efficiency. It supports cross-functional analysis by integrating various data sources within Logi360's ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria
User explores delivery performance metrics using the Root Cause Analysis Tools, aiming to identify the reasons behind delayed deliveries and streamline processes.
Given a user accesses the Root Cause Analysis Tools, when they click on a delayed delivery metric, then the system should display the underlying metrics and historical conditions related to that shipment.
A logistics analyst wants to investigate the impact of recent route changes on fuel consumption using backward drilling in the Root Cause Analysis Tools.
Given the analyst selects a fuel consumption metric from the dashboard, when they drill backward through the metrics, then they should be able to view the historical route data and other influencing factors for the last three months.
A user is examining customer satisfaction scores to understand why certain deliveries received poor ratings, leveraging the Root Cause Analysis Tools to find underlying issues.
Given the user selects a poor customer satisfaction score, when they click on the score, then the system should present a detailed breakdown of all contributing factors and their historical performance metrics.
A fleet manager is using the Root Cause Analysis Tools to measure the efficiency of drivers over time and identify training needs.
Given the fleet manager selects a driver's performance metric, when they apply backward drilling, then the tool should show the historical performance data, including incident reports and past training sessions.
A logistics manager needs to compare current operational issues with historical data to assess improvements over time using the Root Cause Analysis Tools.
Given the manager initiates a comparison of current metrics with past driving patterns, when they utilize the root cause analysis function, then the system should present a comparative analysis including visual trends and performance thresholds.
A user wants to quickly ascertain the root cause of high maintenance costs linked to specific vehicles, using the Root Cause Analysis Tools.
Given the user selects a metric for high maintenance costs, when they drill down into the vehicle's historical data, then the system should reveal all service records and correlate them with operational data to identify potential root causes.
An operations analyst is conducting a review on late deliveries and uses the Root Cause Analysis Tools to drill down into operational workflows.
Given the analyst selects a specific late delivery entry, when they utilize the backward drilling feature, then the tool should produce insights on all workflow components involved in that delivery, including delays caused by route adjustments.

Data Visualization Gallery

Data Visualization Gallery showcases various ways to visualize logistics data, including charts, graphs, and heatmaps. This feature makes it easier for users to interpret complex datasets intuitively, enhancing comprehension and facilitating better decision-making.

Requirements

Dynamic Charting Options
"As a logistics manager, I want to choose different types of charts for visualizing data so that I can better understand trends and make informed decisions based on clear insights."
Description

The Dynamic Charting Options requirement allows users to select from a variety of chart types (bar, line, pie, etc.) to visualize their logistics data. Users can choose the most effective representation for their specific data sets, which enhances insights and decision-making processes. By providing customizable charting options, this feature aims to cater to diverse user needs and varying data interpretations, thus improving overall user experience and data comprehension.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Dynamic Charting Options to visualize delivery performance data for the past month.
Given the user has selected the 'Delivery Performance' dataset, when they choose 'Bar Chart' from the chart options, then the system should display a bar chart representing monthly delivery counts for each vehicle.
User creates a pie chart to represent the distribution of delivery types within a selected timeframe.
Given the user selects 'Delivery Types' dataset and chooses 'Pie Chart', when the user specifies the date range, then the system should display a pie chart accurately reflecting the proportions of each delivery type within that date range.
User wants to compare route efficiency across different regions using line charts.
Given the user has selected the 'Route Efficiency' dataset and chooses 'Line Chart', when they compare efficiency metrics across three chosen regions, then the system should display a line chart with distinct lines for each region and accurately plot the efficiency metrics over time.
User needs to switch chart types on-the-fly while analyzing logistics data.
Given the user is viewing a 'Line Chart' for 'Delivery Times', when they select to change it to a 'Heatmap', then the system should seamlessly convert the current chart to a heatmap representation without any data loss or errors.
User customizes chart colors and labels to align with company branding.
Given the user customizes the chart colors and labels, when the chart is generated, then the system should reflect the specified custom styles consistently across all visualizations created from that data set.
User exports the visualized data as an image for reporting purposes.
Given the user has created a chart, when they choose to export it as an image, then the system should allow them to download a high-quality image file of the chart that accurately represents the data displayed.
A user interacts with the chart legend to filter displayed data.
Given the user is viewing a chart with a legend, when they click on a specific legend item, then the system should hide the corresponding data series from the chart dynamically.
Interactive Heatmaps
"As a fleet supervisor, I want to use heatmaps to visualize my delivery data so that I can identify problem areas and allocate resources more effectively to improve efficiency."
Description

The Interactive Heatmaps requirement involves implementing heatmap visualizations that display data density and distribution, enabling users to quickly identify areas of interest or concern, such as high delivery volume or delay hotspots. This feature enhances the analytical capabilities of the platform, allowing for more strategic planning and resource allocation based on visual data representations.

Acceptance Criteria
User views the heatmap on the Logi360 dashboard to identify areas with high delivery volume during peak hours.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the Data Visualization Gallery and select the Interactive Heatmap, then they should see a heatmap that visually represents delivery volume density across various locations, with clear color gradation indicating low to high density.
User adjusts the filter options of the heatmap to focus specifically on delivery delays in the past week.
Given the user has accessed the Interactive Heatmap, when they apply the filter for delivery delays over the last week, then the heatmap should update to display only those areas with significant delay hotspots, with interactive tooltips showing exact delay times.
User prints a report of the heatmap data for a specific time period to share with their logistics team.
Given the user is viewing the Interactive Heatmap, when they select the print option, then a report should generate that includes the heatmap with relevant data points and can be printed without loss of quality or data integrity.
User interacts with different map layers to assess delivery performance versus geographical features.
Given the user is viewing the Interactive Heatmap, when they toggle between different layers (like geographical borders or customer locations), then the heatmap should seamlessly update to reflect the selected layer while maintaining data integrity and clarity.
User receives a notification alert when the heatmap detects an unusual surge in delivery volume in a specific area.
Given the heatmap has been continuously tracking delivery data, when there is an unusual surge in delivery volume, then the system should trigger a notification to the user’s dashboard highlighting the surge area for immediate review.
Exportable Data Visualization
"As a team lead, I want to export visualized data so that I can share insights with my team and stakeholders for better collaboration and decision-making."
Description

The Exportable Data Visualization requirement allows users to export their visualized data in various formats (PDF, PNG, CSV, etc.) for external reporting or presentations. This functionality will facilitate sharing insights with stakeholders and allow for further analysis outside of the platform, thereby improving collaboration and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
User wants to export a bar chart visualizing delivery times for different routes in the PDF format for a stakeholder meeting next week.
Given the user has generated a bar chart visualization, when they click the 'Export' button and select 'PDF', then the system should successfully create and download the PDF file containing the bar chart representation of the data.
A logistics manager needs to export a heatmap showing fleet performance by region in PNG format for a presentation.
Given the user has displayed a heatmap visualization, when they select 'Export' and choose the 'PNG' format, then the system should generate and allow download of a PNG image of the heatmap with accurate data representation.
The user aims to export a dataset of delivery statuses in CSV format to share with the finance team for expense tracking.
Given the user is viewing a data table of delivery statuses, when they click 'Export' and choose 'CSV', then the system should produce a downloadable CSV file containing all relevant delivery status data in a structured format.
A project analyst wishes to export visualizations that combine multiple data types (graphs and tables) into one PDF report for audit purposes.
Given the user has selected multiple visualizations, when they click 'Export' and select 'PDF', then the system should compile all selected visualizations into a single PDF document that maintains the integrity of all data representations.
The user intends to create an executive summary report by exporting various visualizations into a single PowerPoint file.
Given the user has chosen several data visualizations, when they click 'Export' and select 'PowerPoint', then the system should generate a PowerPoint presentation comprising all selected visuals, formatted appropriately for presentation.
A user attempts to export visual data without being logged into the system.
Given that the user is not authenticated, when they try to access the 'Export' function, then the system should prompt the user to log in before allowing any export actions.
The user wants to ensure that the exported data visualizations maintain fidelity with the details observed on-screen.
Given the user has exported visualizations, when they compare the exported files with the screen display, then all details, including labels, legends, and data points, should match accurately without discrepancies.
Real-time Data Integration
"As a logistics coordinator, I want real-time updates on my visualizations so that I can make quick decisions based on the most current data available."
Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement ensures that the visualizations are updated in real-time as new logistics data is generated (e.g., new deliveries, route changes). This ensures that users are always working with the most current information, facilitating timely and informed decision-making without the lag that can occur when relying on static data reports.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Data Visualization Gallery on the Logi360 platform to view the latest delivery data during a peak delivery hour.
Given that a user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they access the Data Visualization Gallery, then the visualizations must reflect real-time updates of delivery data within 5 seconds of data generation.
A logistics manager monitors route changes in real-time to adjust driver assignments based on the latest data visualizations.
Given that a route change occurs, when the data visualization updates, then the change must be visible on the dashboard without requiring a page refresh, and updates must occur within 10 seconds.
The operations team uses the Data Visualization Gallery to prepare for a weekly review meeting by ensuring the latest statistics are available for discussion.
Given that the data visualization refresh rate is set to real-time, when the team views the gallery, then the data displayed must include any changes made in the past hour with accurate graphical representation.
An end-user accesses the Logi360 application from a mobile device to check the latest route optimization statistics while on the go.
Given that a user is on a mobile device, when they check the Data Visualization Gallery, then they must receive real-time updates of the latest route optimization data within 8 seconds regardless of location.
A user compares historical performance data with current data visualizations in the Logi360 platform for a comprehensive performance analysis.
Given that the user selects historical data, when the Data Visualization Gallery is accessed, then the historical statistics must be updated alongside real-time data visualizations without lag time exceeding 5 seconds.
Customizable Dashboard Layouts
"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can prioritize the metrics that are most important to my role and improve my operational oversight."
Description

The Customizable Dashboard Layouts requirement allows users to arrange and prioritize their data visualizations on their dashboards. By tailoring the layout according to personal preferences, users can focus on the key metrics that matter most to them, leading to improved workflow efficiency and more strategic oversight of operations.

Acceptance Criteria
As a logistics manager, I want to be able to customize my dashboard layout to display my most important performance metrics prominently, so that I can make quick decisions about fleet operations.
Given that I have access to the customizable dashboard feature, when I drag and drop widgets to rearrange them on my dashboard, then the new layout should be saved and displayed upon my next login.
As a user, I want to adjust the size of the data visualization widgets on my dashboard, so that I can prioritize the key metrics that are most relevant to my operations.
Given that I am on my customizable dashboard, when I resize a widget using the provided handles, then the resized widget should maintain its data integrity and functionality without any loss of information.
As an operations analyst, I want to be able to remove unnecessary data visualizations from my dashboard, so that I can focus solely on crucial information without distractions.
Given that I am editing my dashboard, when I click the remove option on a widget, then the widget should be successfully removed from my dashboard and should not display on subsequent logins.
As a team member, I want to be able to save my customized dashboard layout with a specific name, so I can easily switch between different configurations for various tasks.
Given that I have customized my dashboard layout, when I click the save button and enter a unique name for my layout, then the layout should be saved and accessible under the saved layouts menu.
As a user, I want to be able to reset my dashboard to the default layout, so that I can start fresh if my current arrangement is not working for me.
Given that I am on my customizable dashboard, when I select the reset option, then my dashboard should revert to the original default configuration without any customization applied.
As a logistics coordinator, I want to preview the changes I made to my dashboard layout in real-time, so I can ensure the arrangements meet my expectations before saving them.
Given that I am modifying my dashboard layout, when I make changes to the arrangement of widgets, then I should see the changes reflected immediately on my dashboard in a preview mode.
Data Filtering and Segmentation
"As a fleet analyst, I want to filter my visualized data so that I can focus on specific aspects of my logistics operations and gain deeper insights."
Description

The Data Filtering and Segmentation requirement enables users to specify parameters for filtering the logistics data visualizations, such as date ranges, vehicle types, or specific locations. This allows users to drill down into the data that is most relevant to their needs, enhancing analytical precision and user autonomy in data interpretation.

Acceptance Criteria
User filters logistics data visualizations by a specific date range to analyze delivery performance for that set period.
Given the user has navigated to the Data Visualization Gallery, when they select a date range filter and apply it, then the displayed data visualizations should update to reflect only the data within the selected date range.
A user segments logistics data based on vehicle type to see performance metrics for a specific fleet category.
Given the user has accessed the filtering options, when they select a vehicle type from the dropdown menu and apply the filter, then the visualizations should only show data related to the selected vehicle type.
A logistics manager wants to analyze data for specific geographical locations to identify delivery trends in those areas.
Given the user is in the Data Visualization Gallery, when they input specific locations in the filter section and apply it, then the visualization should only indicate data points pertaining to the selected locations.
Users need to conduct a detailed analysis of delivery times and performance across different vehicle types over a defined period.
Given a user has applied filters for both date range and vehicle type, when they submit the filters, then the visualizations should reflect the data accurately based on the intersection of the selected criteria.
A project leader requires a view of logistics data segmented by both delivery status (on-time, delayed) and location.
Given the user is on the Data Visualization Gallery page, when they select filters for delivery status and location, then the resulting visualizations should show only the data corresponding to the applied status and locations.
Users wish to reset all filters after reviewing specific analytics to return to the default state of data visualizations.
Given the user has applied multiple filters, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all applied filters should be cleared, and the visualizations should revert to showing all data.

Scenario Simulation

Scenario Simulation allows users to model different operational scenarios, assessing potential impacts on performance metrics. By utilizing predictive analytics, logistics analysts can evaluate the effects of strategic decisions in advance, supporting proactive planning for optimal logistics management.

Requirements

Scenario Creation
"As a logistics analyst, I want to create different operational scenarios within the platform so that I can evaluate their impacts on performance metrics and make informed strategic decisions."
Description

The Scenario Creation requirement encompasses the functionality to allow users to formulate various operational scenarios within the Logi360 platform. This will enable logistics analysts to input different variables and parameters related to fleet operations, such as delivery timelines, fuel costs, and vehicle capacities. The benefit of this requirement is that it empowers users to visualize numerous 'what-if' scenarios, facilitating better decision-making for logistics strategies. By integrating with the predictive analytics engine, this feature will help users immediately assess potential impacts on efficiency and profitability based on various configurations, resulting in enhanced planning capabilities and reduced risk associated with strategic decisions.

Acceptance Criteria
User Scenario for Creating Delivery Timeline Scenarios
Given the user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when the user selects 'Create New Scenario' and inputs a delivery timeline with specified parameters, then the system should successfully save the scenario and confirm it is available for analysis in the scenario simulation dashboard.
User Scenario for Inputting Fuel Cost Variables
Given the user is on the Scenario Creation page, when the user inputs various fuel cost estimates and saves the scenario, then the system should display a confirmation message indicating successful saving of the scenario with the correct parameters.
User Scenario for Evaluating Vehicle Capacity Scenarios
Given the user has created scenarios with different vehicle capacities, when the user selects a scenario to analyze, then the predictive analytics engine should generate a report indicating the impact of each vehicle capacity on delivery efficiency and costs.
User Scenario for Integrating Multiple Variables
Given the user wants to model a complex scenario, when the user inputs multiple variables such as delivery timelines, fuel costs, and vehicle capacities simultaneously and saves the scenario, then the system should allow the user to retrieve and analyze this multi-variable scenario effectively.
User Scenario for Validation of Scenario Predictions
Given the user has created and analyzed multiple scenarios, when the user compares the predicted outcomes against actual operational data from the last quarter, then the system should provide insights into the accuracy of predictions and areas for improvement.
User Scenario for Accessing Historical Data for Scenario Comparison
Given the user is on the scenario simulation dashboard, when the user requests historical data for previously created scenarios, then the system should retrieve and present the data in a comparative format for user analysis.
User Scenario for Scenario Deletion
Given the user has access to the scenario management section of the Logi360 platform, when the user selects a scenario and initiates the delete action, then the system should permanently remove the scenario and confirm the deletion with an appropriate message.
Performance Metrics Dashboard
"As a logistics manager, I want to see a dashboard with key performance metrics for all simulated scenarios so that I can compare them and choose the best operational strategy."
Description

The Performance Metrics Dashboard requirement provides a centralized interface where users can view key performance indicators (KPIs) related to the different scenarios they model. This dashboard will integrate real-time data with the simulated scenarios to visualize outcomes such as delivery success rates, cost-effectiveness, and resource utilization. It will enable users to easily compare scenarios and seamlessly switch between them for comprehensive analysis. The critical benefit of this requirement is that it enhances transparency and clarity in results, allowing for swift adjustments to strategies based on the performance of various operational scenarios.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Performance Metrics Dashboard to analyze delivery success rates across different simulated scenarios.
Given the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they select a specific scenario, then the dashboard displays the corresponding delivery success rate in real-time, updated every minute.
User compares the cost-effectiveness of multiple operational scenarios on the Performance Metrics Dashboard.
Given the user has selected at least two scenarios, when they toggle between scenarios, then the dashboard should show a side-by-side comparison of costs and resource utilization for each selected scenario, with clear visual indicators.
User utilizes predictive analytics in conjunction with the Performance Metrics Dashboard to assess potential impacts of a new logistics strategy.
Given the user inputs a new strategy into the simulation feature, when they view the Performance Metrics Dashboard, then it reflects updated forecasts on KPIs, including delivery success rates, cost-effectiveness, and resource utilization.
User reviews historical performance data alongside real-time simulated scenarios on the Performance Metrics Dashboard.
Given the user selects the 'historical data' option, when they navigate to the Performance Metrics Dashboard, then it should show a graph overlay comparing historical metrics with current scenario performance for easy analysis.
User seeks insights on resource utilization for a specific scenario on the Performance Metrics Dashboard.
Given the user selects a scenario and clicks on 'view insights', when the insights modal opens, then it should display detailed resource utilization metrics and suggestions for optimization based on previous performance.
User attempts to export the performance metrics from the dashboard for reporting purposes.
Given the user has selected specific metrics, when they click on the 'export' button, then the system should generate a downloadable report in CSV format containing the selected metrics for the chosen scenarios.
User changes the parameters of a scenario in the Performance Metrics Dashboard and evaluates the impact.
Given the user modifies parameters such as delivery routes or resource allocations, when they save these changes, then the dashboard updates to reflect new performance metrics immediately.
Export Scenario Reports
"As a logistics analyst, I want to export reports of my scenario simulations so that I can share my findings with stakeholders and support my recommendations with data."
Description

The Export Scenario Reports requirement allows users to generate and download detailed reports of the operational scenarios they have created. These reports will include comparative analysis, performance metrics, and actionable insights derived from the scenario simulations. This feature benefits users by providing a documented trail of analyses, enabling better communication with stakeholders and aiding in decision-making processes. By integrating export functionality in popular formats such as PDF and Excel, it ensures users can easily share findings and support their recommendations with data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria
User exports scenario reports after running multiple simulations to share findings with stakeholders during a strategy meeting.
Given that the user has completed scenario simulations, when they select the export option, then they should receive a downloadable report in both PDF and Excel formats containing the comparative analysis, performance metrics, and actionable insights.
A logistics analyst needs to ensure the exported report includes accurate performance metrics that reflect the scenario simulation outcomes.
Given that the report is generated from the scenario simulations, when the user reviews the exported report, then all performance metrics in the report must accurately match the metrics displayed in the Logi360 dashboard during simulation.
A user attempts to export a scenario report while logged into the platform on a mobile device to assess usability and accessibility.
Given that the user accesses the Logi360 platform on a mobile device, when they navigate to the export function and request a report, then the export option should be fully functional and deliver the same report quality as a desktop version.
After exporting a scenario report, the user shares it with a colleague, who needs to open the report and verify the data is intact and properly formatted.
Given that the user has successfully exported the scenario report, when the recipient opens the report, then the report should maintain accurate data integrity and proper formatting in both PDF and Excel files.
The logistics team runs various scenario simulations and requires a record of all previous reports for future reference and analysis.
Given that multiple scenario reports have been generated, when the user accesses the report history section, then they should be able to view and download any previous scenario report generated within the last 12 months.
A user customizes the report content by selecting specific metrics to include in the exported report of their scenario simulation.
Given that the user has options to customize the report, when they select specific performance metrics for inclusion and export the report, then only the chosen metrics should appear in the final exported document.
Real-time Data Integration
"As a logistics manager, I want to see real-time data integrated into my scenario simulations so that I can make assessments based on the most current information and trends."
Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement pertains to the ability to pull in live operational data from the Logi360 platform and external systems into the scenario simulations. This integration will enable the scenarios to reflect the current status of fleet operations, such as vehicle locations, traffic conditions, and weather reports. The advantage of this feature is that it provides users with more accurate and actionable insights when assessing the performance of their scenarios, ensuring that analysis is based on the latest available information, thereby increasing the robustness and relevance of their strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria
User wants to integrate real-time traffic data into their scenario simulation for better route planning.
Given the user accesses the Scenario Simulation feature, when they select the option to integrate real-time traffic data, then the system pulls live traffic information and reflects it accurately in the simulation metrics.
User expects weather data to be displayed in their scenario simulation for optimal decision-making.
Given the user is working on a scenario simulation, when they choose to include weather data, then the system retrieves live weather updates and incorporates them into the analysis output.
User wants to verify if vehicle location data is updated in real-time within the scenario simulation.
Given the user initiates a scenario simulation, when they refresh the vehicle location data, then the system shows the updated vehicle locations accurately in the simulation interface.
User attempts to model a scenario based on current fleet utilization and performance metrics with integrated live data.
Given the user selects the live fleet utilization metrics, when they run the simulation, then the results accurately reflect the current performance metrics pulled from external systems and Logi360.
User needs to assess the impact of a new operational strategy using integrated data from various sources.
Given the user sets parameters for a new operational strategy in the simulation, when they incorporate live data from at least two external systems, then the simulation results demonstrate the potential impacts based on the integrated data.
User needs to ensure that all integrated data sources are functioning correctly before running a simulation.
Given the user accesses the data integration settings, when they perform a data source health check, then the system confirms that all connected data sources are live and querying without errors before the user starts the simulation.
User Role Management
"As a system administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions for scenario simulations so that I can maintain security and control over sensitive data."
Description

The User Role Management requirement involves setting up customizable user roles and permissions within the scenario simulation feature. This will allow administrators to define who can create, modify, and view scenarios, ensuring that sensitive data and insights remain secure and accessible only to authorized personnel. The benefit is that it enhances collaboration while preserving data security, making it easier to work in teams and ensuring compliance with internal policies. This requirement is essential for organizations where multiple users are involved in scenario management and decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria
User Role Creation for Scenario Simulation
Given an administrator logged into Logi360, when they create a new user role with specific permissions for the scenario simulation feature, then the role should be saved and available for assignment to users within the platform.
User Role Modification for Scenario Simulation
Given an administrator logged into Logi360, when they modify an existing user role's permissions related to the scenario simulation feature, then the changes should be reflected immediately and apply to all assigned users without requiring a system restart.
User Role Deletion for Scenario Simulation
Given an administrator logged into Logi360, when they delete a user role that is currently not assigned to any user, then the role should be removed from the system and should not appear in the user role selection list.
User Role Assignment for Scenario Simulation
Given an administrator logged into Logi360, when they assign a specific user role to a new user, then that user should only be able to access the features and functionalities permitted by that role within the scenario simulation.
User Role Access Verification for Scenario Simulation
Given a user assigned with a specific role, when they attempt to access the scenario simulation feature, then they should be granted or denied access based on their role's permissions, ensuring compliance with data security policies.
User Role Permission Audit for Scenario Simulation
Given an administrator logged into Logi360, when they initiate an audit of user role permissions for the scenario simulation feature, then a comprehensive report should be generated, displaying all roles and their associated permissions without any discrepancies.
User Role Compliance Check for Scenario Simulation
Given the user roles set within Logi360, when an unauthorized user attempts to access sensitive scenario simulation data, then the system should prevent access and log the attempt for compliance tracking.

Role-Specific Training Modules

Role-Specific Training Modules deliver personalized training content tailored to each user’s responsibilities within Logi360. By focusing on the unique tasks and functions of fleet managers, drivers, and logistics analysts, these modules enhance learning effectiveness, ensuring that users gain the knowledge and skills necessary to perform their roles confidently and efficiently.

Requirements

Interactive Learning Modules
"As a fleet manager, I want to access role-specific interactive training modules so that I can quickly learn the tools that will help me effectively manage logistics operations."
Description

Interactive Learning Modules are designed to provide engaging, multimedia-rich content that addresses the specific needs of different user roles within Logi360. By incorporating videos, simulations, and practical exercises, these modules will ensure a high level of user engagement and retention. Each module will be dynamically tailored based on user analytics to recommend training paths that are most relevant to each role—fleet managers, drivers, and logistics analysts. This feature aims to improve training effectiveness by making it more accessible and relevant, ultimately leading to better user performance and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria
Interactive Learning Modules for Fleet Managers
Given a logged-in fleet manager user, When they access the Interactive Learning Modules section, Then they should see a list of modules tailored specifically for their role with descriptions and estimated completion times.
Interactive Learning Modules for Drivers
Given a logged-in driver user, When they navigate to the Interactive Learning Modules, Then the system should present modules that contain driving simulations and safety videos pertinent to their responsibilities.
Interactive Learning Modules for Logistics Analysts
Given a logged-in logistics analyst user, When they enter the Interactive Learning Modules, Then they should be presented with modules focused on data analysis and reporting techniques related to logistics.
User Progress Tracking
Given any user has completed an Interactive Learning Module, When they return to the training platform, Then their progress should be saved and displayed on their dashboard indicating completion and time spent.
Dynamic Recommendation System
Given a user has completed certain Interactive Learning Modules, When they log in, Then the system should recommend additional modules based on their completed training paths.
User Feedback Mechanism
Given a user has completed an Interactive Learning Module, When they finish the module quiz, Then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the module's effectiveness and engagement level.
Completion Certificate Generation
Given a user has successfully completed all modules in their designated training path, When they finish the last module, Then a digital completion certificate should be generated and made available for download.
Progress Tracking Dashboard
"As a logistics analyst, I want to see my training progress in a dashboard, so that I can identify areas where I need to focus my learning efforts to enhance my skillset."
Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides users with a visual representation of their training progress across various modules. It includes completion percentages, areas of strength, and subjects that may require additional focus. By offering insights into learning patterns, this dashboard empowers users to take ownership of their training schedule, ensuring they can meet their learning goals efficiently. This feature not only fosters user engagement but also aids in identifying knowledge gaps, enabling targeted learning adjustments for improved competency.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing several training modules to assess their progress and identify areas for improvement.
Given a user has completed at least one training module, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard displays their overall completion percentage and a detailed breakdown of each module's status.
A user checks the Progress Tracking Dashboard to understand their strengths and weaknesses in various training modules.
Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they view the areas of strength and subjects needing improvement, then the system highlights the top three strengths and top three weaknesses based on module completion and assessment scores.
A fleet manager reviews the Progress Tracking Dashboard to adjust the training schedule based on their team’s learning patterns.
Given a fleet manager accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they analyze the data presented, then they can export a report summarizing team progress and suggested additional training for low-performing areas.
A user completes an additional training module and returns to the Progress Tracking Dashboard to see the updated progress representation.
Given a user has just completed a training module, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard updates in real-time to reflect the new completion percentage and any changes to strengths or weaknesses.
An administrator monitors multiple users' training progress via the Progress Tracking Dashboard to ensure team competency and engagement.
Given an administrator logs into the system, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard for different users, then they can view comparative progress metrics, identifying users who are above or below average in their training completion.
A new user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time to get an overview of required training modules.
Given a new user logs into Logi360 for the first time, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they are presented with an introduction overlay explaining the dashboard features along with their initial progress as 0%.
Feedback and Assessment Tools
"As a driver, I want to take assessments after training modules to test my understanding and receive feedback, so that I can ensure I am effectively absorbing the training content."
Description

Feedback and Assessment Tools are integrated within the training modules to allow users to self-assess their understanding of the content. This feature includes quizzes, polls, and surveys that encourage reflection on the material covered. After completing a module, users can receive immediate feedback on their performance, identifying areas for improvement. Incorporating these tools will lead to an increase in knowledge retention and provide the training team with valuable insights into the effectiveness of each module for continuous enhancement.

Acceptance Criteria
User completes a training module on fleet management and accesses the feedback and assessment tools provided within the module.
Given a user has completed the fleet management training module, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see a quiz with a minimum of 5 questions related to the module content.
User submits their answers to a quiz after completing a training module.
Given a user has chosen to submit their quiz answers, when they press the 'Submit' button, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers and areas needing improvement.
User participates in a poll regarding the training module's effectiveness.
Given a user is prompted with a poll after completing a training module, when they respond to the poll, then their response should be recorded and stored for analysis purposes.
Administrator reviews the insights gathered from user assessments after all training modules have been completed.
Given an administrator accesses the reporting dashboard, when they view the assessment results, then they should see aggregated data on user performance, including average scores and improvement areas for each role.
User takes a survey regarding their training experience.
Given a user has finished the training module, when they access the survey link, then they should be able to complete the survey and see a confirmation message upon submission.
User receives tailored feedback based on quiz results.
Given a user has completed the quiz, when they view their results, then they should see personalized feedback linked to their specific answers and recommendations for additional study materials.
Training team evaluates the effectiveness of the training module based on quiz and survey results.
Given the training team reviews the collected assessment data, when they analyze the results, then they should be able to identify key areas of strength and weakness across different roles.
Certification Program
"As a fleet manager, I want to earn a certification after completing training modules, so that I can demonstrate my expertise and commitment to my role in the company."
Description

The Certification Program is designed to offer users the opportunity to earn certifications upon completion of specific training modules. This program will validate users’ skills and knowledge, making them more competent in their roles within the logistics ecosystem. The certification can be displayed on their user profiles, serving as a motivational tool and a way for employers to recognize trained personnel. This feature can improve user investment in the training program by providing tangible proof of their skills.

Acceptance Criteria
Users complete the certification module for fleet managers and successfully achieve the certification badge on their profile.
Given a user completes all modules for fleet managers, when they finish the final assessment with a passing score, then the certification badge appears on their user profile.
The certification program sends a confirmation email to users upon successful completion of certifications.
Given a user completes certification, when the completion is logged in the system, then a confirmation email is automatically sent to the user's registered email address.
Users can view their certification history within the training portal.
Given a user navigates to the certification history section, when they access their profile, then they can see a list of all earned certifications and their respective dates.
The system tracks the number of certifications earned by each user to generate performance reports for managers.
Given users are enrolled in multiple certification modules, when the certification is awarded, then the system updates the performance report to reflect the total number of certifications earned by each user.
Users can easily share their certification on social media platforms directly from their profile.
Given a user has earned their certification, when they select the 'Share' option on their profile, then they should see options to share on multiple social media platforms.
The certification program includes a feedback form for users to provide insights on the training modules.
Given a user completes a certification, when they are prompted to give feedback, then they should be able to submit responses regarding the training effectiveness and areas for improvement.
Adaptive Learning Paths
"As a user, I want my training path to adapt based on my performance, so that I can focus on areas that need improvement and skip topics that I already understand well."
Description

Adaptive Learning Paths will utilize machine learning algorithms to customize training module suggestions based on user performance, engagement, and time spent on each segment. As users progress, the system will adapt their training journey to better meet their learning styles and needs. This feature enhances the user experience by ensuring that training is not only relevant but also optimized for each individual's capabilities and preferences, ultimately leading to higher completion rates and better skill acquisition.

Acceptance Criteria
User Performance Evaluation and Training Module Adjustment
Given a user completes a training segment, When their performance score drops below 70%, Then the system will suggest remedial training modules tailored to improve their specific weaknesses.
Engagement Tracking and Personalized Content Delivery
Given a user spends more than 15 minutes on a training module without completing it, When they revisit the module, Then the system will provide a condensed overview and highlight key areas to focus on for effective learning.
Adaptive Learning Path Progression
Given a user completes training modules with a score of 80% or higher, When they finish a module, Then the system will automatically advance them to the next level of training, ensuring continuous learning trajectory.
Feedback Loop for Learning Path Adaptation
Given a user provides feedback on a training module's relevance and clarity, When the feedback is positive, Then the system will save this feedback to further refine future module suggestions for similar users. If feedback is negative, Then the system will flag the module for review.
Time Spent Analysis and Suggestion Optimization
Given that the user engages with training modules for 10 hours in total, When the system analyzes their time allocation across modules, Then it will suggest new modules that align with the user's most engaged topics, maximizing learning effectiveness.
Reporting and Insights Generation for Admin Oversight
Given an admin accesses the training performance reports, When they view the metrics, Then the system will display user completion rates, engagement levels, and suggested improvements for underperforming modules for strategic planning.

Interactive Knowledge Base

The Interactive Knowledge Base serves as a centralized repository of FAQs, how-to guides, and video tutorials, accessible right during the onboarding process. This feature enables users to find answers to their questions instantly, facilitating a smoother learning curve and reducing the time needed to become proficient with the platform.

Requirements

User-Friendly Search Interface
"As a new user of Logi360, I want to quickly search for relevant FAQs or guides so that I can efficiently learn how to use the platform without having to browse through multiple sections."
Description

The User-Friendly Search Interface requires the implementation of a robust search feature that allows users to quickly and easily find relevant articles, FAQs, and guides within the Interactive Knowledge Base. This feature will enhance the user experience by providing filters and search suggestions, ensuring that users can parse through a potentially vast repository of knowledge with minimal effort. The search functionality should be intuitive, responsive, and designed to integrate seamlessly with the existing platform, allowing users to locate information in real-time, thereby increasing their overall satisfaction and efficiency while using Logi360.

Acceptance Criteria
User initiates a search in the Interactive Knowledge Base to find answers related to a specific topic.
Given the user is on the Interactive Knowledge Base page, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and click the search button, then relevant articles, FAQs, and guides should be displayed in less than 3 seconds.
User applies filters to narrow down search results within the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given the user has conducted a search, when they select filters (such as categories or content types), then the search results should update instantly to reflect only the selected filters.
User utilizes the search suggestion feature while typing in the search bar.
Given the user is typing in the search bar, when they stop typing for 2 seconds, then relevant search suggestions should be displayed drop-down under the search bar.
User searches for a complex phrase in the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given the user enters a complex phrase in the search bar, when they initiate the search, then the system should return results that include the exact phrase, matching content with a relevance ranking.
User attempts to conduct a search with no results found.
Given the user enters a keyword that has no matching articles, when they click the search button, then a message should be displayed stating 'No results found. Please try another search.'
User needs assistance while using the search feature.
Given the user is on the search results page, when they click on the 'Help' icon located near the search bar, then a tooltip or support guide should open with tips on how to use the search feature effectively.
User wants to view the most recent articles related to their search query.
Given the user has searched for a keyword, when they select the 'Most Recent' filter option, then the search results should be sorted to display the most recently published content at the top.
Dynamic Content Updates
"As a logistics manager using Logi360, I want the knowledge base to stay updated with the latest guides and FAQs so that I always have access to accurate and current information during my onboarding process."
Description

Dynamic Content Updates will allow the Interactive Knowledge Base to automatically refresh its content based on user feedback, frequently asked questions, and updates within the Logi360 platform. This feature will ensure that users have access to the most recent information and guidelines, facilitating a more agile support environment. By leveraging user analytics and machine learning algorithms, the system will identify the most relevant topics and surface those changes in real-time, keeping the database current and responsive to user needs. This adaptability is critical in maintaining user trust and satisfaction over time.

Acceptance Criteria
Dynamic Content Updates reflect user feedback and analytics in real-time during user onboarding.
Given a user's request for information, when feedback is collected, then the Interactive Knowledge Base must update its content within 5 minutes to reflect the most current FAQs and guides for new users.
Frequent questions from users lead to relevant content appearing prominently in the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given a set of user questions, when the questions are categorized, then the system must automatically highlight at least 3 relevant articles within the Knowledge Base based on the top 10 most frequently asked questions.
The Interactive Knowledge Base should remain up to date with changes in the Logi360 platform.
Given a new feature release in Logi360, when the release is implemented, then the Knowledge Base must automatically include at least 2 updated guides or resources related to the feature within 24 hours.
Users can access the latest video tutorials based on platform updates instantaneously.
Given a major update in Logi360, when the update occurs, then the Interactive Knowledge Base must display the updated video tutorial at the top of the section within 30 minutes.
User engagement metrics show an increase in the usage of the Interactive Knowledge Base after content updates.
Given that updates are made based on user feedback, when analyzing engagement data, then at least a 20% increase in viewership of updated content must be recorded within one week.
The system should provide notifications to users for significant updates in the Knowledge Base.
Given an important update to the Knowledge Base, when the update is published, then a notification must be sent to all users within the platform to inform them of the new content.
Multimedia Tutorial Support
"As a user of Logi360, I want access to video tutorials in the knowledge base so that I can learn how to effectively utilize the platform features at my own pace and with visual demonstrations."
Description

Multimedia Tutorial Support aims to enrich the Interactive Knowledge Base by incorporating video tutorials and interactive content alongside text-based articles. This requirement will involve the production of short, focused tutorial videos that demonstrate key functionalities of Logi360 in action, making the learning experience more engaging and accessible for users with different learning preferences. Engaging multimedia content will help in reducing learning curves and improving user adoption rates, as visual aids are often more effective than text alone.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Interactive Knowledge Base for the first time during onboarding.
Given a user is accessing the Interactive Knowledge Base for the first time, when they navigate to the Multimedia Tutorial section, then they should see at least five video tutorials covering key functionalities of Logi360.
User attempts to find information using search functionality in the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given a user is searching for information related to 'route optimization', when they enter the search term, then they should receive relevant results including at least one tutorial video and two text-based articles.
User is watching a multimedia tutorial in the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given a user is watching a tutorial video, when the video duration exceeds three minutes, then the user should have access to playback controls for pausing, rewinding, or replaying the video.
User attempts to provide feedback on a multimedia tutorial.
Given a user has watched a tutorial video, when they see the feedback form at the end, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments successfully, and receive a confirmation message upon submission.
User navigates the Interactive Knowledge Base on a mobile device.
Given a user accesses the Interactive Knowledge Base from a mobile device, when they select a video tutorial, then the video should load without delays and be fully responsive to the device's screen size.
User selects a tutorial based on their preferred learning style.
Given a user is presented with multiple tutorial options, when they filter tutorials by 'video content', then only video tutorials should be displayed in the search results.
User Feedback Mechanism
"As a user of Logi360, I want to be able to give feedback on the knowledge base articles so that I can help improve the content for future users and ensure that it meets my needs."
Description

The User Feedback Mechanism will enable users to provide feedback directly on articles and videos within the Interactive Knowledge Base. This feature will allow users to rate content and leave comments, providing valuable insights into what is helpful and what may require further clarification. The collected feedback will be instrumental in identifying knowledge gaps and areas for improvement, helping the team refine existing materials and create new content tailored to user needs. This iterative process enhances the overall quality of support provided by the platform.

Acceptance Criteria
User successfully rates an article in the Interactive Knowledge Base after reading it.
Given a user views an article, When the user selects a rating from 1 to 5 stars, Then the rating is recorded and displayed alongside the article.
User leaves a comment on a video tutorial in the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given a user watches a video tutorial, When the user submits a comment, Then the comment is displayed under the video immediately and the user is notified of its successful submission.
User views the overall ratings and comments for an article or video.
Given a user accesses an article or video, When the user looks at the ratings section, Then the average rating and all comments are displayed clearly.
Admin reviews user feedback in the management interface.
Given an admin accesses the feedback management dashboard, When the admin views feedback for an article or video, Then all collected ratings and comments are listed in chronological order.
User modifies their feedback after initially submitting it.
Given a user has submitted a rating or comment, When the user requests to edit their feedback, Then the user can successfully update their rating or comment, and the changes are reflected in real-time.
User identifies the most frequently cited knowledge gaps based on the feedback received.
Given the feedback data collected over time, When the admin generates a report, Then the report includes the top 5 knowledge gaps based on the number of comments and suggestions.
Integration with Customer Support
"As a user of Logi360, I want to easily reach customer support from the knowledge base so that I can get assistance quickly if I can't find the information I need."
Description

Integration with Customer Support involves linking the Interactive Knowledge Base with the customer service platform used by Logi360. This requirement will allow users who cannot find answers in the knowledge base to quickly access live chat or submit support tickets directly from the knowledge base interface. This integration will improve user satisfaction by ensuring that help is readily available when needed. The connection between the two systems should be seamless to maintain user experience and minimize friction during the support request process.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Interactive Knowledge Base to search for a specific FAQ and determines they need further support after not finding an answer.
Given a user is on the Interactive Knowledge Base, when they click on the 'Need More Help?' button, then the live chat option should be displayed without page reload.
A user reviews a how-to guide in the Interactive Knowledge Base and realizes they have a specific question that requires real-time assistance.
Given a user is viewing a how-to guide, when they select the option to submit a support ticket, then a ticket submission form should be displayed with pre-filled user information.
During onboarding, a new user navigates the Interactive Knowledge Base for the first time and encounters an issue that the knowledge base does not address.
Given a new user is using the Interactive Knowledge Base, when they cannot find an answer, then they should have the option to initiate live chat or submit a ticket directly from their current page.
A user attempts to initiate a support request from the Interactive Knowledge Base while using a mobile device.
Given a user is on a mobile device, when they click on the support request options, then the interface should remain user-friendly and functional without any navigation issues.
A returning user wants to verify if they can still access customer support from the Interactive Knowledge Base after a recent update.
Given a returning user accesses the Interactive Knowledge Base after an update, when they look for the customer support options, then they should find the options clearly labeled and accessible within three clicks.
Users are warned of potential issues when there is a temporary outage of the customer support service while using the Interactive Knowledge Base.
Given users are on the Interactive Knowledge Base, when they attempt to click on the live chat option during an outage, then they should receive a clear message indicating the service is temporarily unavailable, along with alternative support options.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

The Progress Tracking Dashboard allows users to monitor their onboarding progress, highlighting completed training modules and areas that require additional focus. By providing clear visibility into their learning journey, users can stay motivated and ensure they complete all necessary training to effectively utilize Logi360.

Requirements

Real-time Progress Updates
"As a new user, I want to receive real-time updates on my training progress so that I can stay motivated and focus on areas where I need improvement."
Description

The Real-time Progress Updates requirement enables the Progress Tracking Dashboard to provide instantaneous feedback on users' onboarding progress. It should incorporate automated data syncing to reflect training module completion in real-time, allowing users to stay informed of their status at all times. This feature enhances user motivation by showing immediate progress, helping them recognize their achievements and identify areas needing focus without delay. It's critical for improving engagement during the training process and ensuring users can efficiently navigate through Logi360's features.

Acceptance Criteria
User Accessing Progress Tracking Dashboard to Check Onboarding Status
Given a user is logged into Logi360, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see their training module completion percentage updated in real-time.
User Completing a Training Module
Given a user completes a training module, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should reflect the updated completion status of that module instantly.
System Syncing Progress Data with User's Training Activity
Given a user is currently engaging with training modules, when a training module is marked complete by the system, then the dashboard should sync the progress data automatically without user intervention.
User Reviewing Areas Needing Additional Focus
Given a user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they look at the areas of focus, then they should see real-time feedback highlighting the modules they have not yet completed.
User Receiving Notifications for Completed Modules
Given a user completes a training module, when that module's status is updated, then the user should receive a notification indicating the module's completion in real-time.
Dashboard Load Time for Progress Updates
Given a user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when the page loads, then the loading time for real-time progress updates should not exceed 2 seconds for optimal user experience.
Customizable Progress Metrics
"As a user, I want to customize the metrics on my Progress Tracking Dashboard so that I can focus on what matters most to my training goals."
Description

The Customizable Progress Metrics requirement allows users to tailor the metrics displayed on the Progress Tracking Dashboard based on their training objectives and preferences. Users should be able to select which training modules to track, set personal milestones, and choose how progress is visualized (e.g., graphs, charts). This customization ensures that users see relevant data that emphasizes their specific goals, ultimately enhancing the onboarding experience and increasing the likelihood of successful completion of training modules.

Acceptance Criteria
User Customizing Display Metrics on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.
Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select 'Customize Metrics', then they should be able to choose from available training modules, set personal milestones, and select the visualization format for their progress.
User Saving Customized Metrics Settings.
Given a user has customized their progress metrics, when they click 'Save Settings', then their preferences should be saved, and the dashboard should reflect the selected training modules and progress visualization format upon next login.
User Viewing Progress with Custom Visualizations.
Given a user has selected custom visualizations for their progress metrics, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should display their progress as graphs or charts as per their selection.
User Resetting Customized Metrics to Default Settings.
Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select 'Reset to Default', then all customized metrics settings should revert to initial factory settings, and the default progress visualization should be displayed.
User Tracking Progress in Selected Modules.
Given a user has customized the training modules to track, when they complete any training module, then their progress should be accurately reflected on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.
User Receiving Notification of Milestones Achievements.
Given a user has set personal milestones, when they reach a milestone in their training, then they should receive a notification confirming the achievement of that milestone.
User Ensuring Accessibility on Mobile Device.
Given a user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard on a mobile device, when they log in, then they should be able to view and customize their progress metrics in a mobile-responsive format.
Interactive Feedback System
"As a user, I want to receive personalized feedback on my onboarding progress so that I can improve my performance and understand how to better use Logi360."
Description

The Interactive Feedback System requirement provides users with the ability to receive personalized feedback based on their training performance. This feature should analyze users’ activities, highlight strengths, and recommend areas for improvement while allowing users to communicate with trainers or support through the dashboard. By fostering a two-way communication channel, users will feel more supported in their learning journey, leading to higher completion rates of training modules and better utilization of Logi360's capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria
User Interaction with the Interactive Feedback System during Training Sessions
Given a user is completing a training module, when they submit their answers, then the system should provide personalized feedback based on their performance within 5 seconds, highlighting strengths and areas for improvement.
Communication with Trainers via the Feedback System
Given a user has received feedback on their training performance, when they click on the 'Contact Trainer' option, then a communication interface should open allowing them to send messages and receive replies from trainers within 24 hours.
Monitoring User Progress through the Dashboard
Given a user is accessing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they view their training modules, then the system should display completed modules, in-progress modules, and suggested training based on performance analytics clearly labeled.
Reacting to User Engagement with the Feedback System
Given a user has interacted with the Interactive Feedback System at least three times, when they complete their next training module, then the system should analyze their previous feedback interactions and provide a summary of improvements seen in their performance.
Feedback Analytics for Ongoing Improvement
Given multiple users interact with the Feedback System, when data is collected over a month, then the system should generate a report for trainers showing overall performance trends and suggestions for enhancing training modules by the end of each month.
User Experience with Feedback Visibility
Given a user accesses their feedback, when they navigate away from the feedback section and return, then the system should retain their last viewed feedback and maintain the same context without requiring them to re-navigate.
System Performance and Load Handling under Concurrent Usage
Given that 100 users are simultaneously using the Interactive Feedback System, when they submit their feedback requests, then the system should handle all requests without exceeding a response time of 5 seconds for each user.
Progress Completion Notifications
"As a user, I want to receive notifications when I complete a training module so that I feel accomplished and motivated to continue my training journey."
Description

The Progress Completion Notifications requirement enables automated alerts to be sent to users upon completing specific training modules or reaching key milestones in their onboarding process. Users should receive notifications via email or within the Logi360 platform, encouraging them to continue their training. This feature not only serves as a reminder but also as a motivational tool, reinforcing positive behaviors and ensuring that users engage consistently with the training program.

Acceptance Criteria
Progress Completion Notifications for Completed Modules
Given a user has completed a training module, when the module is marked as complete in the system, then the user receives an email notification confirming the completion.
Real-time Notifications within Logi360
Given a user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when a training module is completed, then the user sees a notification banner at the top of the dashboard indicating the completion.
Notification for Key Milestone Achievements
Given a user has reached a key milestone in their onboarding, when this milestone is achieved, then the user receives a notification via email with encouragement to continue their training.
Consolidated Weekly Progress Email
Given a user has ongoing training, when the end of the week arrives, then the user receives a weekly summary email detailing their progress and completed modules.
Notification Delivery Preferences
Given a user account with notification preferences set, when a training module is completed, then the notification is sent according to the user's preferred method (email or in-app).
Delay in Notifications for Inactive Users
Given a user hasn't engaged with the platform for a week, when they complete a module, then they receive a notification reminding them to return to the platform, encouraging consistent engagement.
Feedback Request after Completing Training Modules
Given a user completes a training module, when they receive their completion notification, then they are prompted to provide feedback on the module to improve future training.
Visual Progress Indicators
"As a new user, I want to see visual indicators of my training completion so that I can easily understand my progress and what still needs to be done."
Description

The Visual Progress Indicators requirement focuses on providing graphical representations of training completion percentages, such as progress bars, pie charts, or checklists. By visually depicting how far along users are in their training journey, this feature helps users quickly assess their progress at a glance and drives home the importance of completing their training modules. A clear visual representation encourages faster engagement and can enhance overall user experience with Logi360.

Acceptance Criteria
User views their onboarding progress for training modules in the Progress Tracking Dashboard.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see graphical representations of their training completion percentages, including at least one progress bar and one pie chart.
User completes a training module and observes the updated visual indicators on their progress tracking dashboard.
Given the user has finished a training module, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the completion percentage should reflect the newly completed module, updating immediately without a page refresh.
User interacts with the visual indicators to get details on their training progress.
Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they hover over or click on a visual indicator like a progress bar, then a tooltip or modal should display details such as the names and statuses of completed modules and those yet to be completed.
User wants to assess their overall training completion status at a glance.
Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they look at the graphical representations, then they should clearly see their overall training completion status as a percentage with an interpretation of that percentage (e.g., '75% Complete') visible at all times.
User opens the dashboard on a mobile device and checks their progress.
Given the user is logged into Logi360 on a mobile device, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the visual progress indicators should be fully responsive and easy to view without any loss in clarity or information.
User receives notifications to encourage completion of training modules.
Given the user is using the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when their training completion percentage reaches specific thresholds (e.g., 50% and 75%), then they should receive automated notifications or alert prompts encouraging them to complete remaining modules.

Onboarding Feedback Loop

The Onboarding Feedback Loop collects user feedback on the onboarding experience, enabling continuous improvement of training materials and resources. This feature ensures that new users’ insights are valued and integrated, leading to enhanced onboarding processes that better meet future user needs.

Requirements

User Feedback Collection
"As a new user, I want to easily provide feedback on my onboarding experience so that the training materials can be improved for future users."
Description

The User Feedback Collection requirement involves implementing a user-friendly interface for new users to provide feedback on their onboarding experience within Logi360. This feature will facilitate the gathering of qualitative and quantitative data regarding the effectiveness and challenges faced during onboarding. It includes prompt surveys, feedback forms, and optional user interviews. These insights will be essential for continuously enhancing training materials and resources, ensuring the onboarding process meets the evolving needs of users and aligns with best practices in logistics management. The successful implementation of this requirement is critical for fostering an environment of continuous improvement within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria
New user initiates onboarding and encounters a feedback request prompt after completing initial setup.
Given a new user has completed the onboarding setup, when they receive a prompt to provide feedback, then they must be able to access a feedback form that captures their experience including at least 5 qualitative fields and 3 quantitative rating questions.
Feedback form is submitted by a new user after completing the onboarding process.
Given the feedback form is filled by the user, when they submit the form, then the system must acknowledge the submission with a confirmation message and store the feedback data in the database for analysis.
An onboarding feedback report is generated based on collected user feedback.
Given multiple users have submitted their feedback forms, when an admin requests a feedback report, then the system must generate a report summarizing the data, including average ratings and common themes from qualitative feedback.
New users opt for a one-on-one feedback interview regarding their onboarding experience.
Given a new user expresses interest in a feedback interview, when they schedule the interview, then an automated email must be sent to confirm the appointment and provide necessary details about the interview process.
User feedback is reviewed and used to improve onboarding materials and processes.
Given feedback has been collected for at least one month, when the product team reviews the feedback, then they must identify at least three actionable improvements based on the insights and plan to implement those in the next release cycle.
Admins access and analyze user feedback to inform future onboarding sessions.
Given there is a dashboard feature for user feedback, when an admin accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, then they must be able to filter data by date and user segment and visualize trends in user satisfaction and common issues.
Real-time Feedback Dashboard
"As a product manager, I want a real-time dashboard that displays user feedback on onboarding so that I can easily identify areas for improvement."
Description

The Real-time Feedback Dashboard requirement entails the development of a centralized dashboard that displays collected feedback data from users regarding their onboarding experience in real-time. This dashboard will provide analytics such as user satisfaction scores, common pain points, and suggestions for improvement. It will allow the Logi360 team to monitor trends and address issues proactively, ensuring that the onboarding process is continuously refined based on user input. By integrating this dashboard with existing analytics tools, the product can make informed decisions about resource allocation and training improvements, thereby optimizing user engagement and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria
User accesses the Real-time Feedback Dashboard to review onboarding feedback data after the first week of the onboarding process.
Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Real-time Feedback Dashboard, then they should see an overview of user satisfaction scores, common pain points, and suggestions for improvement for all new users onboarded in the past week.
The Logi360 team needs to evaluate trends in user onboarding feedback from the dashboard for actionable insights.
Given the user is on the Real-time Feedback Dashboard, when they filter the data by date range and specific user cohorts, then they should receive updated analytics reflecting the selected criteria within 5 seconds.
A product manager wants to compare feedback trends across different time periods to assess improvements in the onboarding process.
Given the user is using the Real-time Feedback Dashboard, when they select two different time periods for comparison, then they should see a visual representation showing changes in satisfaction scores and feedback themes between the two periods.
A user wants to understand the most frequently mentioned suggestions for improvement in onboarding materials from the dashboard.
Given the user is on the Real-time Feedback Dashboard, when they access the suggestions section, then they should see a ranked list of suggestions based on frequency of mentions alongside the total count of occurrences.
A new user completes the onboarding process and submits feedback through the dashboard.
Given the user has completed onboarding and provided feedback, when their feedback is submitted, then it should instantly appear on the Real-time Feedback Dashboard in the respective feedback metrics section without requiring a page refresh.
Team members want to be notified of any significant changes in user satisfaction scores immediately to react quickly.
Given the user is responsible for monitoring the Real-time Feedback Dashboard, when there is a drop in the user satisfaction score by more than 10% within 24 hours, then an automated notification should be sent to the designated team members' emails.
A stakeholder wants to generate a monthly report summarizing the feedback data from the dashboard.
Given the stakeholder has selected the option to generate a report, when they specify the month and format of the report, then the system should generate a downloadable report containing all feedback data and analytics for that month.
Automated Feedback Notifications
"As a team member, I want to receive notifications whenever feedback is submitted so that I can take timely action to improve the onboarding experience."
Description

The Automated Feedback Notifications requirement involves creating a system that automatically alerts the relevant teams when new feedback is submitted by users regarding their onboarding process. This system will prioritize requests based on urgency and significance, directing feedback to the appropriate team (e.g., training, UX design) for immediate action. By implementing an automated notification system, Logi360 can ensure that feedback is addressed timely, fostering a culture of responsiveness and attentiveness to user needs. This responsiveness is vital in creating a more intuitive onboarding experience and encouraging ongoing user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria
Triggering Automated Feedback Notifications on New Feedback Submission
Given a user submits feedback through the onboarding process, when the feedback is successfully recorded in the system, then an automated notification should be sent to the relevant teams (training, UX design) within 5 minutes of submission.
Prioritizing Feedback Based on Urgency and Significance
Given multiple feedback submissions with varying levels of urgency, when feedback is employed, then the system should categorize feedback into high, medium, and low urgency, and notify the respective teams accordingly.
Providing Feedback Summary Reports to Management
Given that new feedback has been submitted over the past week, when management requests a report, then the system should generate a summary report that includes the number of feedback submissions, categories, and listed actions taken based on the feedback.
Ensuring Multiple Channels for Feedback Notifications
Given a submission of feedback, when a team is notified, then they should receive the notification through all configured channels (email, in-app notification) to ensure no feedback is overlooked.
Tracking Feedback Resolution Status
Given feedback has been received and assigned, when the assigned team updates the resolution status, then the system should automatically communicate the resolution to the user who submitted the feedback as confirmation.
User Interface for Viewing Feedback Notifications
Given feedback notifications are generated, when a team views their dashboard, then the system should display all current and past notifications in an organized manner, allowing users to filter by urgency and type.
Onboarding Material Revision Process
"As a training coordinator, I want a clear process for revising onboarding materials based on user feedback so that I can ensure they are effective and up to date."
Description

The Onboarding Material Revision Process requirement defines a structured approach for analyzing user feedback and revising onboarding materials based on those insights. This includes a designated workflow for gathering team input, assessing the validity of feedback, and updating training resources. The process will ensure that feedback leads to actionable changes in onboarding documentation, video tutorials, and help guides, thereby enhancing user comprehension and support during their initial experience with Logi360. Continuously refining materials will ultimately improve user satisfaction and decrease support queries post-onboarding.

Acceptance Criteria
User provides feedback after completing the onboarding process for Logi360.
Given a user has completed the onboarding process, when they submit feedback through the designated feedback form, then the feedback should be logged successfully in the system.
Feedback assessment leading to revisions of onboarding materials.
Given that user feedback has been collected, when the onboarding team reviews the feedback, then at least 80% of actionable feedback should be documented for review in the next team meeting.
Updating onboarding materials based on user feedback.
Given that user feedback has been assessed, when the onboarding materials are revised, then the new materials must be published and accessible to all new users within 2 weeks of feedback collection.
Reviewing the impact of revised onboarding materials on future users.
Given that the onboarding materials have been updated, when new users complete the onboarding process, then user satisfaction ratings should show an improvement of at least 30% within the first month post-implementation.
Tracking and resolving support queries related to onboarding materials.
Given that onboarded users can submit support queries, when queries related to onboarding materials are logged, then the number of questions should decrease by 25% within 3 months after the materials have been revised.
Gathering continuous feedback on onboarding materials.
Given that onboarding materials are in use, when users complete the onboarding feedback form, then at least monthly insights should be generated and discussed to inform future revisions.
Creating a systematic workflow for onboarding material updates.
Given that feedback has been processed, when the onboarding team assesses the feedback, then a formal workflow for updating materials must be documented and shared with the team for standardization.
Post-Onboarding Follow-up Surveys
"As a user who has completed onboarding, I want to receive a follow-up survey to share my feedback so that I can help improve the onboarding process for others."
Description

The Post-Onboarding Follow-up Surveys requirement involves the creation of automated surveys that are sent to users a few weeks after they complete the onboarding process. These surveys will assess user satisfaction and retention, measuring if the initial experience met user expectations and if additional training or support is needed. Collecting this data is essential for understanding the long-term impact of the onboarding process and for identifying ongoing user needs. The results will be used to inform future iterations of the onboarding program and content, ensuring a robust and effective experience for all users.

Acceptance Criteria
Post-Onboarding Survey Automation and Delivery
Given a user has completed the onboarding process, when the automated survey is triggered two weeks post-onboarding, then the user should receive the survey via email with a personalized message.
Survey Response Collection and Tracking
Given the user receives the survey, when the user submits their answers, then the system should automatically log the response in the database and categorize it based on user satisfaction levels.
User Satisfaction Measurement
Given that responses are logged, when analyzing survey results, then the system should provide an overall satisfaction score with at least 80% of users reporting satisfaction with the onboarding process.
Identification of Additional Training Needs
Given the collected data from the surveys, when analyzing feedback, then the system should highlight any training topics with an average rating below 4 out of 5 as needing improvement.
Feedback Loop for Continuous Improvement
Given the user feedback is collected, when conducting quarterly reviews of the onboarding material, then all feedback points should be discussed, and actionable steps documented for enhancements.
Reporting on Survey Insights
Given that survey data has been collected and analyzed, when generating the report, then the report should include insights on satisfaction levels, training needs, and actionable recommendations for onboarding improvements.
User Follow-Up Communication
Given a user has provided feedback, when feedback has been reviewed and actions planned, then the user should receive a follow-up email informing them of the changes made based on their feedback.

Gamified Training Experience

The Gamified Training Experience incorporates interactive elements like quizzes, challenges, and rewards to engage users throughout the onboarding process. By making learning fun and competitive, this feature increases user retention and motivation, ultimately leading to a more thorough understanding of the platform.

Requirements

Interactive Quizzes
"As a new user, I want to take interactive quizzes during my onboarding so that I can measure my understanding and reinforce my learning effectively."
Description

The Interactive Quizzes requirement involves creating a series of engaging quizzes that test users' knowledge and retention of logistics concepts. These quizzes will be incorporated into the Gamified Training Experience, providing immediate feedback and scoring. The aim is to enhance learning retention by allowing users to actively engage with the material and track their progress over time. The quizzes will be easily accessible and integrated into the onboarding process, ensuring that users can consistently assess their understanding and motivations as they navigate through Logi360's features. Ultimately, this will lead to a more knowledgeable user base, reducing support queries and enhancing overall satisfaction with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria
User completes an interactive quiz on logistics concepts after navigating through the onboarding process in Logi360.
Given a user has completed the onboarding process, when they access the interactive quizzes section, then they should be able to take at least three quizzes on logistics concepts, with each quiz containing a minimum of five questions.
User receives immediate feedback after submitting an interactive quiz in the Gamified Training Experience.
Given a user submits answers for an interactive quiz, when they finish the quiz, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers, explanations, and their overall score.
User can track their quiz progress and performance over time in Logi360.
Given a user has completed multiple interactive quizzes, when they access the progress tracking feature, then they should see their completion rates, average scores, and areas for improvement related to all quizzes taken.
User engages with gamified elements of quizzes such as rewards and challenges.
Given a user completes an interactive quiz, when they achieve a score above a pre-defined threshold, then they should receive a reward such as points or badges that contribute to their overall user profile in the Gamified Training Experience.
Admin reviews analytics data on user interactions with interactive quizzes.
Given an admin user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they review the user interaction data, then they should see metrics on user engagement, quiz completion rates, and feedback scores for each quiz offered in the Gamified Training Experience.
User accesses interactive quizzes from different devices seamlessly.
Given a user logs into Logi360 from a mobile device, when they navigate to the interactive quizzes section, then they should have the same access and functionality as they would on a desktop device, ensuring a consistent user experience.
User's quiz results contribute to their knowledge base score in the platform.
Given a user completes an interactive quiz, when the score is calculated, then it should automatically update the user's knowledge base score in their Logi360 account to reflect their current understanding of logistics concepts.
Challenge Mode
"As a user, I want to participate in timed challenges during my training to compete with others and enhance my practical skills in logistics management."
Description

The Challenge Mode requirement introduces competitive elements where users can engage in timed challenges related to logistics operations, such as route optimization scenarios. This feature aims to foster a spirited competition among users, encouraging them to apply their knowledge in practical scenarios. Users can earn points and badges for completing challenges, which will serve to enhance motivation and engagement during their training process. The Challenge Mode will be seamlessly integrated into the Gamified Training Experience, ensuring an immersive and effective onboarding process. Success in this mode will also be rewarded with tangible incentives that promote continual learning.

Acceptance Criteria
Users can initiate and complete a timed route optimization challenge within the Challenge Mode, receiving live feedback on their performance after each attempt.
Given a logged-in user selects the Challenge Mode, when they start a route optimization challenge, then they should receive a countdown timer and feedback on their performance immediately after completion.
Users will receive points and badges for completing challenges within the Challenge Mode, quantifying their achievements and progress.
Given a user completes a challenge, when they finish, then points should be added to their profile and the corresponding badge should be displayed in their achievements section.
The Challenge Mode should provide users with a variety of logistics scenarios, facilitating practical application of their learning.
Given a user is in Challenge Mode, when they select a challenge, then there should be at least three different logistics scenarios available for them to choose from.
The design of the Challenge Mode interface must be user-friendly and intuitive, promoting ease of navigation during challenges.
Given a user accesses the Challenge Mode, when they navigate through the challenges, then they should be able to do so without assistance, finding options clearly labeled and easily accessible.
The Challenge Mode will integrate with the existing Gamified Training Experience to ensure a seamless onboarding process for new users.
Given the Challenge Mode is activated, when a new user completes the onboarding process, then they should be guided to the Challenge Mode without disruption and encouraged to participate in challenges as part of their training.
The Challenge Mode will track user performance over time, allowing users to see their improvement and areas of strength.
Given a user completes multiple challenges, when they view their performance report, then they should see a detailed history of their scores and badges earned, including trends over time.
Reward System
"As a user, I want to earn points and rewards for completing training activities so that I feel motivated to engage with the training material and improve my skills."
Description

The Reward System requirement outlines the implementation of a comprehensive rewards mechanism that recognizes user participation and achievements within the Gamified Training Experience. This includes points accumulation for completing quizzes, challenges, and other training activities. Users can redeem these points for rewards such as discounts, access to premium features, or recognition within the platform. The reward system is designed to incentivize users to fully engage with the training content, enhancing motivation and retention. This feature will be a key component of encouraging continuous improvement and reinforcing the value of learning within the Logi360 platform.

Acceptance Criteria
Users successfully accumulate points after completing all quizzes and challenges in the Gamified Training Experience.
Given a user completes a quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should receive the corresponding points added to their account balance.
Users can redeem accumulated points for rewards within the platform.
Given a user has enough points, when they navigate to the rewards section and select a reward, then their points should be deducted accordingly, and the reward must be activated in their account.
Users receive notifications for earned rewards and points updates.
Given a user completes a training activity, when the points are updated, then a notification should be sent to the user confirming the points earned and their new total.
Users are able to view their points balance and reward history in their profile.
Given a user is on their profile page, when they check the points section, then they must see their current points balance and a history of recent rewards earned.
The reward system integrates seamlessly with the existing user interface of Logi360.
Given a user navigates the platform, when they interact with the rewards section, then it should load without errors and provide a smooth user experience.
The performance of the reward system is monitored for accuracy and responsiveness.
Given user engagement with the Gamified Training Experience, when points are earned and redeemed, then the system should process transactions within two seconds.
Users report their satisfaction with the gamified training experience and reward system.
Given a user completes the training program, when they are prompted for feedback, then 80% of replies must indicate a positive experience with the reward system.
Progress Tracking Dashboard
"As a user, I want a dashboard to track my training progress so that I can see my achievements and identify areas where I need to improve."
Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement entails developing an intuitive interface where users can monitor their training progression within the Gamified Training Experience. This dashboard will provide insights into completed modules, quiz scores, badges earned, and overall participation levels. Users will benefit from visual representations of their progress, enabling them to identify strengths and areas for improvement. This dashboard serves to personalize the learning experience by allowing users to focus on modules that require additional attention, fostering a more effective onboarding process and deeper engagement with the Logi360 platform.

Acceptance Criteria
User views their training progress after completing multiple modules in the Gamified Training Experience.
Given the user has completed at least one training module, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of completed modules and their quiz scores.
User earns badges after completing specific milestones in the training program.
Given the user has met the requirements for a badge, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the earned badge should be displayed along with the criteria for earning it.
User wants to identify areas of improvement after reviewing their quiz scores.
Given the user has completed multiple quizzes, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a breakdown of their scores by module, highlighting modules with lower scores for additional focus.
User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard from a mobile device.
Given the user is logged into the Logi360 platform on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the layout should be responsive and all critical information should be accessible without loss of functionality.
User participates in a training challenge and wants to see their leaderboard ranking.
Given the user has taken part in a training challenge, when they check the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see their current leaderboard position compared to other users.
User completes all training modules and wants to get a summary report of their training experience.
Given the user has completed all training modules, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be presented with a summary report that includes total modules completed, overall scores, badges earned, and recommendations for further learning.
User requires support and wants to provide feedback on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.
Given the user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the feedback option, then they should be able to submit feedback which should be successfully recorded in the system for review.
Feedback Mechanism
"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the training materials so that I can contribute to improving the training experience for myself and others."
Description

The Feedback Mechanism requirement focuses on establishing a system for users to provide feedback on the Gamified Training Experience, including quizzes and challenges. This feature will facilitate user input on the difficulty, engagement, and clarity of training materials. User feedback will be essential for ongoing enhancements and adjustments to the training content, ensuring it remains relevant and effective. By actively involving users in the development process, we can continuously improve the learning experience and better align it with user needs and expectations, ultimately leading to higher satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria
User submits feedback on the difficulty level of a quiz after completing the Gamified Training Experience.
Given the user has completed a quiz, When the user selects 'Submit Feedback', Then the feedback is successfully recorded and an acknowledgment message is displayed.
User provides feedback on engagement after participating in a challenge during the Gamified Training Experience.
Given the user has completed a challenge, When the user rates their engagement from 1 to 5 stars, Then the user's rating is stored in the system and contributes to overall engagement analytics.
User gives detailed comments on clarity and relevance of training materials in the Feedback Mechanism.
Given the user has the option to leave comments, When the user submits their comments, Then the comments are saved and can be accessed by the training content team.
System compiles user feedback for analysis of the Gamified Training Experience.
Given multiple users have submitted feedback, When the feedback collection period closes, Then the system generates a report that summarizes user ratings and comments for review.
User updates their feedback after reflecting on the Gamified Training Experience.
Given the user has previously submitted feedback, When the user decides to update their feedback, Then the updated feedback replaces the previous submission and an acknowledgment message is displayed.
Admin reviews submitted feedback on the Gamified Training Experience for improvement.
Given the admin has access to the feedback dashboard, When the admin filters by feedback type, Then the admin can view all feedback related to difficulty, engagement, and clarity.
Mobile Accessibility
"As a mobile user, I want to access the training content on my smartphone so that I can learn and engage with the platform anytime, anywhere."
Description

The Mobile Accessibility requirement ensures that the Gamified Training Experience is fully optimized for mobile devices, allowing users to participate in training activities such as quizzes and challenges on-the-go. This functionality is essential in today's mobile-driven world, providing flexibility to users who may not always have access to a desktop. The mobile-optimized training experience will include responsive design, user-friendly navigation, and seamless integration with the Logi360 platform. This ensures that users can engage with the training material anytime and anywhere, thereby increasing participation and overall effectiveness of the onboarding process.

Acceptance Criteria
Mobile users can access the Gamified Training Experience seamlessly through smartphones and tablets.
Given a user accesses the Gamified Training platform on a mobile device, When the user navigates to a training module, Then the layout should be fully responsive, allowing easy access to all features without horizontal scrolling.
Users can complete quizzes and challenges on mobile devices without technical issues.
Given a mobile user is attempting to complete a quiz within the Gamified Training Experience, When the user submits their answers, Then the submission should be processed successfully without errors or delays, and feedback should be displayed immediately.
Users can easily navigate through training materials on mobile devices.
Given a user is in the Gamified Training Experience on a mobile device, When the user interacts with the navigation menu, Then the menus should open and close smoothly and all buttons should be easily clickable without overlap.
Gamified Training Experience maintains session continuity across mobile devices.
Given a user starts a training session on a mobile device, When the user logs in again from another mobile device, Then the session should resume from where the user left off without data loss.
Users receive timely notifications for training updates and rewards on mobile devices.
Given a user completes a training module on a mobile device, When they return to the home page of the app, Then they should receive a notification of their progress and any rewards earned through a visual and/or auditory alert.

Live Support Integration

Live Support Integration connects new users with a dedicated support representative during their onboarding journey. This feature ensures that users can receive real-time assistance for any questions or challenges they encounter, significantly enhancing their confidence and satisfaction as they learn to navigate Logi360.

Requirements

Real-time Chat Support
"As a new user, I want to have access to real-time chat support during my onboarding so that I can get immediate help with any questions I have about using Logi360 and feel confident in navigating the platform."
Description

The Real-time Chat Support requirement involves integrating a live chat feature into the Logi360 platform, enabling users to connect with support representatives directly during their onboarding process. This integration will facilitate efficient communication and immediate assistance for users facing questions or challenges while navigating the platform. By providing real-time support, users can enhance their understanding of the features and functionalities of Logi360, leading to a smoother onboarding experience and increased user satisfaction. The chat support will be embedded within the dashboard for easy access during critical learning phases, ensuring that assistance is just a click away. Additionally, the historical chat transcripts can be stored for future reference, helping both users and support staff refer back to previous conversations and maintain continuity in assistance.

Acceptance Criteria
User initiates the onboarding process and accesses the live chat feature for support with their first login to the Logi360 platform.
Given a new user has logged into Logi360, when they click on the 'Live Support' button, then a chat window should open within the dashboard, allowing them to connect with a support representative.
During the onboarding process, a user asks a question regarding the functionalities of Logi360 and receives answers through the live chat support.
Given the live chat is active, when a user sends a message to the support representative, then they should receive a reply within 2 minutes during the support hours.
A user finishes their interaction with the support representative and wants to refer back to their previous questions and answers.
Given a chat session has ended, when the user navigates to the chat history section, then they should see a transcript of their interactions stored and accessible for future reference.
A user is navigating the Logi360 platform and encounters a technical issue that they need help with through live chat support.
Given that the user is experiencing technical difficulties, when they engage with the live chat, then they should receive troubleshooting assistance specific to the issue they report.
The support representative needs to provide the user with additional resources after the chat session.
Given that the chat conversation is active, when the support representative needs to send additional resources, then they should be able to share links or documents directly in the chat window.
A user completes their onboarding process and evaluates the support experience provided through live chat.
Given that the onboarding is complete, when the user is prompted for feedback on the support experience, then they should be able to rate the support with a scale of 1 to 5 stars and provide comments.
Onboarding Resource Center
"As a new user, I want to access an Onboarding Resource Center filled with tutorials and guides so that I can self-educate and quickly learn how to use Logi360 effectively without always needing to reach out for support."
Description

The Onboarding Resource Center requirement aims to create a central hub within the Logi360 platform where new users can access a variety of educational materials, such as tutorials, FAQs, and best practice guides. This resource center will be integral in providing users with a self-service option to learn about the platform at their own pace, supplementing the live support they receive. By offering a comprehensive library of resources that are easily searchable and categorized by topic, users will be able to quickly find the information they need, thereby enhancing their overall experience and reducing dependency on live support for routine inquiries. This self-service option will empower users and contribute to faster adoption of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria
New user visits the Onboarding Resource Center for the first time after logging into Logi360.
Given the user is logged into Logi360, when they access the Onboarding Resource Center, then they should see a dashboard with categorized educational materials, including tutorials, FAQs, and best practice guides.
New user searches for a tutorial on how to optimize delivery routes in the Onboarding Resource Center.
Given the user is in the Onboarding Resource Center, when they enter 'route optimization' into the search bar, then they should receive relevant tutorial results within 3 seconds that include at least one video and one text guide.
User clicks on a specific guide in the Onboarding Resource Center.
Given the user selects a tutorial titled 'How to Use Route Optimization', when they click on the guide, then they should be directed to an individual page containing the tutorial content and a video, with a clear button to return to the main resource center.
User completes a tutorial in the Onboarding Resource Center.
Given the user is reading a tutorial, when they reach the end of the tutorial, then there should be an option to provide feedback and a prompt to explore related topics, indicating a seamless user experience.
A user reviews the FAQ section in the Onboarding Resource Center.
Given the user is interested in resolving common concerns, when they select the FAQ section, then they should be able to see at least 10 FAQs with expandable sections for detailed answers, enhancing their self-service capabilities.
User posts a question in the live support chat available on the Onboarding Resource Center.
Given the user has a question after accessing the Onboarding Resource Center, when they submit their query in the live support chat, then they should receive a response from a support representative within 5 minutes.
User shares feedback on the usefulness of the resources in the Onboarding Resource Center.
Given the user has finished reviewing materials in the Onboarding Resource Center, when they click on the feedback button, then they should be able to rate their experience from 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments, facilitating continuous improvement.
Feedback Loop Mechanism
"As a new user, I want to provide feedback on my onboarding experience so that my opinions can help improve the support and resources offered to future users of Logi360."
Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement involves implementing a system for collecting user feedback on their onboarding experience within Logi360. This will include creating surveys or feedback forms that users can fill out after each live chat interaction or after completing their onboarding process. The collected feedback will be invaluable for continuously improving the onboarding process, support materials, and overall user experience. By actively soliciting feedback, Logi360 can identify pain points, areas for improvement, and successes in user onboarding, enabling data-driven decisions to enhance the platform over time and ensuring that user needs are being met effectively.

Acceptance Criteria
User completes onboarding and initiates a live support chat for assistance with the platform.
Given a user is in a live support chat, when the chat ends, then the user should receive a feedback form to rate their experience on a scale of 1-5.
User has completed their onboarding process and reflects on their experience.
Given the user has finished onboarding, when they access the feedback mechanism, then they should be able to submit detailed feedback regarding the onboarding process and support they received.
User receives help during onboarding and provides immediate feedback after the live session.
Given a user has engaged with a support representative, when the session concludes, then the user should be prompted to complete a quick feedback form that includes at least three specific questions about their experience.
User submits feedback on their onboarding experience after a live support chat.
Given a user has submitted feedback, when they complete the feedback form, then they should receive a confirmation of submission and information about how their feedback will be used to improve services.
The system compiles feedback data over a specified period to analyze user sentiment.
Given feedback submissions are collected for one month, when the data is analyzed, then a report should show the average user satisfaction score and highlight common pain points identified.
Admin reviews feedback submissions for insights into the onboarding experience.
Given the admin accesses the feedback summary dashboard, when reviews are conducted, then they should be able to view trends in feedback and identify at least three actionable insights for improving the onboarding process.
A user attempts to provide feedback but encounters an error.
Given a user tries to submit feedback but receives an error message, when they retry, then the system should successfully process the feedback on the second attempt without issues.
User Onboarding Tracking
"As an administrator, I want to track the onboarding progress of new users so that I can identify areas where users are struggling and provide targeted support to ensure successful onboarding."
Description

The User Onboarding Tracking requirement aims to implement a feature that monitors the progress of new users during their onboarding journey. This functionality will gather data on how users interact with the platform, which parts of the onboarding process they complete, and any challenges they face. By analyzing this data, the Logi360 team can gain insights into user behavior and pinpoint where users may be struggling or excelling. This tracking will not only inform the support team to provide timely assistance but also help in fine-tuning the onboarding process to ensure a more effective user journey. The insights gained can directly contribute to enhancing user engagement and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria
New user begins the onboarding process and utilizes the live support integration feature for guidance during their initial setup.
Given that a new user is logged into Logi360, when they access the onboarding section, then they should see an option to initiate live support with a representative.
User interactions during the onboarding process are tracked to identify completion rates of different onboarding modules.
Given that the user engages with different onboarding modules, when the user completes a module, then the system should log the completion status and time taken for each module.
Support representatives access data analytics for onboarding progress to tailor their assistance for users encountering challenges.
Given that support representatives have access to the user onboarding tracking dashboard, when they select a user profile, then they should view the user's progress, modules completed, and any reported issues.
System captures and stores feedback from users on their onboarding experience after interacting with live support.
Given that a user has completed their onboarding process and used live support, when they finish, then they should receive a survey to provide feedback on their experience, which is stored in the system for analysis.
Users navigate the onboarding process and use the live support feature without interruptions or errors.
Given that a user is interacting with the live support feature, when they click on the live chat button, then a chat window should open with a support representative responding within 2 minutes.
The tracking system aggregates user data to provide reports on user engagement and retention during onboarding.
Given that multiple users have onboarded successfully, when the analytics report is generated, then it should reflect the number of users who completed onboarding within the first week and their usage metrics.
The onboarding process adapts based on the real-time engagement data collected from users utilizing live support.
Given that users are struggling with a specific module, when 70% of users request live support for that module, then the onboarding guide should automatically highlight tips related to that module.

Personalized Onboarding Journey

The Personalized Onboarding Journey customizes the onboarding experience based on the user's role, experience level, and learning style. By tailoring content and pacing, this feature ensures that each user receives a unique onboarding experience that effectively addresses their specific needs and maximizes their engagement with Logi360.

Requirements

Role-Based Content Delivery
"As a new user in a logistics management role, I want the onboarding content to be tailored to my specific job duties so that I can quickly understand how to leverage Logi360 effectively in my daily tasks."
Description

The Role-Based Content Delivery requirement focuses on customizing the onboarding content based on the specific roles of the users within their organizations. By analyzing user profiles, the system will provide relevant tutorials, documentation, and interactive guides that are most applicable to their responsibilities. This tailored approach ensures that users receive the precise knowledge they need to perform their duties effectively, ultimately reducing ramp-up time and enhancing user satisfaction with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria
User roles are defined and categorized in the system.
Given a user with a specific role, when they log into Logi360, then the system should deliver onboarding content tailored to that role, ensuring all tutorials and documentation are relevant to their responsibilities.
The user has different experience levels that impact onboarding content delivery.
Given a user profile indicating their experience level, when they begin the onboarding process, then the system should adjust the tutorial complexity and pacing based on their experience to enhance understanding and engagement.
Users can provide feedback on the relevance of the onboarding content received.
Given that a user has completed a section of the onboarding content, when they submit feedback on its relevance, then the system should capture and analyze this feedback for future content refinement.
The onboarding process includes interactive guides based on user role.
Given a user with a defined role, when they access onboarding content, then the system should present them with relevant interactive guides designed to deepen their understanding of specific functionalities related to their role.
Users can track their onboarding progress through the platform.
Given a logged-in user, when they view their onboarding dashboard, then they should clearly see their progress indicators for completed and pending content tailored to their role and experience level.
The system provides a customizable onboarding timeline based on user preferences.
Given that a user has preferences for their onboarding timeline, when they set those preferences, then the system should adapt the content delivery and pacing to align with the selected timeline, ensuring it suits their learning style.
Adaptive Learning Pathways
"As a novice user, I want the onboarding experience to adapt to my learning pace so that I can grasp the necessary information without feeling overwhelmed."
Description

The Adaptive Learning Pathways requirement involves creating a dynamic onboarding process that adjusts the learning materials and pace based on the user's experience level and engagement. Utilizing data analytics, the system will track user progress and adapt the content accordingly, ensuring that beginners receive foundational knowledge while more experienced users can skip ahead to advanced topics. This flexibility enhances user engagement and reduces frustration during the onboarding process.

Acceptance Criteria
User onboarding experience for a new logistics manager using Logi360.
Given a new user with no prior experience, When they complete the onboarding process, Then they should receive foundational knowledge content and pass a knowledge check with at least 80% score.
User onboarding experience for an experienced logistics coordinator using Logi360.
Given a user with prior experience in logistics, When they access the onboarding process, Then they should have the option to skip foundational content and start directly with advanced topics.
Monitoring user engagement throughout the onboarding process in Logi360.
Given a user who is progressing through the onboarding, When their engagement drops below a specified threshold, Then they should receive automatic prompts suggesting review of completed material.
User progress tracking and adaptive content adjustments in Logi360.
Given a user has completed a module in the onboarding, When they finish the assessment with a score below 70%, Then they should be directed to remedial content before proceeding further.
Feedback mechanism after the onboarding process.
Given a user has completed the onboarding, When they provide feedback on their experience, Then the system should collect and store their feedback for future improvements.
Access to personalized resources based on user role during onboarding.
Given a user with an identified role in the system, When they enter the onboarding process, Then they should be presented with resources tailored specifically to their role.
Integration of data analytics in adapting learning pathways in Logi360.
Given the user engagement data is available, When the system detects patterns of slower progress, Then it should automatically adjust the learning pathway to provide more foundational content.
Multi-Modal Learning Options
"As a user with a visual learning style, I want the onboarding process to include video tutorials and infographics so that I can better understand the features of Logi360 visually."
Description

The Multi-Modal Learning Options requirement stipulates the incorporation of various instructional methods, including video tutorials, interactive quizzes, and hands-on exercises in the onboarding journey. This variety caters to different learning styles, ensuring that users can engage with the platform in a manner that suits them best. By providing diverse learning options, the onboarding process becomes more inclusive and effective, leading to higher retention rates of information.

Acceptance Criteria
User experiences the onboarding process for the first time and selects their preferred learning style during the sign-up phase.
Given a new user initiates the onboarding process, when they reach the learning style selection screen, then they should be able to choose one or more options: 'Visual', 'Auditory', 'Kinesthetic'.
A user completes an onboarding module that consists of a video tutorial followed by an interactive quiz.
Given a user has watched a video tutorial, when they complete the accompanying interactive quiz, then they must achieve at least a score of 80% to proceed to the next module.
A user prefers hands-on exercises and navigates to that specific section of the onboarding journey.
Given a user selects the hands-on exercises option, when they access the exercises, then they should see at least three distinct exercises related to different functionalities of the Logi360 platform.
The onboarding platform tracks user progress and engagement metrics for the onboarding modules.
Given a user is actively engaging with the onboarding modules, when they complete a module, then the system must log the completion date and time alongside the user’s selected learning style for future analytics.
A user receives personalized content based on their experience level set during onboarding.
Given a user selects their experience level as 'Beginner', when they access the onboarding content, then they should only see materials tailored for beginners and not advanced tutorials.
A user encounters a technical issue during an interactive quiz of the onboarding.
Given a user experiences a technical issue during the quiz, when they report the issue through the help desk feature, then they must receive a response within 24 hours with the estimated resolution time.
Feedback Mechanism Integration
"As a user, I want to be able to provide feedback on the onboarding materials so that I can contribute to making the process better for future users."
Description

The Feedback Mechanism Integration requirement focuses on implementing a system that allows users to provide feedback on their onboarding journey. This feature will enable users to rate the usefulness of content, suggest improvements, and flag any issues. Gathering such feedback is crucial for continuously enhancing the onboarding process, ensuring that future iterations meet the evolving needs of users and improve the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria
Users can access the feedback mechanism during their onboarding journey.
Given a user is logged into the Logi360 platform, when they reach the end of a training module, then they should see an option to provide feedback on the content they just completed.
Users can rate the usefulness of onboarding content.
Given a user is on the feedback page, when they select a rating for the content, then their rating should be successfully submitted and stored in the system.
Users can suggest improvements through the feedback mechanism.
Given a user is providing feedback on the training content, when they enter a suggestion in the comments section and submit it, then their suggestion should be recorded and acknowledged by the system.
Users can flag any issues encountered during onboarding.
Given a user has encountered an issue in the onboarding content, when they choose to flag an issue, then the system should prompt them to provide details and successfully log the flag for review.
Users receive confirmation after providing feedback.
Given a user has submitted their feedback, when they submit it, then they should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been received.
Administrators can review feedback provided by users.
Given an administrator accesses the feedback dashboard, when they view feedback records, then they should see all submitted feedback organized by categories such as rating, suggestions, and issues flagged.
The system can generate reports based on user feedback.
Given an administrator requests a feedback report, when the report is generated, then it should accurately reflect the ratings and suggestions received over a specified period.
Progress Tracking Dashboard
"As a user, I want to see my onboarding progress so that I can understand how much I have learned and what I still need to complete."
Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement involves creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to track their onboarding progress in real-time. This dashboard will display completed modules, upcoming content, and performance metrics, providing users with a clear understanding of their learning journey. This system boosts user motivation and accountability, encouraging them to engage fully with the onboarding process.

Acceptance Criteria
User views the Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time during onboarding.
Given the user has logged into Logi360 for the first time, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see an overview of their completed modules, upcoming content, and performance metrics displayed clearly.
User updates their progress after completing an onboarding module.
Given the user has completed an onboarding module, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the completed module count should reflect the new total, and the module's status should show as completed.
User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard on a mobile device.
Given the user is accessing Logi360 on a mobile device, when they open the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should display correctly formatted for mobile view with all elements accessible and functional.
User experiences a delay in syncing their progress on the dashboard.
Given the user completes a module but does not see the update on their dashboard immediately, when they refresh the dashboard, then the user should see their progress updated promptly without significant delay.
User receives motivational messages based on their progress.
Given the user has reached a specific milestone in their onboarding journey, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a motivational message encouraging them to continue their onboarding process.
Admin views the overall progress of all users via the dashboard.
Given the admin is logged into the system, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see aggregated progress data for all users, including completion rates and engagement metrics.
Gamified Learning Elements
"As a competitive user, I want to earn badges and points for completing onboarding tasks so that I feel motivated to engage fully with the content."
Description

The Gamified Learning Elements requirement integrates game-like features into the onboarding experience, such as points, badges, and leaderboards. These engaging elements are designed to motivate users to complete their onboarding tasks, fostering a sense of achievement and friendly competition among peers. By incorporating gamification, the onboarding process becomes more enjoyable, increasing the likelihood of user engagement and retention.

Acceptance Criteria
User completes onboarding tasks using gamified learning elements in Logi360.
Given a user has logged into Logi360, when they complete an onboarding task, then they should receive points corresponding to the task's difficulty level.
User achieves a milestone in their onboarding journey.
Given a user has completed five onboarding tasks, when they reach this milestone, then they should be awarded a badge that reflects this achievement.
User accesses the leaderboard after completing onboarding tasks.
Given multiple users have completed onboarding tasks, when a user navigates to the leaderboard, then they should see their position relative to other users based on total points earned.
User receives notifications for new achievements.
Given a user has earned a badge or reached a milestone, when this occurs, then they should receive a notification within the platform informing them of their achievement.
User finishes the onboarding journey.
Given a user has completed all onboarding tasks, when they finish, then they should receive a completion certificate and a summary of their achievements including points and badges earned.
User engages with gamified elements during onboarding.
Given a user is in the onboarding process, when they engage with gamified elements such as points and badges, then they should show improved completion rates of onboarding tasks by at least 20%.

Product Ideas

Innovative concepts that could enhance this product's value proposition.

RouteAI

RouteAI is a machine learning-driven feature within Logi360 that analyzes historical delivery data to recommend optimal routes based on real-time traffic conditions, weather, and vehicle performance. It enhances decision-making for fleet managers by providing actionable insights for route planning, ensuring timely deliveries while minimizing fuel consumption.

Idea

DriverConnect

DriverConnect is a feature that facilitates seamless communication between drivers and operations coordinators through a dedicated messaging system within Logi360. This real-time messaging capability empowers drivers to report issues, receive last-minute changes, and stay updated on delivery statuses, enhancing collaboration and response times.

Idea

Maintenance Tracker

Maintenance Tracker is an integrated feature in Logi360 that notifies fleet technicians about upcoming maintenance schedules and vehicle health indicators. By utilizing predictive analytics, it helps prevent breakdowns and optimizes service schedules to ensure the fleet runs efficiently and safely.

Idea

Customer Feedback Loop

Customer Feedback Loop is a module in Logi360 that allows customer success specialists to gather real-time feedback from clients regarding deliveries. This feature not only captures satisfaction metrics but also provides insights into areas for improvement and enables proactive communication regarding any delivery issues.

Idea

EcoFleet

EcoFleet is a sustainability feature within Logi360 that assesses the environmental impact of fleet operations. It provides analytics on fuel consumption, CO2 emissions, and potential eco-friendly alternatives, guiding organizations towards greener transportation practices and reduced operational costs.

Idea

Data Insights Dashboard

The Data Insights Dashboard is an advanced analytics tool in Logi360 that empowers logistics analysts with comprehensive data visualization capabilities. It consolidates key performance indicators and highlights trends to support informed decision-making and strategy planning for optimized logistical performance.

Idea

Smart Onboarding

Smart Onboarding is a feature that streamlines the onboarding process for new users in Logi360. It provides an interactive guided tour and tailored training resources based on user roles, ensuring that all stakeholders—from fleet managers to drivers—can utilize the platform effectively from day one.

Idea

Press Coverage

Imagined press coverage for this groundbreaking product concept.

P

Logi360 Launches Revolutionary Logistics Management Platform for Enhanced Fleet Operations

Imagined Press Article

**FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE** **Contact:** John Doe Public Relations Manager Logi360 Email: media@logi360.com Phone: (555) 123-4567 **Date:** 2025-03-05 **Logi360 Launches Revolutionary Logistics Management Platform for Enhanced Fleet Operations** Logi360, a cutting-edge provider of logistics solutions, proudly announces the launch of its innovative cloud-based logistics management platform, Logi360, designed specifically for small to medium-sized transportation companies. This state-of-the-art platform aims to streamline fleet operations, optimize resource utilization, and enhance overall efficiency. In an industry marked by rapid advancements and increasing customer demands, Logi360 stands out with its intuitive dashboard, delivering real-time data on vehicle locations, route optimizations, and delivery statuses. The platform seamlessly integrates with existing GPS and telematics systems, allowing for automated updates and predictive analytics to support smarter decision-making. "Logi360 was created to empower logistics teams to achieve new levels of operational efficiency and cost-effectiveness," said Mark Smith, CEO of Logi360. "With our unique features, we are revolutionizing how transportation companies manage their fleets. By harnessing real-time data, we help our users reduce costs, enhance customer satisfaction, and drive sustainable growth." The platform boasts several standout features, including: - **Dynamic Route Adjustment:** This feature recalibrates routes in real time based on unexpected traffic patterns or road conditions, ensuring timely deliveries and minimizing driver downtime. - **Predictive Traffic Insights:** Using machine learning algorithms, Logi360 can anticipate traffic trends, allowing fleet managers to implement preemptive strategies for route modification. - **Garden Route Planner:** This eco-friendly tool suggests alternative routes considering fuel consumption and emissions, making it easier for companies to meet their sustainability goals. Additionally, Logi360 addresses critical user needs with its mobile app, providing drivers with access to their routes, delivery updates, and communication channels with operations coordinators. "As a fleet manager, I am always looking for ways to optimize our operations and deliver excellent customer service. Since we implemented Logi360, we have seen significant improvements in our delivery timelines and reductions in fuel costs," said Sarah Jones, a pilot user of the platform. Logi360 also features robust reporting tools, allowing logistics analysts to pull detailed insights and develop strategies for performance improvement. The platform is equipped with role-specific training modules, ensuring all users—fleet managers, operations coordinators, drivers, and IT administrators—can maximize its capabilities effortlessly. As Logi360 continues to grow, the company is committed to ongoing innovation and enhancement of its platform, working relentlessly to integrate customer feedback and industry trends. For more information, or to schedule an interview with one of our executives, please contact John Doe at media@logi360.com or call (555) 123-4567. **About Logi360:** Logi360 offers an advanced logistics management platform that simplifies transportation operations, boosts efficiency, and reduces operational costs. Its user-friendly interface and deep analytics make it a top choice for logistics teams striving for excellence in their field. **### END ###**

P

Logi360 Unveils Comprehensive Training Modules for Efficient User Onboarding

Imagined Press Article

**FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE** **Contact:** Jane Smith Marketing Director Logi360 Email: press@logi360.com Phone: (555) 654-3210 **Date:** 2025-03-05 **Logi360 Unveils Comprehensive Training Modules for Efficient User Onboarding** Logi360 today announced the introduction of its role-specific training modules, tailored to enhance the onboarding experience for users of its logistics management platform. Designed with the aim of streamlining the learning process, these new training resources provide targeted content for different user roles, ensuring that each stakeholder maximizes their understanding and utilization of Logi360. Recognizing the diverse needs of its users, Logi360’s training modules cover everything from fleet management tactics to data analysis skills, accommodating roles such as Fleet Managers, Drivers, Logistics Analysts, and IT Administrators. "We understand that every user has different responsibilities and needs, and our goal is to equip them with the necessary knowledge to perform their roles efficiently," said Michael Brown, Director of User Experience at Logi360. "Our training modules offer a personalized learning experience, enabling users to engage at their own pace while mastering the platform." The key features of the training modules include: - **Interactive Knowledge Base:** Users can access FAQs, how-to guides, and video tutorials that provide instant assistance throughout their onboarding journey. - **Gamified Training Experience:** A compelling element of the training modules that incorporates quizzes and challenges to engage users actively during their learning process. - **Progress Tracking Dashboard:** Users can monitor their learning progress and receive tailored recommendations for training paths they need to focus on. User feedback has shown a strong demand for these targeted training solutions. Early adopters of the training modules have reported noticeable improvements in their onboarding experience and overall proficiency in using the platform. "The tailored training really made a difference. I felt prepared and confident as I started using Logi360 for the first time," stated David Smith, Operations Coordinator at a partner transport company. Logi360 is committed to fostering a culture of continuous learning and improvement, ensuring its users remain agile and prepared to adapt to the ever-changing logistics landscape. For further inquiries or to arrange an interview with key stakeholders at Logi360, please contact Jane Smith at press@logi360.com or call (555) 654-3210. **About Logi360:** Logi360 provides innovative logistics solutions designed for small to medium-sized transportation companies, simplifying operations and optimizing performance. The platform offers a range of features and training resources tailored to improve user experiences and support organizational goals. **### END ###**

P

Logi360 Enhances Fleet Sustainability with New Eco-Friendly Features

Imagined Press Article

**FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE** **Contact:** Emily White Sustainability Coordinator Logi360 Email: sustainability@logi360.com Phone: (555) 789-0123 **Date:** 2025-03-05 **Logi360 Enhances Fleet Sustainability with New Eco-Friendly Features** As part of its commitment to promoting sustainable transportation practices, Logi360 announces the launch of new eco-friendly features within its logistics management platform, designed to minimize environmental impact while maintaining operational efficiency. In response to growing pressure for sustainability in the transportation industry, Logi360 incorporates various features such as the Emission Tracker, Green Route Planner, and Eco-Friendly Vehicle Recommendations. These tools empower users to optimize fleet operations while significantly reducing their carbon footprint. "Sustainability is not just a responsibility; it is an opportunity for logistics companies to innovate and lead the way in eco-friendly practices," stated Lisa Green, Chief Sustainability Officer at Logi360. "Our new features will provide our clients with the insights they need to enhance their efficiency while also making meaningful contributions to our environment." Highlighted features within the sustainability suite include: - **Emission Tracker:** Monitors real-time CO2 emissions generated by each vehicle in the fleet, allowing fleet managers to identify high-emission vehicles and implement targeted strategies to reduce their carbon footprint. - **Green Route Planner:** Suggests eco-friendly routing options that prioritize minimizing environmental impact while ensuring timely deliveries. - **Carbon Offset Calculator:** Estimates the environmental impact of fleet operations and recommends potential carbon offset programs to mitigate emissions. The integration of these features allows transport companies to not only save on operational costs but also promote their commitment to corporate sustainability. Several pilot users have shared positive feedback since the implementation of the new features, stating that they have seen significant reductions in their overall emissions as well as cost savings associated with eco-friendly alternatives. "By adopting Logi360 and its sustainability features, we have taken tangible steps toward reducing our impact on the planet while enhancing fleet efficiency," remarked Tom Richards, Fleet Manager at a partner organization. Logi360 is committed to continually enhancing its platform by integrating advanced technologies and addressing client demands for sustainability in logistics operations. For more information or to arrange an interview with our sustainability experts, please reach out to Emily White at sustainability@logi360.com or call (555) 789-0123. **About Logi360:** Logi360 is a leading provider of logistics management solutions, dedicated to empowering small to medium-sized transportation companies with tools that enhance efficiency and promote sustainability. Through its innovative platform, Logi360 drives growth and improves performance across the logistics sector. **### END ###**

Want More Amazing Product Ideas?

Subscribe to receive a fresh, AI-generated product idea in your inbox every day. It's completely free, and you might just discover your next big thing!

Product team collaborating

Transform ideas into products

Full.CX effortlessly brings product visions to life.

This product was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms. When you upgrade, you'll gain access to detailed product requirements, user personas, and feature specifications just like what you see below.